Home

Sw itch To To tal Freed o m

1. Wireless LAN Access Point BSCBAP Wireless Antenna Module FAM USB Uninterruptible Power Supply Unit BSC BAP Wireless LAN Access Point with ETHERNET interface for operation with a server GFVS Safe in conjunction with the Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 100 MBit LAN Delivery including configuration software and power supply unit The BSC BAP receives all wireless telegrams from the Eltako wireless network from a building area of approx 200 to 400m and forwards them via ETHERNET to the GFVS software server It also transmits wireless telegrams at the instigation of the software in the Eltako wireless network Housing dimensions Ixwxh 110x75x25mm BSC BAP Wireless LAN access point EAN 4010312302040 298 00 pc FAM USB Wireless antenna module receiver and transmitter with USB port to operate a server FVS Safe in conjunction with the Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 Included in the scope of supply of the server GFVS Safe USB port type A with Im connecting cable SMA socket for enclosed small antenna When a larger wireless antenna FA250 or FA200 is connected in an optimised position the transmit receive range is significant increased It is only permitted to connect a high performance receive antenna FA200 if wireless signals are only received and not transmitted Housing dimensions Ixwxh 78x40x22 mm WEEE registration number D
2. Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator FZK61NP 230V Time relay for card switch EAN 4010312304273 72 90 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Impulse Switch with integr relay function FSR7OS FSR70S 230V t oe 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts energy saving lamps ESL up to 200W Only 0 8 watt standby loss Installation in the 230V power supply cord of standard lamps and bedside lights 100mm long 50mm wide and 25mm deep Supplied colours pure white black and anthracite This wireless actuator is an impulse switch with integrated relay function and features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable relay with zero passage switching By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode With the rotary switch on the side in the settings LRN up fo 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned of which one or more central control pushbuttons In addition wireless motion brightness sensor FBH and or a wireless outside brightness sensor FAH for a presence simulation The required function of the impulse switch with integrated relay function can then be selected ES Impulse switch After the FBH is taught in the device switches on when movement is detected and after an additional FAH is taught in at twilight and when mo
3. Rhineland Palatinate Saarland Rainer Brilmayer 55411 Bingen A 0176 13582503 5 lt knobel eltako de 0176 13982516 gt lt brilmayer eltako de Hamburg Schl Holstein Bremen Saxony Gunnar Wetteborn Mario GeiBler 25355 Barmstedt 0176 13582502 04123 6834673 wetteborn eltako de Hesse Daniel Both 63811 Stockstadt am Main 0173 3180391 gt I boeth eltako de 01454 Radeberg 0162 2575121 b lt geissler eltako de Thuringia Saxony Anhalt Andreas Misch 39218 Sch nebeck OT Elbenau 0176 13582505 lt 4 misch eltako de Technical support 49 176 13582514 D lt thuente eltako de Export Sales Manager 49 173 3180383 gt export eltako de Elfako GmbH Hofener StraBe 54 D 70736 Fellbach 49 711 94350000 lt 49 711 5183740 Eltako ELECTRONICS Austria West Representative Robert Goedicke 43 664 1823322 bx goedicke eltako com Austria East Representative J rgen Harnisch 43 699 18139294 lt harnisch eltako com Austria East Representative Andreas Kaider 43 699 11090025 kaider eltako com Austria East Representative Winfried Rac 43 660 8081310 q rac eltako com Belgium France Luxembourg Serelec n v B 9000 Gent 32 9 2234953 Lx info serelec nv be Cyprus MeshMade Ltd CY 1096 Nicosia 357 7000 6374 q info meshmade com Czech Republic Representative Peter Lou eck CZ 40011 Ust nad Labem 420 475 621132 420 724 175676
4. XX is the value of the east sensor O 0 150kLux 255 YY is always 0x28 Teach in telegram BD3 DBO Ox4CO80D80 DSZ14DRS DSZ14WDRS EEP 07 12 01 ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 to Data_bytel form a 24 bit binary coded number Data_byte3 Data Byte 3 MSB 0 16777215 Data_byte2 Data Byte 2 0 16777215 Data_bytel Data Byte 1 LSB 0 16777215 Data_byteO DBO_Bit4 tariff changeover O Normal rate 1 Off peak rate DBO_Bit3 LRN pushbutton O teach in tele gram 1 data telegram DBO_Bit2 Data content switchover 1 momentary power in watts O meter status in 0 1 KW h DBO_Bit O fix DBO_BitO 1 fix Possible values in data telegram DBO 0x09 gt meter status normal rate in 0 1 KW h DBO Ox19 gt meter status off peak rate in O 1KW h DBO OxO0C gt momentary power in W normal rate active DBO 0x1C gt momentary power in W off peak rate active Teach in telegram DB3 DBO 0x48 0x08 OxOD Ox80 is sent once at every power up ID Base ID of FAM14 device address of DSZ14 W DRS In addition the meter serial number printed on the meter is transmitted every 10 minutes The data is divided into 2 consecutive telegrams 1 part DBO Ox8F gt meter serial number S AABBCC A B C 0 9 DB1 0x00 gt the first 2 digits of the serial number in DB3 DB2 0x00 DB3 AA DBO Ox8F gt meter serial number S AABBCC A B C 0 9 DB1 0x01 gt the last 4
5. FT55 wire and no standby loss Wireless pushbutton 80x80 mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 55x55mm 15mm high Generates the power for wireless tele grams itself when the button is pressed therefore there is no connecting The scope of supply comprises the frame R a rocker W55 a double rocker DW55 all same colour an attachment frame BRF the mounting base HP the wireless module and one b adhesive foil Wireless pushbutton Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit two evaluable signals press rocker up with rocker and press rocker down Wireless pushbuttons with double rocker can transmit four evaluable signals press two rockers up or down from the rear The mounting base can be screwed onto a flat surface or glued to the wall on glass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil Use the sleeves in the 55mm socket box for screw mounting Then the wireless switch lighting FTB can be snapped into the mounting plate The double rocker is snapped onto the wireless module at the factory If the double rocker is replaced by the large rocker remove the rocker halves by pulling off fo the front Do not bend towards the middle Then snap the large rocker so that the markings O and I on the back line up with the same markings on the wireless module Adhesion First adhere the set comprising the mounting base frame and attachment frame Wireless pushbutton with the latches pointing at
6. Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Direct display with the Energy Consumption Indicator EVA12 EVA12 32 A Field 1 Field 2 Field 3 ME Field 1 i Field 2 Field 3 EVA12 32A Maximum current 32A standby loss 0 5 watt only Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep The energy consumption indicator EVA12 uses the current between input and output to measure active energy in the same way as a single phase energy meter It saves the consumption parameter in a non volatile memory Accuracy conforms to Class B MID 1 like all Elfako single phase energy meters The inrush current is 20mA In this way the energy consumption indicator reproduces exactly the reading on the billing energy meter installed at a different location in the building The display is subdivided into 3 fields E Field 1 This display refers to the cumulative value in field 3 Ill moving slowly to the right Field 3 shows the cumulative consumption since last reset This is the display standard mode HO1 Field 3 shows the consumption for the last hour up to H24 24 hours ago DO1 Field 3 shows the consumption for the last day up to D31 31 days ago M01 Field 3 shows the consumption for the last month up to M12 12 months ago YO Field 3 shows the consumption for the last year up to Y24 24 years ago m Field 2 Instantaneous values of energy consum
7. pc Wireless mini hand held transmitter coated aluminium paint EMHZ 2 signals laser engraved O EAN 4010312305294 40 70 pc Wireless mini hand held transmitter white for key ring EMHZ 2 signals laser engraved O EAN 4010312503368 38 50 pc Wireless mini hand held transmitter pure white for key ring FMS 2 signals laser engraved O EAN 4010312303375 38 50 pe Wireless mini hand held transmitter pure white glossy for key ring 2 signals laser engraved O E 38 50 pe Wireless mini hand held transmitter black for key ring 2 signals laser engraved O EAN 4010312303382 38 50 pc Wireless mini hand held transmitter anthracite for key ring FMH2S on 2 signals laser engraved 0 EAN 4010312303405 38 50 pc Wireless mini hand held transmitter coated aluminium paint for key ring 2 signals laser engraved O EAN 4010312305256 42 90 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Mini Hand held Transmitters FMH4 FMH4 and FMH4S Wireless mini hand held transmitter 43x43 mm 16mm high Weighs only 30 grams The batteryless mini hand held transmitter FMH4 contains the same wireless module as the cordless wireless pushbuttons FT4 and has 1 double rocker It can transmit 4 evaluable wireless telegrams The double rocker is laser engraved with 1 2 3 and 4 This wireless hand held transmitter can be attached to the wall on glass o
8. Module covers MAI4 provide touch proof protection for the modules FME14 ee Modular Individual Room Control Ettako ELECTRONICS Fully preassembled basic units To simplify parts organisation for electrical fitters we supply a number of different basic units ex works which can be modularly fitted and snapped together The jumpers to connect the RS485 bus and the internal power supply as well as the module cover are already plugged In addition a bus terminating resistor is fitted on the left of the wireless antenna module and a dummy panel is fitted fo an actuator on the right After removal of the module cover and opening of the locking slide these units will be mount to the mounting rail at the top in one piece and locked at the bottom The busbar and actuator can then be connected Only one 230V power supply is required on the power input or switch mode power supply unit The actuators are already registered in the FAM14 but the wireless room temperature controller s still need to be taught in Types FTR55H FTR55D FUTH55D and the thanos room control units LSR SSR and LSRQ can be used The housing for operating instructions is either already snapped on or snapped individually on the carrier rail Basic units for 6 8 10 and 12 zones are obtainable for 230V actuators Basic units for 4 and 8 zones are obtainable for 24V actuators FME 14 82Z 24V Wireless Basic Unit 6 Zone
9. Product highlights manufacturer specifications E Early reliable fire detection by automatic evaluation sensor system E High operating reliability through sophisticated automatic self test of entire electronics and separate power measurement Low battery is signalled visually and acoustically for 30 days E The alarm is equipped with a soiling meter and display in compliance with UL standards E Faults signalled by loud 85dB warning tone in case of alarm Proof against false alarm due to powerful measuring chamber and consideration of temperature fluctuations not a temperature smoke alarm E Light transmission bar LED acts as alarm mute test button E Alarm memory function This indicates which HDv 3000 OS smoke alarm was triggered in the past 24 hours Wireless based alarm signal forwarding E Approved by VdS test centre for fitting in habitable recreational vehicles Scope of supply includes smoke alarm detector base user manual 9V lithium battery and 2 screws and rawl plugs for mounting the alarm The wireless sensor can be taughi in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software FGM FLC61 FMS12 14 FMZ12 14 FMZ61 FSR12 14 FSR61 FSR70 FZK12 14 FZK61 FZK70 FRW ws Wireless smoke alarm white EAN 4010312312308 88 30 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Motion Brightness Sensors FBH55 FBH55 Wireless motion brightness sens
10. 0x02 Data_byte2 PWM value in from O to 100 dec Data_bytel PWM basic time T in 10 second steps from 1 100 dec e g 12 T 120 seconds DBO_Bit8 LRN Button O teach in telegram 1 data telegram DBO_Bit 1 Repeater on O Repeater off DBO_BitO 1 PWM on 0 PWM off Teach in telegram DB3 DBO have to look like this OXEO 0x40 Ox00 0x80 Data telegrams DB3 DBO have to look like this for example 0x02 Ox2D Ox0A 0x09 PWM on with 45 and T 100 seconds repeater off 0x02 0x64 0x18 0x09 PWM on with 100 and T 240 seconds repeater off 0x02 0x14 0x12 OxOB PWM on with 20 and T 180 seconds repeater on Data_byteO FSR12 4x 12 VDC FSR14 2x FSR14 4x FSRI4SSR Direct switching command FUNC 38 Command 1 like EEP 07 38 08 Separately for each channel There is the possibility to block the switching state with absolut priority so that it cannot be changed by other taught in pushbutions ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 0x01 Data_byte2 no used Data_bytel no used Data_byte0 DBO_Bif38 LRN Button O teach in telegram 1 data telegram DBO_Bit2 1 block switching state O do not block switching state DBO_BitO 1 switching output ON O switching output OFF Data telegrams have to look like date Ox01 Ox00 Ox00 0x09 switching output ON not blocked Ox01 Ox00 Ox00 0x08 switching output OFF not blocked Ox01 0x00 0x00 OxOD switching output ON blocked Ox01 Ox00 Ox00 Ox0C
11. A N D lt A ol Type BSC BoR BLA BLE BRE Dw DS DSS DSZ EPM F2 FAHK F8S FAC FAB FABH FADS FART FAH FAM FAM USB FARR FASM FBA Z BHO FEA F8 O FFR O FAT FGM FGSM Fow FHF FHKO FHM FHS O FIT F g V Type Meaning Chapter SB wireless switching actuator for shading 45 elements FSD wireless slave universal dimmer switch wireless controller AB FSM wireless transmitter module 2 FSNT wireless power supply unit 2 5 2 wireless impulse switch with integr relay 4 5 7 function wireless socket repeater FSS wireless energy meter transmitter module 2 7 FSSA wireless socket switching actuator 5 FSU wirelesstimer 0 3 with current measurement FSUD_ wireless socket universal dimmer switch 5 _FT4 FT4F FT55 wireless pushbutton with up to 4 signs 1 _FT4G FT4GF_ wireless pushbutton with up to 4 signals 1 FTB wireless pushbutton LED lighting 1 FTF wireless temperaturesensor 2 FTK____ wireless window door contact 2 FTN wireless staircase time switch and off delay timer 4 5 FTR wireless temperature controller 2 6 FTS12 wireless pushbutton input module 3 FUA wireless universal display lt 5 FUD wireless universal dimmer switch 45 FUT wireless clock thermometer 2 FUTH_ wireless thermo clock hygrostat 2 FWS weather data transmitter module 2 F
12. During a power failure the switching state will be retained The channels can be taught in as ES and or ER channel separately from each other Scene control several channels of one or several FSR14 2x devices can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the four signals of a pushbutton with double rocker taught in as a scene button Central commands on PC are sent using the FVS Wireless Visualisation and Control Software To do this teach in one or several FSR14 2x devices Use the rotary switches to teach in the buttons and test the 4 channels as required For normal mode the middle and lower rotary switches are then set to AUTO With the upper rotary switch the EW time 0 120 seconds is directly set for relays or the RV time 0 120 minutes for impulse switches for all channels if necessary When wireless motion detector and brightness sensors FBH are taught in define the switching threshold separately for each channel using the top rotary switch The switching threshold switches the lighting on or off depending on the brightness also motion from approx 30 lux in position O to approx 300 lux in position 90 If the FBH is taught in in position 120 it is only evaluated as a motion detector A off delay of 1 minutes is a fixed setting in the FBH An additionally set RV time is not taken into account When wireless brightness sensors FAH60 are faught in define the switching threshold separately for each channel using the top rotar
13. The FMSR14 evaluates the MS multisensor data which is fed to the Eltako wireless network by the FWS61 transmitter module The data contains measured values for sunlight from 3 cardinal points light values to evaluate twilight and wind speed in m s In addition there are signals for rain and frost The device occupies 5 device addresses providing confirmation telegrams for each of the 3 parameters and the 2 signals containing confirmation telegrams with an individual ID Limits can be set using the PCT14 configuration for the measured values of sunlight twilight and wind speed If these parameters are exceeded or overshot telegrams containing Data_byte3 0x70 or 0x50 selectable are generated As soon as the limits are no longer exceeded or overshot a telegram containing Data_byte3 0x00 is generated The signals for frost and rain are also converted into telegrams containing Data_byte3 0x70 or 0x50 selectable When the signals are cancelled telegrams containing Data_byte3 0x00 are generated The 8 timer channels correspond to the 8 device addresses of the FSU14 Switch on off commands are generated in the form of confirmation telegrams depending on the programmed switching times for the individual channels PTM200 telegrams ORG 0x05 Data_byte3 0x70 switch ON Ox50 switch OFF _FSR14 2x FSR14 4x FSR14SSR FFR14 FMS14 FMZ14 FTN14 FZK14 With multichannel actuators per channel PTM200 telegram ORG Ox05 Dat
14. The Q frames are supplied as an accessory the pushbuttons FT55 FT55G or FT55S as well as the 55 and 63 sensors with standard frames must be ordered separately oi White glossy plastic frame Brushed stainless steel frame Anthracite plastic frame Aluminium silver plastic frame with glossy white body QR1Gw gw Q frame single white glass white glossy body EAN 4010312313237 15 50 pce QR1Gs gw Q frame single black glass white glossy body EAN 4010312313220 15 50 pce Q frame single black glass black body EAN 4010312313244 15 50 pce White glass frame with white glossy body Black glass frame with white glossy body Black glass frame with black body QRIE gw Q frame single brushed stainless steel white glossy body EAN 4010312313275 29 80 pc QR1K gw Q frame single white glossy plastic EAN 4010312313213 3 30 pe QR1K an Q frame single anthracite plastic EAN 401031231325 3 60 pc QRI1K as Q frame single aluminium silver plastic EAN 4010312313268 5 30 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT The New O Design Double and Triple Frames OR with floating front panel Q Design double frames Dimensions 84x156mm usually like the 1 fold frame QRI1 dal ol White glass frame Black glass frame Black glass frame Brushed stainless White glossy Anthracite plastic Aluminium silver with white glossy with white glossy with black body steel frame with plastic frame frame plastic frame body bod
15. Vertical through 1 2 ceilings 2 Partitioning so called radio shadows form behind metal surfaces e g behind metal partition walls and metal ceilings behind metal foils of heat insulation and solid reinforcement in concrete walls Single thin metal strips have very little influence for example the profile sections in a plasterboard drywall It has been observed that radio communications also works with metal room dividers This occurs by reflections metal and concrete walls reflect radio waves and they travel to neighbouring corridors or rooms through openings e g in a wooden door or a glass partition The range may be strongly reduced depending on the location An additional repeater at a suitable location can easily offer alternative radio paths Important conditions that reduce radio range Metal partition walls or hollow walls filled with insulation wool backed by metal foil m Suspended ceilings with panels made of metal or carbon fibre Steel furniture or glass with metal coating Fitting the pushbutton on a metal wall typical range loss 30 m Use of metal pushbutton frames typical range loss 30 Firewalls staircases and building services areas should be regarded as partitions A partition can be avoided by repositioning the transmitter receiver antenna out of the radio shadow or by using a repeater Operating Distances of the Eltako Wireless Operating distances between sensors and actuators 3 Penetra
16. _ FKC ws Card switch with encoding white EAN 4010312311622 45 60 pc FKC rw Card switch with encoding pure white EAN 4010312311646 45 60 pc E Baa ae errata oe zs A ER Ee eee FKC wg Card switch with encoding pure white glossy EAN 4010312311660 45 60 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Pull Switches FZS FZS Wireless pull switch 80x80 mm external dimensions with internal frame dimensions 63x63 mm 22mm high With grey and red handle When the handle is pulled and released a wireless telegram is sent to the Eltako wireless network The scope of supply includes the completely assembled pull switch an unprinted grey handle a white printed red handle and two screws and rawl plugs Fitting First dismantle the fully assembled pull switch To do this remove the screw unhook the cover and remove the intermediate frame together with the rocker and transmitter module by loosening the retaining bars at the top and bottom Fit the mounting plate by tightening the screws Engage the frame together with the hook in cut outs at the top and the intermediate frame including the transmitter module and rocker with the rear ID O upwards Insert the cover with the inserted cord into the hook in cut outs of the frame and screw tight into the retaining plate using the screw at the bottom Shorten the cord to the required length push it through the red or grey handle and secure i
17. housing for operating instructions hygrostat indoor brightness sensor M indoor humidity temperature sensor 2R F infrared converter d O1 S cord universal dimmer switch D dimmer switch door contact double rocker E energy consumption indicator Energy GS energy meter transmitter module energy saving lamp ESL single room control o F feedback flat pushbutton flat pushbutton fleeting NO contact frames fused safety socket G gateway O GES gong module group relay group switch impulse group switch GSM reciever H hand held transmitter heating cooling relay o heating relay HF ground high performance wireless antenna Hoppe window handle hotel key card switch o hoteleard _ housing for operating instructions _ hygrostt N N NNA A Keyword Chapter EECA frame p aN impulse switch group switch 4B impulse switch multicircuit switch 4B B keyring key to abbreviations of functions Ge laser engraving o A LEDlamp 280V a level meter l light call signal o 5 light controller B light scene controler A light sensor o lit pushbutton _lock out protection 1 2845 o E ee Eee mains disconnection relay 4 amp 5 masking frames master universal dimmer switch BO mini hand held transmitter o mini pushbutton i is __motion brighness sensor mounting base _mulicircuit swith B multifunction impulse switch 45 multifunction room control unit 0 2 multifunction time relay AB E SS Se ae __off
18. 300 ms ORG 0x05 Data_byte3 0x70 relay ON 0x50 relay OFF Remark ON OxOO would be equivalent to button released is never sent FHK61SSR Every time a PWM data telegram is received the same telegram is send with the unique ID of the integrated TCM 300 At activation or deactivation of the thaw signal input a PTM200 tele gram containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM 300 will be send Cyclically every 15 minutes a status signal will be send ORG Ox05 Data_byte3 0x70 thaw signal input active 0x50 thaw signal input inactive FMS61NP 230V Every time the internal switching relay 1 changes state a PTM200 tele gram containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM300 is sent after approx 300ms Relay 2 sends this message after approx 1000 ms With central commands ZE ZA the relay state is also sent if the state already corresponds fo the desired state ORG 0x05 Data_byte3 0x70 channel 1 ON 0x50 channel 1 OFF 0x30 channel 2 ON 0x10 channel 2 OFF Remark ON 0x00 would be equivalent to button released is never sent FMZ61 230V Every time the the internal switching relay changes state a PTM200 telegram containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM300 is sent after approx 300 400 ms With central commands ZE ZA the relay state is also sent if the state already corresponds to the desired state ORG 0x05 Data_byte3 0x70 relay ON 0x50 relay OFF Remark ON Ox00 would be equ
19. Bidirectional wireless and with repeater function For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep supply voltage 8 to 24V UC This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics with a bistable relay By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected to the mains This heating cooling relay evaluates the information from wireless temperature controllers or sensors Possibly supplemented by window door contacts motion detector Hoppe window handles and wireless pushbuttons starting in production week 25 2011 with bidirectional wireless in addition a repeater function can be switched in Every change in state is confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the FVS software and in FUA55 Standard setting ex works universal displays Left rotary switch for operating modes H1 Heating operation with PWM control at T 4 minutes Typical connection suitable for valves with thermoelectric valve drive H2 Heating operation with PWM control at T 15 minutes suitable for valves with motor driven valve drive H3 Heating operation with 2 point control K1 Cooling operation with PWM control at T 15 minutes K2 Cooling mode with 2 point control switc
20. E 8 Before startup the energy accumulator must be charged The charge time is approx 5 hours at 400 Lux Keep the cover of the solar cell clean The protection class is IP54 the allowable ambient temperature is 20 C to 55 C a For screw mounting or attachment with adhesive The scope of supply comprises an adhesive foil The wireless sensor can be taught in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software F2L61 F2L70 F4L12 FHK12 14 FHK61 FHK70 FAFT60 Wireless outdoor humidity temperature sensor EAN 4010312310120 109 40 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensor Contact Temperature Sensor SR65VFG SR6SVFG Wireless contact temperature sensor Thermokon 10 to 90 C 78x58mm 46mm deep The electronic requires no intrinsic power supply so there is no standby loss The wireless contact temperature sensor supplied with a solar module continuously measures the temperature between 10 and 90 C 0 8 C At each temperature change of 1 6 C after 100 seconds a wireless telegram will be sent to the Eltako Wireless Building At constant values every 16 minutes a control message is sent To teach in the FVS software the inner button is pressed and a teach in telegram is sent Solar powered energy accumulator Before startup the energy accumulator must be charged The charge time is approx 5 hours at 400 Lux If there is not enough natural light a lithium battery 1 2A
21. FAH60 Wireless outdoor brightness sensor EAN 4010312305218 89 90 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensor Outdoor Twilight Sensor with Actuator FADSGO ELtako ELECTRONICS FADS6O0 Wireless outdoor twilight sensor with actuator 60x46 mm 30mm deep 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps 2000 Watt Bidirectional wireless and with repeater function Only 0 7 watt standby loss This sensor actuator combination can be used to switch on off a garden lighting system for example In addition wireless pushbuttons hand held wireless transmitters FTK wireless window door contacts and FABH63 wireless motion sensors can be taught in Every status change and incoming central control telegrams are confirmed by a wireless tele gram This wireless telegram can be taught into other actuators the FVS Software and FUA5S universal displays Brightness parameters are not sent On the underside there is an M12 screw for the IP54 waterproof 230V mains connection Connection to an internal 4 way terminal for L 2 x N and the contact output To access the Typical connection terminal undo the two screws on the front and remove the cover Also there are two rotary switches inside to teach in sensors and switch on off the repeater function if required In operation these rotary switches are used to set the switching threshold ON in darkness and OFF in brightness The switching threshold and
22. Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator Impulse switch with integr relay function with active power measurement FSR70W 16A EAN 4010312312179 95 90 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Universal Dimmer Switch FUD 0O FUD70 230V Function rotary switches on the side RN w OFF EY Es 2 max min 3 j r 6 dim speed Standard setting ex works Technical data page T 1 FUD70 230V Universal dimmer switch Power MOSFET 400W Automatic lamp detection Only 0 6 watt standby loss With adjustable minimum or maximum bright ness and dimming speed With switching operation for light alarm clocks children s rooms and snooze function Also with light scene control by PC or wireless pushbuttons Bidirectional wireless and with repeater function Only 0 6 watt standby loss Mounting in the 230V power supply cord e g in false ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 31mm deep starting in production week 24 2012 with bidirectional wireless in addition a repeater function can be switched in Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the FVS software and in FUA55 universal displays Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 400W depending on ventilation conditions Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL and dimmable 230V LED lamps additionally depending on the lamps
23. The power supply unit integrated in the antenna module can power up to 25 actuators and each actuator can control 1 or 2 heat zones 2 actuators per zone can be directly connected If several actuators are required per zone additional actuators are simply assigned fo one zone The smallest unit comprises a 2 pitch unit PU wide antenna module FAM14 and 1 PU wide 2 zone actuator FAEI4 One PU is only 1 8cm wide The fotal width of the smallest unit with 2 zones is therefore only 3 PU 5 4cm With 6 zones the module width adds up fo only 11cm and with 12 zones the total width is only 18cm The actuators are powered by electronic solid state relays for 230V actuators which have a practically unlimited service life type FAEI4SSR In addition with conventional PCB relays for 24V actuators type FAEI4LPR Modules are quickly cross connected to the upper information side bus and internal power supply by means of jumpers FAE14LPR STE14 SNT14 TSAOZNC With 230V actuators and with 3 actuators and more 6 zones it is recommended to fit 1 PU wide power supply unit STE14 snapped on the right with a pre terminated busbar SAS Otherwise they are connected by wire jumpers 24V DC actuators are powered by 12W 24W or 48W by a switch mode power supply unit SNT14 24 V DC Snapped on the right hand side For 3 actuators or more it can be connected using the preterminated busbar SAS
24. With increased shock protection This repeater is only needed if the building conditions do not allow undisturbed reception or the distance between the wireless pushbutton and receiver is too great The 1 level mode is activated ex works Only the signals are received tested and retransmitted at full transmit power Wireless signals from other repeaters are ignored to reduce the data volume To switch to the 2 level mode the eve 2 button has to be pressed for 3 seconds Now the wireless signals of another 1 level repeater are being processed Thereby a signal can be received and amplified with a maximum of two times To return back fo the 1 level mode the level 1 button has to be pressed for 3 seconds Wireless repeaters need not be taught in They receive and amplify signals from all wireless sensors within their reception area The LED indicates recieved wireless telegrams by briefly flashing during operation Wireless socket repeater EAN 4010312314999 87 70 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Accessoires Wireless Repeaters FRP FRP70 230V FRP70 230V FA250 FARP6O 230V FARP60 230V 1 and 2 level wireless repeater with small antenna and with antenna FA250 Only 0 6 watt standby loss A wireless antenna FA250 is connectable as required Mounting in the 230V power supply cord e g in false ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 25mm deep This repeater is only needed if the building conditions prevent
25. With switching operation for children s rooms and snooze function Central pushbutton on switches on with memory value Central pushbutton off switches off Switching operation for children s rooms universal pushbutton or direction pushbutton on the switch on side If the light is switched on by holding down the pushbutton it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down without modifying the last stored brightness level Snooze function universal pushbutton or direction pushbutton on the switch off side With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time max 60 minutes which can be reduced as required It can be switched off at any time by short time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down Light scenes on the PC are set and retrieved using the Wireless Visualisation and Control Software FVS A description of the FVS is in chapter V One or several FALD61 devices must be taught in on the PC as dimming switches with percentage brightness values Lights scenes with wireless pushbuttons are taught in on the FKLD61 device Up to four brightness values which can be taught in in light scene pushbuttons with double rocker A FBH can either be taught in as a movement det
26. do not block switching state DBO_BitO 1 switching output ON O switching output OFF Data telegrams have to look like date Ox01 Ox00 Ox00 0x09 switching output ON not blocked 0x01 Ox00 Ox00 0x08 switching output OFF not blocked Ox01 Ox00 Ox00 OxO0D switching output ON blocked 0x01 Ox00 Ox00 0x0C switching output OFF blocked FSB12 FSB14 Direct drive command with specification of runtime in s FUNC 3F Typ 7F universal Separately for each channel ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 Data_byte2 runtime in seconds 1 255 dec the runtime setting on the device is ignored Data_ command 0x00 Stop 0x01 Up Ox02 Down DBO_Bif3 LRN Button O teach in telegram 1 data telegram Teach in telegram BD3 DBO must look like this OxFF OxF8 OxOD Ox80 It is possible to interrupt at any time by pressing taught in buttons bytel Data_byteO Direct drive command with specification of runtime in s FUNC 3F Typ 7F universal ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 Data_byte2 runtime in seconds 1 255 dec the runtime setting on the device is ignored Data_ command 0x00 Stop 0x01 Up Ox02 Down DBO_Bif8 LRN Button O teach in telegram 1 data telegram Teach in telegram BD3 DBO must look like this OxFF OxF8 OxOD 0x80 It is possible to interrupt at any time by pressing taught in buttons FHK61SSR bytel Data_byteO Direct transfer of PWM value from 0 to 100 ORG 0x07 Data_byte3
27. electronics Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect lamps The brightness level is stored on switch off memory In case of a power failure the switch position and the brightness stage are stored and may be switched on when the power supply is restored Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch off The left rotary switch defermines the operation whether automatic lamp detection or special comfort positions should work AUTO allows the dimming of all lamp types EC is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which which by design must be turned on with an increased voltage so that they switch on again in cold state when dimmed down EC2 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which by design won t switch on again when dimmed down Therefore Memory is switched off in this position LCi is a comfort position for LED lamps which by design won t be dimmed down enough in the AUTO position trailing phase angle and therefore has to be forced to leading phase angle LC2 and LC3 are comfort positions for LED lamps like LC but with different dimming curves In positions EC1 EC2 LC1 LC2 and LC3 inductive wound transformers may not be used In addition the maximum number of dimmable LED lamps may be lower by design than in the AUTO position The minimum brightness fully dimmed down or maximum brightness fully dimmed up is adjustable with the middle rotary switch on the side In the s
28. no battery or cable required Transmit wireless telegrams automatically when windows are opened tilted or closed The scope of supply includes complete installation materials Suppliable with or without lock Can be taught in in many actuators according to the list below Among other things up to 10 pieces with individual display into the wireless universal display FUA55LED FHFS al The wireless sensor can be taught in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software F2L61 F2L70 F4H12 F4L12 FADS6O FGM FHK12 FHK61 FHK70 FMZ12 FMZ61 FSB12 FSB61 FSB70 FSR12 FSR61 FSR7O FUA55LED FUT55D FZK12 FZK61 FZK70 Window handle traffic white EAN 4010312304686 63 80 pc Window handle traffic white with lock EAN 4010312304693 80 50 pc Window handle handle aluminium steel EAN 4010312304709 64 50 pc Window handle aluminium steel with lock EAN 4010312304716 83 70 pc Window handle stainless steel matt EAN 4010312304723 110 10 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Hotel Key Card Switches FKF FKF Wireless card switch 80x80 mm external dimensions with internal frame dimensions 63x63 mm 27mm high When the hotel key card in standard bank card format 86x54 mm is inserted and removed a wireless telegram is sent over the Elfako wireless network The scope of supply comprises the two part card guide in the same colour as frame RIF and an a
29. plus the upper rotary switch adding the adjusted values The smallest settable value is 1 0 1 the largest value is 40 80 10 The normal setting is approx at 21 The LED on the side below the left rotary switch accompanies the teach in process as described Technical data page T 1 in the operation manual It indicates control commands by short flickering during operation Caia a tes Tee Wireless actuator Constant light FKR70UD 230V controller with universal dimmer switch EAN 4010312304518 89 80 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Light Scene Controller FLS O for electronic ballast units 1 10 V FLS70 1 10V E43 Co C9 m Function rotary switches on the side D LRN 5 4 3 AUTO LCK Ls speed standard setting ex works Technical data page T 1 FLS70 1 10V 10 LRN OFF 9 LS T 8 1 7 2 SET 6 MO Dimming actuator 1 channel 1 NO contact not potential free 600 VA and 1 10 V control output 40 mA Only 1 7 watt standby loss Stores up to 40 light scenes for a fluorescent lamp group with 1 10 V ballasts Also with light scene control by PC or wireless pushbuttons Mounting in the 230V power supply cord e g in false ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 25mm deep State of the art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high switching capacity of special relays Zero passage
30. switching output OFF blocked FUDI2NPN FUD61NP FUD61NPN Direct transfer of dimming value from 0 to 100 similar to FUNC 38 Command 2 ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 0x02 Data_byte2 dimming value in from O to 100 dec Data_bytel dimming speed 0x00 the dimming speed set on the dimmer is used 0x01 very fast dimming speed fo OxFF very slow dimming speed DBO_Bit8 LRN Button O teach in telegram 1 data telegram DBO_BitO 1 Dimmer ON 0 Dimmer OFF Teach in telegram BD3 DBO must look like this 0x02 OxO0 0x00 0x00 Data telegrams BD3 DBO must look like this for example 0x02 0x32 0x00 0x09 dimmer on at 50 and internal dimming speed 0x02 0x64 0x01 0x09 dimmer on at 100 and fastest dimming speed 0x02 0x14 OxFF 0x09 dimmer on at 20 and slowest dimming speed 0x02 Ox Ox 0x08 dimmer off FUD14 FUD14 800W FSG14 1 10V Data_byteO Direct transfer of dimming value from 0 to 100 similar to FUNC 38 Command 2 ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 0x02 Data_byte2 dimming value in from O to 100 dec Data_bytel dimming speed 0x00 the dimming speed set on the dimmer is used 0x01 very fast dimming speed fo OxFF very slow dimming speed DBO_Bit3 LRN Button O teach in telegram 1 data telegram DBO_BitO 1 Dimmer ON 0 Dimmer OFF DBO_Bit2 1 Block dimming value 0 Dimming value not blocked Teach in telegram BD3 DBO must look like this 0x02 0x00 0x0
31. without frame white 61 Wireless pushbutton without battery or wire without frame FT4CH hg light grey 65 aN 4010312300985 a 40 70 pc Wireless pushbutton without battery or wire without frame black 60 FT4CH ws EAN 4010312300978 40 70 pc FT4CH sz EAN 4010312300992 40 70 pc Blind cover BLA CH for internal frame dimensions 60x60 mm Supplied colours same as for pushbutton FT4CH An intermediate frame ZR CH Same colour and a mounting base HP CH come with the blind cover The blanking plate is flush with the frame and is engaged in the intermediate frame after fitting the mounting base the frame and the intermediate frame without frame Cc Blind cover white 61 without frame EAN 4010312904053 5 10 pe BLA CH hg Blind cover light grey 65 without frame EAN 4010312904060 5 10 pe BLA CH sz Blind cover black 60 without frame EAN 4010312904077 5 10 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Rockers and Double Rockers laser engraved W DW and HWG Eitako ELECTRONICS Rockers and double rockers laser engraved etn dt TED al For all pushbuttons and hand held transmitters we provide rockers and double rockers offered in all colors and hand held transmitters with laser engraving Texto 4 The additional title 2P will do for each arrow top up and bottom down The additional title 10 will do for on top and O off down Sy
32. 0 p oauuo q snw yizsq s14 w ADJeus soyd u WaAcLSLd W01 asd WS LERA An eu agrsy snq qns z j A Z Ww mi A v p SJOJDNIJID PL S911 S EA AN9 JAZL L ANO JACL L AN9 JAZL L GNO Yy y Malt Ael NWIZLSL 0 puu jup jNpOW 19A19991 SS JIM Z JNpoW 1A139931 SS J JIM L jNpPOW 19A19991 SS JIM paljddns Jou W OTL saaw no JSD SU JO SJOUILUO WSA GSY y o p q snu JOJSISEJ Buou o JO CYLNY 4 3U Jo Ajddns jo adoos aul Ul p pnjour JOJONJOD JSD y oju PEHHnyjd q snw 10zs1s31 Buou o yim JeduuN p wu z upy JeHUO a10 SNG GYS SU JO saul SUL JI Koze a oll 2 mn 3 pv joey J peje 3 wek ele VG9XE SAdrLZSA i OROORO TET EE oe NOEZ 4h Gey e leo ee EE Usp Use Et Y DO O U Cc C oD i lt VY VY is oD V CO z U x lt LLI C 9 os U oD C O UI l T chon U C O shee ahd U L z Ns ras N s O Q fe V VU QO U LL D N a LL Y 5 2 42 O ahead 5 Q D 2 O le a D mi Y C O p ae U aed U L WY gt aa LA 0 T NN a zi WY YU a U 02 G ELECTRONICS AOM SIU Ul pajoauuos 8G UDD SIAZISI4 OL O dp S999D SN JO p p u SI YLM9J UY Ajddns Jamod y JO PalINbe s ZLLNS pun Ajddns Jamod epow yYoiMs p p
33. 0x10 control of A6 gt 0x70 basis ID 4 control of E gt 0x70 basis ID 5 control of E3 gt 0x50 basis ID 6 control of E4 gt 0x70 basis ID 7 New from week 30 2011 gt 0x30 Ansteuerung von E5 gt 0x50 basis ID 8 New from week 30 2011 gt 0x10 Ansteuerung von E6 gt 0x50 basis ID 9 lf the control of a control input will be finished a telegram with the respective ID and Data_byte3 0x00 will be created Data_byte2 not used Ox00 Data_bytel not used 0x00 Data_byteO not used 0x00 The FWS61 has two telegrams to one data set which are sent successively In the telegrams last Byte UU oder YY it can be identified which telegram part is involved Telegram part 1 OxXRRSSTTUU RR is the twilight sensor which supplies data from 0 1000 Lux 0 255 e g OX7A 122 122 1000 255 478 lux SS is the temperature which lies between 40 C corresponding 0 and 80 C 255 e g Ox2C 44 44 120 255 20 7 a lower 40 after that 40 20 7 19 3 C e g OX6F 111 111 120 255 52 2 not lower then 40 after that 52 2 40 12 2 C TT is the wind speed which lies between Om s corresponding 0 and 70m s 255 e g 0X55 85 85 70 255 23 m s UU is either OXIA with rain or 0x18 with no rain Telegram part 2 OXVVWWXXYY VV is the solar value of the west sensor 0 0 150 kLux 255 e g 0x44 68 68 150 255 40klux WW is the solar value of the south sensor O 0 150kLux 255
34. 2 channels for 3 blue and 2 grey 230V sockets Incandescent lamps up to 2500 watts and 230V halogen lamps up to 1250 watts With black connecting cable 160cm long The blue and grey sockets can be switched together or separately depending on the teach in If Eltako wireless pushbuttons are used for switch on off they must be mounted rotated through 180 so that switch on is by pressing the top pushbutton and switch off is by pressing the bottom pushbutton like other Eltako actuators MWC32 socket strip EAN 4010312314814 101 80 pe MW C432 WISIO ECO socket strip from BSC with 2 channels for 4 blue and 3 grey 230V sockets Additional 2 black sockets with continuous voltage Incandescent lamps up to 2500 watts and 230V halogen lamps up to 1250 watts With black connecting cable 160cm long Integrated over voltage protection The blue and grey sockets can be switched together or separately depending on the teach in Overvoltage protection SPD Type 3 according to EN 61643 11 Rated discharge current 8 20 In L N PE 5000A L N 2500A Rated discharge voltage Uoc 5000V If a fault occurs an acoustic signal sounds and the red LED function display goes out The initial state is restored by replacing the microfuse Replacement fuse is in the end caps If Eltako wireless pushbuttons are used for switch on off they must be mounted rotated through 180 so that switch on is by pressing the top pushbutton and switch off is by pressing t
35. 230V a coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312308141 82 40 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Pushbuttons with Sensor Key s ELltako ELECTRONICS Flat wireless sensor buttons with touch surfaces 63x63 mm Flat wireless sensor buttons FT2SF 1 18 Wireless sensor buttons with rocker and double rocker 55x55 mm Wireless sensor buttons FT55S 1 19 Wireless sensor buttons with intermediate frame and with touch surfaces 50x50 mm Wireless sensor buttons FT2S 1 20 Switching on the future Wireless Sensors Flat Wireless Sensor Buttons FT2SF FT2SF UC Flat wireless pushbutton with sensor key 80x80 mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 63x63mm 15 15mm high Supply voltage 8 till 230V UC Only 0 03 till 0 3 watt standby loss The scope of supply comprises the frame RIF a flat rocker WF a flat double rocker DWF all same colour an attachment frame BRF the mounting base HP with plug in wireless transmitter module and the sensor module The wireless touch button with one rocker can only send one evaluatable signal This is achieved by teaching in the two touch surfaces behind the rocker in the actuator With the double rocker fitted at the factory two evaluatable signals can be transmitted The sensor module including the mounting plate is mounted together with the top and bottom halves of a double rocker to produce a direction button for an actuator The connecting wire exits at the b
36. 230V control pushbutton mounted upstream Glow lamp current is not approved From production week 41 2012 bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched Standard setting ex works on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators like the FSR61NP 230V in the FVS software and in FUA55 universal displays Typical connection Scene control several FSR61s can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the four control signals of a double rocker pushbutton taught in as scene pushbutton With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned therefrom one ore more central control pushbuttons In addition wireless window door contacts with the function N O contact or N C contact while the window is open wireless outdoor brightness sensors FAH and wireless motion brightness sensors FBH The required function of the impulse switch with integrated relay function can then be selected ER switching relay ESV impulse switch Possibly with off delay then O ESV with pushbutton permanent light U ESV with switch off early warning LO ESV with pushbutton permanent light and switch off early warning If the permanent light function is switched on the function can be activated by pressing the pushbutton for longer than 1 second This function switches off automatically after 2 hour
37. 24 V UC FRP61 8 24V UC FSRP 230V FSRP 230V Bl B1 A2 A2 ELECTRONICS 1 and 2 level wireless repeater Only 0 8 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33 mm deep supply voltage 230V This repeater is only needed if the building conditions do not allow undisturbed reception or the distance between the wireless pushbutton and receiver is too great The 1 level mode is activated ex works Only the signals are received tested and retransmitted at full transmit power Wireless signals from other repeaters are ignored to reduce the data volume switchover to 2 level mode is carried out by removing the cover lightly press the latching clips and repositioning the jumper flush right In this setting wireless signals from other level repeaters are also processed A signal may therefore be received and amplified twice Wireless repeaters need not be taught in They receive and amplify signals from all wireless sensors within their reception area Wireless repeater EAN 4010312300251 46 10 pc 1 and 2 level wireless repeater Standby loss only 0 3 watt at 8V UC 0 5 watt at 12V UC and 1 watt at 24V UC For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 18mm deep supply voltage 8 to 24V UC see the detailed description like FRP61 230V Wireless repeater EAN 4010312302330 46 10 pc 1 and 2 level wireless socket repeater Only 0 7 watt standby loss Adapter for German fused safety socket
38. 35 10 pe FMT55 2 rw Ae pushbutton without battery or wire with rocker EAN 4010312312469 35 10 pc Wireless mini pushbutton without battery or wire with rocker FMT55 2 wg pure white glossy EAN 4010312312483 35 10 pc FMT55 2 sz pee mini pushbutton without battery or wire with rocker EAN 4010312312476 35 10 pe FMT55 2 an Wireless mini pushbutton without battery or wire with rocker EAN 4010312312506 35 10 pe anthracite Wireless mini pushbutton without battery or wire with rocker FM1T55 2 al coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312312452 42 30 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Mini Pushbuttons without battery or wire FM1T55 4 Eitako ELECTRONICS FMT55 4 Wireless mini pushbutton 55x55mm external dimensions 15mm high with double rocker Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself when the button is pressed therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby loss The scope of supply comprises the frame R55 one double rocker DW55 the wireless module Wireless mini pushbutton and one adhesive foil with double rocker Wireless pushbuttons with double rocker can transmit four evaluable signals press two rockers up or down The mounting base can be screwed onto a flat surface or glued to the wall on glass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil Before screwing on the device press the wireless module and rocker from the rear out of the frame Afterw
39. 4 can also be enabled by timer Top left Setback mode by 2 in cooling mode raised by 2 Bottom left Off in heating mode frost protection enabled in cooling mode permanent off If the motion detector and wireless pushbutton are taught in at the same time the last telegram received is always the one that is valid A motion detector therefore switches off a setback mode selected by wireless pushbutton when a movement is detected The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation Technical data page T 1 Standard setting ex works Typical connection FHK61 230V Wireless actuator Heating cooling relay EAN 4010312302309 70 50 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Heating Relay FHK61U 230V FHK61U 230V 1 NO contact potential free 10A 250V AC Only 0 6 watt standby loss Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep supply voltage 230V This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics with a bistable relay By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is conne
40. Bus Actuator Single Room Control Heating Cooling for 2 Zones FAEI4LPR FAE14LPR Standard setting ex works FAEI4LPR 2 channel single room control 4A 250V potential free Bidirectional Only 0 1 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper If both relays are switched on a power of 0 4 watts is required The channels can be taught in together at the same time Use the lower rotary switch in positions 1 2 Alternatively they can be taught in separately in position 1 or 2 First teach in the sensors using the rotary switches In normal mode set the operating mode using the middle rotary switch PWM 1 for valves with thermoelectric actuator T 4 minutes PWM 2 for valves with motor driven actuator T 15 minutes 2 Pt for 2 point control PWM control mode The upper rotary switch sets the required temperature difference at which the device is switched on at 100 When the actual temperature gt reference temperature the device is switched off When the actual temperature lt reference temperature hysteresis the device is switched on at 100 When the actual temperature is between reference temperature hysteresis and the reference temperature the device is switched on and off by a PWM in steps of 10 depending on the temperature difference The lower the temperature
41. By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After EREN 120 installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected KO to the mains ESV t min From production week 38 2012 bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched ER 02 on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the FVS soft standard setting ex works ware and in FUA55 universal displays The rotary switches are set to the correct positions ER and CO at the factory The FTK rw is already taught in to the FSR6INP 230V If a repeated teach in is necessary after integration in a larger wireless system please refer to the operating manuals of the FSR6INP 230V and the FTK rw They are available on the www eltako com website under Operating instructions Typical connection Wireless window door contact 75x25x12mm pure white The batteryless window door contact FTK rw powers itself from a solar cell and stores the energy for night operation A signal is transmitted when the contact is opened or closed Every 15 minutes a signal indicating the current status is also transmitted Adhesive foil mounting Protection class IP54 therefore suitable for outdoor mounting Window door contact dimensions Ixwxh 75x25x12 mm magnet dimensions
42. Ixwxh 37x10x6 mm Solar powered energy accumulator For testing porposes or for operating the device the FTK rw needs to be charged several hours at daylight or at artificial light Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator Impulse switch with FOI OARS ts integr relay function with FTK rw EAN 4010312300916 142 70 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Impulse Switch with integrated relay function FSR61 8 24 V UC 1 NO contact potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts off delay with switch off early warning and switchable push button permanent light Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable Only 0 3 0 8 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep supply voltage and if necessary control voltage locally 8 to 24V UC This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics with a bistable relay In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna this wireless actuator can FT RN 120 x i also be controlled locally by a conventional control switch if fitted previously Glow lamp 60 current is not permitted ESV t min From production week 41 2012 bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched ER xt s on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed
43. LED lamps like LC but with different dimming curves In positions EC1 EC2 LC LC2 and LC3 no inductive wound transformers may be used In addition the maximum number of dimmable LED lamps may be lower than in AUTO position due to their design LC4 LC5 and LC6 are comfort positions for LED lamps such as AUTO but with different dimming curves PCT is a position for special functions which are set up using the PC tool PCT14 The minimum brightness fully dimmed down is adjustable with the middle rotary switch The dimming speed is adjustable using the bottom dimming speed rotary switch The pushbufttons can be taught in either as direction switches or universal switches When installed as a direction switch one side is then switch on and dim up and the other side is switch off and dim down A double click on the switch on side activates automatic dim up to full brightness at dim speed A double click on the switch off side activates the snooze function The children s room function is implemented on the switch on side As a universal switch change the direction by briefly releasing the pushbutton For light scene control constant light regulation light alarm circuit children s room circuit and sleep timer refer to the Operator Manual When the bution is taught in as a staircase button it is possible to retrieve a resettable staircase time switch function with RV 2 minutes Individual light scene pushbuttons can be used
44. LED lamps such as AUTO but with different dimming curves PCT is a position for special functions which are set up using the PC tool PCT14 The minimum brightness fully dimmed down is adjustable with the middle amp rotary switch The dimming speed is adjustable using the bottom dimming speed rotary switch The pushbuttons can be taught in either as direction switches or universal switches When installed as a direction switch one side is then switch on and dim up and the other side is switch off and dim down A double click on the switch on side activates automatic dim up to full brightness at dim speed A double click on the switch off side activates the snooze function The children s room function is implemented on the switch on side As a universal switch change the direction by briefly releasing the pushbutton For light scene control constant light regulation light alarm circuit children s room circuit Further settings can be made and sleep timer refer to the Operator Manual 7 and actuators configured using When the button is taught in as a staircase bution it is possible fo retrieve a resetiable staircase the PC Tool PCT14 time switch function with RV 2 minutes Individual light scene pushbuttons can be used to retrieve brightness settings carried out during teach in A taught in FAH can be used to implement a twilight switch Switch on can take place using up to 4 FBHs depending on motion and brightness The LED
45. LOGITECH Harmony One universal remote control for almost all enter tainment electronics devices Additionally with 28 channels plus one 4 way scene control for the Eltako Wreless Building This universal remote control not only replaces 14 single remote controls but when used together with a wireless infrared converter FIW55 or FIW USB converts infrared telegrams LOGITECH into wireless telegrams for the Eltako wireless network Harmony One with 2 colour display This remote control is supported by data records for almost all commercially available electronic entertainment equipment of both old and recent date The data records are available online for downloading For this reason this universal remote control very easily replaces all the single remote controls in a room Before shipment we load a special Elfako FIW data record in the original Harmony One remote control These infrared signals are converted into wireless telegrams by a wireless infrared converter FIW and transmitted to the Eltako wireless network This data record can be loaded by any owner of a Harmony One backed by the enclosed Logitech User Manual The data record is in the Logitech menu from equipment manufacturer Eltako and is named FIW55 If you download for entertainment electronic equipment also select the FIW data record otherwise it is deleted in the UFB An actuator can be controlled by each of the 28 channels e g for lighting blinds awnings and rolle
46. Larrea d FIRSF UC Ws P eae sensor bution EAN 4010312306864 60 90 pc Flat wireless sensor button EAN 4010312306888 60 90 pc pure white FT2SF UC wg E Witeless sensor button EAN 4010312306901 60 90 pc pure white glossy FT2SF UC sz eas sensor button EAN 4010312306895 60 90 pc Flat wireless sensor button FTI2SF UC an nacie EAN 4010312306925 60 90 pc Flat wireless sensor button FT2SF UC al coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312306857 68 10 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Wireless Sensor Buttons FT55S Eltako ELECTRONICS FT55S UC Wireless pushbutton with sensor key 80x80 mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 55x55mm 15 15mm high Supply voltage 8 till 230V UC Only 0 03 till 0 3 watt standby loss The scope of supply comprises the frame R a rocker W55 a double rocker DW55 all same colour an attachment frame BRF the mounting base HP with plug in wireless transmitter module and the sensor module The wireless touch button with one rocker can only send one evaluatable signal This is achieved by teaching in the two touch surfaces behind the rocker in the actuator With the double rocker fitted at the factory two evaluatable signals can be transmitted The sensor module including the mounting plate is mounted together with the top and bottom halves of a double rocker to produce a direction button for an actuator The connecting wire exits at
47. NO contact potential free 4A 250V With exchangeable antenna If required a wireless antenna FA250 can be connected Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 2 modules 36mm wide 58mm deep sos sof The energy meter transmitter module FSS12 evaluates the signals from the energy meter SO interface and transmits wireless telegrams containing consumption and meter reading to the Eltako wireless network for evaluation on a PC using the Visualisation and Control _ Ee Software GFVS 3 0 and GFVS Energy On three phase energy meters the data sent includes The enclosed small antenna normal rate HT or off peak NT energy tariff data provided the E1 E2 terminals on the can be replaced with a wireless three phase energy meter are connected to E1 E2 on the FSS12 From production week antenna FA250 with magnetic 42 2012 also with adjustable pulse rate base and cable GFVS Energy supports up to 100 transmitter modules and GFVS 3 0 up to 250 transmitter modules The 12V DC supply voltage of the complete RS485 bus is mainly powered at 12W or 24W by a switch mode power supply unit FSNT12 12V DC that is only 1 or 2 pitch units wide If the relay of the FSS12 is switched on a power of 0 6 watts is required The setting and display screen is subdivided into 3 fields E Field 1 The normal display is the unit of the meter reading currently displayed in Field 3 This alternates every 4 seconds with either kilowatt hours kWh KW
48. ON and bottom is OFF In rotary switch position 4 all passive sensors can be taughi in as circuit breakers The active sensors are assigned as follows CO sensor exclusive position 2 CO sensor accumulative position 5 humidity sensor exclusive position 3 humidity sensor accumulative position 6 temperature sensors exclusive position 4 temperature sensors accumulative position 7 Only one sensor can be taughi in When operated with an active sensor use the bottom rotary switch to set the switch on threshold When the threshold is reached stage 1 is switched on Use the top rotary switch to set the addition value at which Contact 2 closes Overview of switch on thresholds lower rotary switch CO ppm 800 ppm 2 1000 ppm 3 1200 ppm 4 1400 ppm 5 1600 ppm 6 1800 ppm and 7 2000 ppm Humidity 1 10 2 25 3 40 4 55 5 70 6 85 and 7 100 Temperature C 1 20 C 2 23 C 3 26 C 4 29 C 5 32 C 6 35 C and 7 38 C Overview of addition values upper rotary switch CO difference 50 ppm 2 100 ppm 3 200 ppm 4 300 ppm and 5 500 ppm Fixed hysteresis 50 ppm Humidity difference 1 5 2 15 3 25 4 35 and 5 45 Fixed hysteresis 5 Temperature difference K 1 1K 2 2K 3 4K 4 Kand 5 10K Fixed hysteresis 1K The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows control commands
49. RS485 bus actuator TN EAN 4010312313794 40 60 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator Mains Disconnection Relay FFRI4 Eitako ELECTRONICS standard setting ex works Further settings can be made and actuators configured using the PC Tool PCT14 FFR14 2 channel mains disconnection relay 1 1 NO contacts potential free 16A 250V AC incandescent lamps 2000 watts Bidirectional Only 0 1 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 modul 18mm wide 58mm deep Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper State of the art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control with high capacity of special relays The mains disconnection relay FFR14 interrupts the power supply of 1 or 2 circuits and prevents interfering electromagnetic fields To enable zero passage switching in patented Eltako Duplex technology L must be connected to K L and N to N This results in an additional standby consumption of only 0 1 watt N may not be connected if a contactor is switched downstream for the purpose of increasing performance When both relays of the FFRI4 are switched on 0 6 watts are required If a power failure occurs the device is switched off in a defined sequence Maximum current as the sum of both contacts 16A at 230V This mains disconnection relay is switched in the circuit distributor downstream of th
50. Switch FMS6GINP Eitako ELECTRONICS FMS6INP 230V 1 1 NO contacts not potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable Only 0 7 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 833mm deep switching voltage and control voltage local 230V This wireless actuator is a multifunction impulse switch and features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and two bistable relays with zero passage switching By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected to the mains In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna this multifunction impulse switch can also be controlled locally by a conventional 230V control switch previously mounted in the 2xS function only contact 1 From production week 46 2012 bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the FVS soft Typical connection ware and in FUA55 universal displays With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned of which one or more central control pu
51. The LED on the side below the left rotary switch accompanies the teach in process as described in the operation manual It indicates control commands by short flickering during operation Technical data page T 1 standard setting ex works F2L70 230V Wireless actuator Fan relay EAN 4010312305225 79 60 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Time Relay for Card Switch or Smoke Alarm FZK70 Eitako ELECTRONICS FZK70 230V _ o 1 1 NO contacts not potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps 2000 watts Only 0 9 watt standby loss Off delay and response lag are adjustable for one contact Mounting in the 230V power supply cord e g in false ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 25mm deep This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable relay By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected to the mains Use the left rotary switch RV to set the time delay time RV between O and 120 seconds for Function rotary switches Contact L 2 on the side The middle rotary switch is required for teach in It is then used to set the response in case of a power failure AUTO retains the switch position AUTO2 carries out a defined switch
52. The server Wireless antenna module FAM USB GFVS Safe included in the scope of supply of the server GFVS Safe LAN access point Switching and dimming actuators Uninterruptible BSC BAP Series 14 for central installation power supply unit ati Wireless Building Server GFVS Safe GFVS Safe Wireless Building server GFVS Safe with WLAN and M2M communication The GFVS Safe is a flat and fanless server in industrial standard which can be fixed to the rear of a monitor fitted with one of the VESA mounts contained in the scope of delivery or for example under a table top The operating system as well as the Eltako Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 are installed A wireless antenna module FAM USB is included in the scope of supply All data and events are saved to a database for a predefined period There is a net memory capacity of up fo 75GB available for data As protection against data loss data is stored redundantly on a hard disc partition using a special process In addition data can be stored a externally e g on an USB stick FAM USB included The installed Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 visualises the switch positions of actuators and the consumption of connected meters for electricity gas Chew ts water and heat On the other hand direct hook ups and controls can be made using preset software links All that is needed is a mouse click or a touch on a tablet PC sm
53. Universal dimmer switch for R L and C loads up to 300 watts depending on ventilation conditions Automatic detection of load R L or R C Without N connection therefore it is suitable for mounting directly behind the pushbutton light switch even if there is no N wire Energy saving lamps ESL and LED lamps cannot be controlled by dimmers without N connection 230V local switching voltage and control voltage Minimum load only 40 W Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect lamps The brightness level is stored on switch off memory In case of a power failure the switch position is stored and may be switched on when the power supply is restored Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch off The minimum brightness fully dimmed is adjustable with the rotary switch In the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned of which one or more central pushbuitons The dimming speed is adjustable using the dimming speed rotary switch At the same time the soft ON and soft OFF periods are changed In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna this universal dimmer switch can also be controlled locally by a conventional 230V control switch if fitted previously From production week 38 2012 bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram This wirele
54. Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS Accessories Repeater switching power supply units wireless antennas with extension cables level meter Short stroke pushbuttons Technical data teaching in guide and contents of Eltako wireless telegrams Index abbreviations of functions and terms of delivery Pictograms The performance of our devices has become so complex that we have devised pictograms to depict technical features of particular importance Minimized standby loss of electronic devices supports international efforts to reduce energy consumption 98 of the devices produced by ELTAKO have a standby loss of less than 0 8 watt Numerous pushbuttons sensors and transmitter modules work without stand by loss Bistable switching relays help electronic switchgear to reduce heating and current consumption This prolongs lifetime and reduces or avoids standby loss After installation the short automatic synchronization in the Off position is carried out partly at initial operation Bidirectional wireless expands the functions of the wireless actuators by another dimension every change in state and incoming central control telegrams are confirmed by wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators the GFVS Software and in universal displays In addition a repeater function can partially be enabled in these actuators to reach other actuators that are located far away from the wire
55. a wireless window door contact FTK is taught in in switching actuators FSB12 FSB6INP or FSB70 a lock out protection is set up while the door is open and disables a Central Down command Please refer to the actuator operating instructions After the window door contacts FTK are taught in in switching actuators FHK12 FHK61 FZK12 FZK61 FZK70 or FHK70 heating and air conditioning equipment are switched off when windows are opened For more assignments please see the teach in list on page 2 28 Both the window door contact and the magnet have an approx 10mm long notch to mark the point where they must be located next to each other when the window is closed They may not be spaced more than 5mm apart The wireless sensor can be taughi in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software F2L61 F2L70 F4H12 F4L12 FADS60 FGM FHK12 FHK61 FHK70 FMZ12 FMZ61 FSB12 FSB61 FSB70 FSR12 FSR61 FSR7O FTN12 FIN61 FUAS5LED FUT55D FZK12 FZK61 FZK70 kwo Wireless window door contact pure white EAN 4010312305010 67 40 pc FTK si Wireless window door contact silver grey EAN 4010312305171 67 40 pc FIK an Wireless window door contact anthracite EAN 4010312305164 67 40 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Window Handles FHF from Hoppe SecuSignal ELltako ELECTRONICS Wireless Hoppe SecuSignal window handles with integrated wireless transmit module
56. actuators mentioned If window door contacts FTK or Hoppe window handles were taught in the setting is lowered to frost protection temperature 8 C as long as one or several windows are open Lock settings Briefly press MODE and SET together and at ock press SET to lock This is displayed by an arrow next to the lock symbol Unlock settings Press MODE and SET together for 2 seconds and at unlock press SET to unlock The wireless sensor can be taughi in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software FZL61 F2E70 FARIZ F412 GFHKI2 14 FARKA FAKSI FAKYO EMETA FUTH55D ws Clock thermometer with display white EAN 4010312314272 122 30 pc FUTH55D rw Clock thermometer with display pure white EAN 4010312314296 122 30 pe FUTH55D an Clock thermometer with display anthracite EAN 4010312314326 122 30 pc FUTH55D sz Clock thermometer with display black EAN 4010312314302 122 30 pc FUTH55D wg Clock thermometer with display pure white glossy EAN 4010312314319 122 30 pc FUTH55D al Clock thermometer with display coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312314289 134 70 pe The bottom of the housing is mott Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Multifunction Room Control Units thanos L SR and S SR Eltako ELECTRONICS thanos LSR and S SR Wireless multifunction room control unit thermokon for fitting on a flush mounted box Standby loss only 4 watts The multif
57. an additional 8 touch buttons which are user definable A labelling foil can be printed and inserted here The front panel is made of glass The housing behind it is made of ABS plastic white or black The S types are 126mm and the L types 197 mm high They are 82 mm deep and 18 5 mm deep to the wall The connection part projects 34mm into the flush mounted box The 24V DC source is a switch mode power supply unit FSNT61 24 V 6W in a deep flush mounted box behind the room control unit or in a second flush mounted box The actual temperature is measured in a range from O to 50 C 0 5K Relative humidity is measured in a range from O to 100 rh or 3 rh in the range 20 to 80 rh The reference temperature is directly set on the display Startup and parameterisation are carried out using the thanos software which is downloadable from thermokon de Liar Bl FATS 214 0 tae gt thanos S SR The wireless sensor can be taughi in into all actuators and the wireless visualization and control software thanos L SR white Multifunction room control unit white EAN 4010312303657 533 pe thanos L SR black Multifunction room control unit black EAN 4010312303640 533 pe thanos S SR white Multifunction room control unit white EAN 4010312313633 499 pe thanos S SR black Multifunction room control unit black EAN 4010312303640 499 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Multifunction R
58. are switched on switch off early warning is activated before automatic switch off of the permanent light The function ESV on the bottom rotary switch sets the off delay from 2 to 120 minutes In setting CO normal impulse switch function ES without off delay without pushbutton permanent light and without switch off early warning In setting ER switching relay of the other rotary switch this 2nd rotary switch fulfils a safety and power saving function in the settings except oo If the switch off command is not recognised e g since the pushbutton is jammed or it was pressed too quickly the relay switches off automatically on expiry of a time adjustable between 2 and 120 seconds When a FTK is taughi in this time function is turned off Twilight switch with taught in wireless outdoor brightness sensor FAH and then in function setting ESV In time setting 120 the contact opens with a delay of 4 minutes if the brightness level is sufficient In time setting CO the contact opens instantly The local and central pushbutton control is still possible Motion detection with taught in wireless motion detector FBH in function setting ER The device switches on when motion is detected If no more motion is detected the contact opens after the time delay setting t 2 to 255 seconds Position O Outdoor brightness sensor and motion detector can be used together with function setting ER to evaluate motion only in darkness If the FAH detects brightness t
59. batteries last about 2 to 4 years The sensor requires no installation depth behind the mounting plate and can be screwed or stuck to any flat surface An adhesive foil is supplied We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 After mounting the proximity pushbutton monitors the environmental capacitance calibrates itself about 3 minutes and then responds to the approach of a hand or another part of the body from about 7cm distance In this case it sends an ON telegram like any other wireless pushbutton If the detection zone is left it sends an OFF telegram lf the proximity pushbutton brings itself into another position it needs about 3 minutes to recalibrate again lf the proximity pushbutton will be permanently excited for more than 30 seconds it considers this as a strong change of environmental capacitance recalibrates itself and sends an OFF telegram FNT55 ws Proximity pushbutton white EAN 4010312314845 103 50 pc FNT55 rw Proximity pushbutton pure white EAN 4010312314469 103 50 pe FNT55 an Proximity pushbutton anthracite EAN 4010312314883 103 50 pc FNT55 sz Proximity pushbutton black EAN 4010312314890 103 50 pc FNT55 wg Proximity pushbutton pure white glossy EAN 4010312314876 103 50 pc FNT55 al Proximity pushbutton coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312314852 110 90 pe Th
60. be combined into a group to enter or output telegrams at various points in the power mains The 12V DC power supply is provided by a switching power supply unit FSNT12 12V that is only 1 or 2 modules wide With a power consumption of 12W or 24 W it can also power actuators as a rail mounted device The length of the 230V transmission line between input and output can be up to 300 metres It is dependent on the contact resistance of the intermediate connections and the cable layout If Powernet telegrams are not coupled into other external cables via parallel lines this can be ar ranged using a phase coupler FPP12 so that output can be made to any line Up to 32 sensors with their fixed ID numbers saved can be taught in in the input FPV12 When these sensors are faught in in the actuators new unique ID numbers are issued by the output FPV12 This ensures that the actuators only execute the commands of the output FPV12 even if the original wireless telegrams arrive there Every FPV is equipped with a fault relay for safety applications This closes the floating contact 1 2 for 3 seconds if the output FPV sends no receive confirmation within a preset time or the data buffer overflows Up to 24 consecutive incoming wireless telegrams are buffered and pushbutton signals are transferred as first priority Transmission takes place in compliance with CENELEC B in the range from 95 to 125 KHz at up fo 2 5 Kbps The red LED accompanies the teach in
61. by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators like the FSR61NP 230V in the FVS software and in FUA55 universal displays Scene control several FSR6Is can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the four control signals of a double rocker pushbutton taught in as scene pushbutton With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned of which one or more central contro pushbuttons In addition wireless window door contacts with the function N O contact or N C contact while the window is open wireless outdoor brightness sensors FAH and wireless motion brightness sensors FBH The required function of the impulse switch with integrated relay function can then be selected ER switching relay 8 24 UC ESV impulse switch Possibly with off delay then O ESV with pushbutton permanent light U ESV with switch off early warning LI amp ESV with pushbutton permanent light and switch off early warning If the permanent light function is switched on the function can be activated by pressing the pushbutton for longer than 1 second This function switches off automatically after 2 hours or by pressing the pushbutton If the switch off early warning LI is switched on the light starts to flicker approx 30 seconds before time out This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals If both switch off early warning and pushbutton permanent light LU
62. by short flickering during operation Typical connection Technical data page T 1 F2L61NP 230V n EAN 4010312305027 80 60 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Mains Disconnection Relay FFRG6I FFR61 230V standard setting ex works Typical connection Technical data page T 1 FFR61 230V me CSD D bes C 1 1 NO contacts not potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts Only 0 7 watt standby loss Bidirectional wireless and with repeater function For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33 mm deep supply voltage and switching voltage 230V This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and two bistable relays with zero passage switching By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode An automatic short synchronisation takes place after installation The mains disconnection relay FFR61 230V interrupts the power supply of 1 or 2 circuits and this prevents interfering electromagnetic fields Maximum current as the sum of both contacts 16A at 230V Starting in production week 31 2011 with bidirectional wireless in addition a repeater function can be switched in Every status change and incoming central control telegrams are confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taug
63. can be metered in the input FPZ12 via the display by pressing MODE and SET At the same time you can define from which output FPZ12 meter messages can be evaluated Meter telegrams can be output from the power mains either by one or several FPZI2USBs and their USB interfaces directly into an FVS Safe or by FPZ12Fs into Eltako wireless networks For power supply and cable length see the FPV12 12V DC description Wireless Powernet meter connector EAN 4010312311387 183 80 pc Wireless Powernet meter connector to output meter telegrams from the 230V power mains into the Eltako wireless network With exchangeable antenna Only 0 7 watt standby loss If required a wireless antenna FA250 or FA200 can be connected Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 2 modules 36mm wide 58mm deep To output meter telegrams into the Eltako wireless network up to 30 FPZ12Fs for 30 meters can be connected to form a group Every FPZ12F sends only telegrams whose authorisation are saved in the input FPZ12S0 For power supply and cable length see the FPV12 12V DC description Wireless Powernet meter connector EAN 4010312311394 232 00 pc Wireless Powernet meter connector to output meter telegrams from the 230V power mains into the Eltako building wireless network Only 0 7 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 2 modules 36mm wide 58mm deep To output meter telegrams in the power mains in up
64. ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 31 mm deep Universal dimmer switch for R L and C loads up to 400 W dependent on ventilation conditions Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL and dimmable 230V LED lamps are also dependent on the lamp electronics Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect lamps switching voltage 230V No minimum load required This dimmer switch is controlled by wireless pushbuttons FT and FFT the wireless hand held transmitters FHS and FMH and the remote controls FF8 and UFB The brightness level setting is stored to memory when it is switched off lf there is a power failure the switch position and brightness level are saved The device can also be switched on when the power supply is restored Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature shutdown The master universal dimmer switch FMD70 230V can control any number of slave universal dimmer switches FSD70 230V by automatic wireless telegrams The lamps with identical dimming levels can then be increased to any number The left rotary switch on the side is required first for teach in and then in FLS mode defines the number of sequential light scenes The middle rotary switch on the side is required first for teach in and then in service selects the FUD mode universal dimmer switch FLS light scene control or FKR Constant light control fully automatic VA or semiautomatic HA The right rotary switch is set to MOD in FUD mode In a
65. charged in bright daylight for about 5 hours or connected to a charger for about 10 minutes via the red black 12V DC connecting cable The power reserve stored in capacitors supplies the power requirement for the night In normal ambient brightness at least a daily average of 200 Lux the energy of the integrated solar module is sufficient to power the FIFT63AP Then the 12V DC connecting cable may be cut off if necessary The sensor then requires no installation depth behind the mounting plate It can be screwed or stuck fo any flat surface An adhesive film is supplied We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 If the ambient brightness is insufficient power is supplied by the connecting cable from a switching power supply unit FSNT61 12 V 6 W fitted below in a switch box The complete module can be removed from the frame for screw mounting To teach in in an actuator in teach in mode or the FVS Software hold the supplied blue magnet or any other magnet at hand below the point on the side panel of the sensor marked by This sends a teach in telegram The wireless sensor can be taughi in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software F2L61 F2L70 F4L12 FHK12 14 FHK61 FHK70 FIFT63AP ws Humidity temperature sensor white EAN 4010312311448 108 40 pc FIFT63AP rw Hum
66. contact gap 0 5 mm 80x80 mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 55x55 mm 15mm high The scope of supply comprises the frame R one large rocker W one double rocker DW one intermediate frame ZR all same colour the mounting base HP and the pushbutton module Fitted using a 55mm switch box We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25 mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 The unprinted double rocker is snapped onto the pushbutton module at the factory If the double rocker is replaced by the large unprinted rocker remove the rocker halves by pulling off to the front Do not bend towards the middle Then snap the large rocker so that the markings O and on the back line up with the same markings on the pushbutton module The Eltako frame can be replaced on installation at any time by a design frame with internal dimensions 55x55mm from other manufacturers short stroke pushbutton white 25 10 pe Short stroke pushbutton pure white 25 10 pe Short stroke pushbutton pure white glossy 25 10 pe Short stroke pushbutton black 25 10 pc Short stroke pushbutton anthracite 25 10 pe Short stroke pushbutton coated aluminium paint 32 30 pe Currently supplied colours of the short stroke pushbuttons KT4 and their order abbreviations JJ M Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Socket Strips MWC WISIO ECO socket strip from BSC with
67. delay timer a _off delay impulse switch with AB outdoor brightness sensor outdoor humidity temperature sensor 2 outdoor motion brighiness sensor outdoor transmitter module 2 outdoor twilight sensor with actuator 2 outdoor wireless repeater L Z IRS ee __ Powernet phase coupler 8B Powernet repeater presence detector motion senso 2 pushbutton input module 3 pushbutton lighting o Kere e a TE Q Design frames ER toom operating unit o 2 __Temote control remote switch system O 3 repent l rocker rocker Eo t screws and rowl plugs o Z sensory A shading system control 4 amp 5 __short stroke pushbutton Z ELECTRONICS Keyword Chapter T U V weather data transmitter module window door contact window handle Wireless Building Visualisation and 7 V Control Software ow N A u Ol 2 4 2 4 V 1 2 2 4 T Key to abbreviations of functions Key to abbreviations Meaning Chapter BSC BoR BLA BLF USB wireless receiver blind cover attachment frame double rocker spacer german fused safety socket three phase electricity meter EnOcean level meter wireless 2 channel fan relay wireless 4 channel heating cooling relay wireless 8 fold transmitter module wireless antenna wireless actuator single room control wireless outdoor motion brightness sensor wireless outdoor twilight sensor with actuator wireless outdoor humidity temperature sensor wireless outdoo
68. display screen is subdivided into 3 fields E Field 1 The normal display is the unit of the meter reading currently displayed in Field 3 This alternates every 4 seconds with either kilowatt hours kWh KWH in display or megawatt hours MWh MWH in display The display in Field 1 is supplemented by a sign affer the reading to indicate that the off peak tariff rate is applied to E1 E2 E Field 2 Instantaneous values of energy consumption active power in watt W or kilowatt kW The leff pointing arrow in Field 1 indicates an automatic switchover from O to 99W to 0 1 to 65 kW E Field 3 The meter reading is the normal display Every 4 seconds the display alternates between 3 whole numbers and 1 decimal point from 0 1 fo 999 9kWh and 1 or max 3 whole numbers from O to 999 MWh The meter reading is displayed without decimals in increments of 1 kWh with freely chosen pulse rates whose last digit is not O Wireless telegrams Within 20 seconds a power telegram is sent if the power changes by minimum 10 A switchover from HT to NT is transmitted immediately in the same way as a meter reading change A full telegram comprising meter reading HT meter reading NT and power is transmitted 20 seconds after the power supply is switched on and then every 10 minutes The see page 2 2 for a detailed LED lights up briefly when a telegram is transmitted description FSS12 12V DC Wireless energy meter transmitter module EAN 4010312301944 79 80 pc
69. door contacts with the function N O contact or N C contact while the window is open The required function of the impulse switch with integrated relay function can then be selected ER switching relay ESV impulse switch Possibly with off delay then ESV with pushbutton permanent light U ESV with switch off early warning L ESV with pushbutton permanent light and switch off early warning If the permanent light function is switched on the function can be activated by pressing the pushbutton for longer than 1 second This function switches off automatically after 2 hours or by pressing the pushbutton If the switch off early warning U is switched on the light starts to flicker approx 30 seconds before time out This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals lf both switch off early warning and pushbutton permanent light LI are switched on switch off early warning is activated before automatic switch off of the permanent light The function ESV on the right rotary switch on the side sets the off delay from 2 to 120 minutes In setting CO normal impulse switch function ES without off delay without pushbutton permanent light and without switch off early warning In setting ER switching relay of the middle rotary switch this rotary switch fulfils a safety and power saving function in the settings except oo If the switch off command is not recognised e g since the pushbutton is jammed or it was pressed too quickly
70. during operation Aa rm Dy ea Technical data page T 1 FHK61 8 24V UC Wireless actuator Heating cooling relay EAN 4010312302316 70 50 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Heating Cooling Relay with Solid State Relay FHKG1SSR FHK61SSR 230V Noiseless single room control 400W Solid state relay not potential free Only 0 7 watt standby loss Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep Local switching and control voltage 230V This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed We have combined the wear free receive and evaluation electronics with a solid state relay which switches in the zero crossing This heating cooling relay evaluates the information from wireless temperature controllers or sensors As required supplemented by window door contacts motion detectors Hoppe window handles and wireless pushbuttons Bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched on Every change of function using a wireless pushbutton is confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in the GFVS software Top rotary switch for operating modes Standard setting ex works H1 Heating operation with PWM control at T 4 minutes Suitable for valves with thermoelectric valve drive H2 Heating operation with PWM control at T 15 minutes
71. es i eae ae ee SF2L70 230V0 XK D Only FTR55H FTR55D FUT55D and FUTH55D Also controllable by activation telegrams from the FVS software 3 thanos LSR LSRQ and SSR can be faught in in all actuators and in the FVS software Only motion detection gt lt D JS gt N w NL gt DDD 1 gt ne N w 23 01 2013 Operating Distances of the Eltako Wireless Eitako ELECTRONICS Operating distances between sensors and actuators Compared with hard wired systems EnOcean wireless systems are highly flexible and simple to install The following instructions simplify installation You will find detailed instructions on wireless network planning in the 12 page booklet EnOcean Wireless Systems Range planning Guide that you can download from www enocean com 1 Wireless signal range Wireless signals are electromagnetic waves The field strength at the receiver decreases the further the distance away from the transmitter The wireless range is therefore limited Obstacles standing in the radio field the also shorten range compared with line of sight links Obstacle Reduced range i Wood plaster glass uncoated with no metal 0 10 Brick particle board 5397 Concrete with iron reinforcement bars 10 90 Metal aluminium cladding The geometric shape of a room determines the radio range since propagation is not in the form of a beam but requires a certain volume of space
72. excluding VAT Accessories Intermediate Frames ZR and SZR for colour combinations Intermediate frame ZR for wireless pushbuttons FT4 FT4G and FT2S The scope of supply of the wireless pushbuttons FI4 FT4G and FT2S comprises one intermediate frame ZR in the same colour For colour combinations the intermediate frame ZR is available as a 5 piece set 5 intermediate frames white EAN 4010312902288 4 90 pe 5 intermediate frames pure white EAN 4010312902301 4 90 pc 5 intermediate frames black EAN 4010312902325 4 90 pe 5 intermediate frames anthracite EAN 4010312902332 4 90 pc 5 intermediate frames coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312902295 8 90 pe Socket intermediate frame SZR for the socket outlet front SDO The scope of supply of socket outlet front SDO comprises one socket intermediate frame SZR in the same colour For colour combinations the socket intermediate frame SZR is available as a 5 piece set sas Ssocleinemedctefomes white EN ACTOS TZOOROI 4 80 Erpe sarm __Ssovltinemedci fames puewhie EAN 4010312003858 490 pe sais 5 socket termediate tomes bck EAN 4010312903841 490 pe saan 5 socket termediate fames ontmracie EAN 4010312903865 490 pe szRai 5 socket termediate fames coatedjalurinium paint EAN 4010312003872 8 90 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Pushbuttons without battery or wire
73. external access to smartphones over the mobile radio network Visualisation and control from tablet PCs N B s Ak Tmn o jE The Blue Wireless Network in the Building The Server GFVS Safe with Wireless Building Software GFVS 3 0 server controlled building monitoring control and visualisation Secure data management by means of GFVS Safe and the factory installed Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 Monitors and transmits wireless information independent of the size of the building or number of locations Wireless antenna module FAM USB for smaller buildings Wireless LAN access points BSC BAP for 200 to 400m building surface area including large data buffer and automatic management of key functions With internet access standard access fo smartphones over the mobile radio network Tranmission of electricity meter parameters directly from the RS485 interface of the meter to the bus and then to the wireless network if required The Eltako Wireless Building is prepared to set up an encrypted data link fo power supply companies This is a pre condition for future load dependent tariff controls in the Smart Net Eltako also supplies the associated Smart Meters with MID The server Visualisation and control with a GFVS Safe tablet PC and smartphone D The blue network Derived from the Eltako corporate colour blue which is the symbolic colou
74. for bipolar switching of Land N 5 5 Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr relay function with current measurement FSR6IVA 5 6 Wireless actuator multifunction impulse switch FMS6INP and light controller FLC61NP 5 7 Wireless actuator universal dimmer switch FUDGINP without N and with N FUDGINPN 5 9 Ma Constant current LED dimmer switch FKLD61 5 1 Wireless actuator for shading elements and roller shutters FSB61NP 5 12 Wireless actuator staircase time switch and off delay timer FINGINP and multifunction time relay FMZ61 5 13 Wireless actuator heating cooling relays FHK61 230V FHK61U 230V and FHK61 8 24 V UC 5 15 M Wireless actuator heating cooling relay with solid state relay FHK61SSR 5 18 Wireless actuator fan relay F2L6INP and mains disconnection relay FFR61 5 19 Wireless actuator time relay for card switch FZKGINP 5 21 Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr relay function FSR70S and 5 22 wireless actuator universal dimmer switch FUD 0S as cord switch Wireless actuator impulse switch with integrated relay function FSR70 5 24 Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr relay function with active power measurement FSR 7OW I6A 5 25 Wireless actuator universal dimmer switch FUD70 and 5 26 wireless actuator controller FSG70 for electronic ballast units 1 lOV Wireless actuator universal dimmer switch master FMD70 and slave FSD 0 5 28 Wireless actuator for shading elements and roller shutters FSB70 5 30 Wireless actuator heating cooling relay F
75. for confirmation telegrams must be generated via the PCT14 The actuator must be entered several times in the device list The FAM14 must then be operated in operating mode 5 Confirmation telegrams of bidirectional actuators FUD14 FUD14 800W FSG14 1 10V Here you can select 2 confirmation telegrams in the PCT14 configuration independently of each other l PTM200 telegram ORG 0x05 Data_byte3 0x70 Dimmer ON 0x50 Dimmer OFF 4BS telegram with dimming value ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 0x02 Data_byte2 Dimming value in Data_bytel Ox00 Data_byteO Ox08 Dimmer OFF 0x09 Dimmer ON Per channel PTM200 telegram ORG 0x05 Data_byte3 0x70 end position top 0x50 end position bottom 0x00 motor running or roller shutter stopped at undefined position since it was stopped manually Remark The RV time must be set on the device so that the end position is always reached If the roller shutter is already at an end position the relay is switched on on receipt of a drive command anyway 0x00 is sent and it is switched off on expiry of the RV 0x70 or 0x50 is sent F4HK14 FHK14 FAE14LPR FAE14SSR Per channel PTM200 telegram ORG 0x05 Data_byte3 0x70 normal mode 0x50 night reduction 4 K 0x30 setback mode 2 K 0x10 OFF frost protection active In addition every telegram received from a taught on temperature sensor e g B FIR55H is repeated as a confirmation telegram FMSR14
76. from one or several wireless motion brightness sensors FBH and then controls the 1 1OV output or switches the light on or off 3 operation modes BA can be selected 1 fully automatic switch on and switch off is brightness and motion controlled 2 semi automatic only switch off is brightness and motion controlled and 3 switch off is brightness controlled motion sensor is not active With one wireless pushbutton or wireless hand held transmitter the automatic system can be overloaded to a preset value in order to dim the light for a beamer presentation for example several FBHs can be taught in in a FKR O As long as one of the motion defection sensors detects activity the necessary lighting remains on and only affer all FBHs report no activity for 1 minute does the adjustable time delay RV commence Only 1 FBH Master is used for the constant light control The FBHs can also be taught in in several FKR7Os This not only allows an increase in the total switching capacity but also the set up of zones with different brightness settings by setting different basic brightness values GH Several independent FAR O systems can be installed in one room simultaneously To teach in wireless pushbuttons and wireless hand held transmitters one rocker is taught in as direction switches Tap the bottom part to switch the light off Press the top or bottom to dim up or down This shifts the control automatic towards brighter or darker A double tap
77. gateway offers logic and control functions and comprises an integrated wire less repeater The KNX ENO 634 has over 32 channels each of which can be assigned one of the following functions switch dim blind and roller shutter control light scenes window handles window contacts hotel card switch pressure switch pushbutton room control units temperature humidity bright ness motion CO gas water and electricity meter data HVAC drive for actuator valves time switch switch on delay time lag switch two point byte and float continuous float heat demand request logic function gate e g AND OR XOR impulse switch toggle trigger value transmitter monitor watchdog The KNX ENO 634 and the channels are configured over the KNX bus using the ETS software The buttons and the display on the device are used to teach in the wireless components Surface mounting by means of a 55mm flush mount box Power is supplied over the KNX bus The repeater function is designed to bridge large distances between sensors and actuators The KNX ENO 68x is a Level 1 wireless repeater The integrated bus monitor function supports direct system diagnosis on the device The device can display both EnOcean wireless telegrams and KNX telegrams KNX ENO 634 EnOcean KNX gateway EAN 4010312315026 428 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Accessories Wireless Repeaters FRP61 ELltako FRP61 230V FRP61 230V FRP61 8
78. helpers FEM FGW14 FBAI4 FRP14 FGSM14 DS14 GBAI4 PCT14 The bidirectional wireless antenna module receives wireless telegrams within its reception range and feeds them to the RS485 bus The reception range can be extended by connecting an external antenna to the FAM14 Actuator confirmation telegrams are sent over the wireless network The antenna module also comprises a switch mode power supply unit to supply 12V DC to bus components and is therefore 2 modules wide Power supply and bus lines can be cross wired by jumpers Supplied with an repluggable terminating resistor Up to three additional wireless receiver modules in a separate mini housing can be installed at any point in the building and connected to the main bus by a 4 wire screened sub bus line e g tele phone line The reception range can be extended by connecting an external antenna to each FEM The gateway is only 1 module wide but has multiple uses to couple up to three FEMs up to 10 FISI2EMs for direct connection to the FVS Safe computer to connect Series 12 bus components an RS232 interface or as a bus connector for two Series 14 RS485 buses The 1 module wide bus coupler is required for bus connections by wire to other DIN rails or other distributor panels The 4 bus and power supply conductors cross wired by means of jumpers are hooked up fo input or output terminals The 1 module wide repeater with its own antenna can be used inside the building for a d
79. immediately A status message will be sent approximately every 16 minutes even if the values had not changed SRO4C02 CO2 temperature sensor pure white EAN 4010312313589 390 00 pc SRO4CO2rHZ Wireless indoor CO2 temperature humidity sensor thermokon for surface mounting LXWXH 85x85x25mm In addition to the above described sensor SRO4CO2 this sensor measures the relative humidity from O to 100 rF and indicates the CO content with three LEDs The relative humidity will be sent in the wireless telegram along with COs content and temperature The green LED lights up to 750 ppm high to moderate indoor air quality the yellow between 751 and 1250ppm moderate indoor air quality and the red from 1251 ppm lower indoor air quality SRO4CO2rHZ CO2 temperature humidity sensor pure white EAN 4010312313596 460 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Multifunction Room Control Units thanos L SR and S SR thanos L SR and S SR Wireless multifunction room control unit thermokon for fitting on a flush mounted box Standby loss only 4 watts The multifunction room control unit with a 3 5 touch display detects the temperature and humidity at the place of installation It transmits these parameters to the wireless network as well as key commands on the touch display The aluminium function brace contains a further touch sensor which is parameterisable using a wireless function The L types also have
80. in compliance with CENELEC B in the range from 95 to 125 KHz at up fo 2 5 Kbps The green LED under the bottom rotary switch accompanies the teach in process according to the operating instruction and indicates incoming Powernet telegrams in operation by blinking briefly FPR12 12V DC Wireless Powernet repeater EAN 4010312312162 159 80 pc Wireless Powernet phase coupler to transmit wireless telegrams over the 230V power mains Only 0 2 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep Voltage between the two outer conductors 400 V 50 Hz The phase coupler increases the capacitive coupling between 2 different outer conductors if for example the cables within the installation are not laid in parallel at a distance of at least several metres apart as ribbon cables or jacketed cables Caution The phase coupler may only be connected to the input side of the line circuit breaker consumers Wireless Powernet phase coupler EAN 4010312311769 25 40 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Series 14 RS485 Bus DIN Rail Mounted Devices Central Installation Eltako ELECTRONICS Series 14 components 4 0 Wireless antenna module FAM14 wireless receiver antenna module FEM and 4 wireless antennas with magnetic foot FA250 and FA200 Gateway FGW14 bus coupler FBA14 and wireless GSM receiver FGSM14 4 2 PC tool PCT14 4 4 Actuator 4 channel impulse switc
81. in the sequence are the winter solstice and summer solstice If required press SET fo select a time shift by up to 2 hours and press MODE to confirm Manual switching Press MODE then press SET to search for the operating mode function Select by pressing MODE Press SET to change the channel and press MODE to confirm Then press SET to select between automatic on or off When you press MODE to confirm on or off the appropriate telegram is sent immediately When you press MODE to confirm automatic switching programs are executed Exit the operating mode by pressing and holding down MODE for longer than 2 seconds Summer winter time changeover Press MODE then press SET to search for the summer wintertime automatic function Select by pressing MODE Then press SET to change between active and inactive When you select active switchover takes place auto matically Teach in channels in actuators Press MODE then press SET to search for the earn function Select by pressing MODE Press SET to change the channel and press MODE to confirm Then press SET to change change between on and off When you press MODE to confirm on press SET at send to teach in the on function in an actuator which is ready for teach in offis taught in using the same procedure Switch random mode on off Press MODE then press SET to search for the random function Select by pressing MODE Then press SET fo change between nactive and active When you select active the switchin
82. including brightness from three points of the compass wind rain and frost to the weather data transmitter module FWS61 connected in series once per second A standard telephone wire is sufficient as connecting lead J Y ST Y 2x2x 0 8 or equivalent 100m line length is permitted solid plastic housing LxWxH 118x96x77mm Degree of protection IP44 Temperature at mounting location 30 C to 50 C A power supply unit FSNT61 24V 6W is required for the power supply including heating of the rain sensor This simultaneously supplys the wireless weather data transmitter module FWS61 24V DC Multi sensor MS EAN 4010312901731 267 30 pc FSNT61 24V 6W Rated capacity 6 W Standby loss 0 1 watt only Built in device for installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep Input voltage 230V 20 up to 10 Efficiency 82 Stabilised output voltage 1 low residual ripple short circuit proof Only required for the weather Overload protection and over temperature switch off by means of swichting off with automatic data transmitter module FWS61 switching on after fault clearance autorecovery function FSNT61 24V 6W Power supply unit EAN 4010312313169 30 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensor Smoke Alarm FRW Ettlako ELECTRONICS FRW ws Wireless smoke alarm Detectomat HDv 3000 OS white with wireless E transmitter module inserted Only 0 03 mW standby loss of the wireless 4 transmitte
83. integrated solar module is sufficient to power the FAH63 The sensor requires no installation depth behind the mounting plate and can be screwed or glued fo any flat surface An adhesive film is supplied The complete module can be removed from the frame for screw mounting We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25 mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 This sensor should not be exposed to rain or other water splashing To teach in in an actuator in teach in mode hold the supplied blue magnet or any other magnet at hand below the point on the side panel of the sensor marked by W This sends a teach in telegram When teaching in in actuators the switching threshold is defined for switching the light on off depending on the brightness The wireless sensor can be taught in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software FKRI2 FARZO FLC61 FSB12 14 FSB61 FSB70 FSR12 14 FSR61 FSR70 FUD61 FAH63 rw Brightness sensor pure white EAN 4010312312117 95 10 pe FAH63 an Brightness sensor anthracite EAN 4010312312131 95 10 pe FAH63 sz Brightness sensor black EAN 4010312312124 102 30 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensor Outdoor Brightness Sensor FAHGO Wireless outdoor brightness sensor 60x46mm 30mm deep The electronic requires no intrinsic power supply so there is no
84. is activated Here too several key operations are accumulated The new temperature reduction value is shown in the display in large digits after approx 1 second After a further approx 4 seconds the display returns to night reduction mode Terminate the night reduction function by briefly pressing the two keys simultaneously The wireless sensor can be taught in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software F2L61 F2L70 FAH12 F4L12 FHK12 14 FHK61 FHK70 FTR55D ws Temperature controller with display white EAN 4010312302361 145 30 pe FTR55D rw Temperature controller with display pure white EAN 4010312302385 145 30 pe FTR55D an Temperature controller with display anthracite EAN 4010312302439 145 30 pe FTR55D sz Temperature controller with display black EAN 4010312302408 145 30 pe FTR55D wg Temperature controller with display pure white glossy EAN 4010312302415 145 30 pe FTR55D al Temperature controller with display coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312305393 154 10 pe The bottom of the housing is mott Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Temperature Sensors FIF55 FTF55 solar cells connecting cable for approx 10 minutes Wireless temperature sensor for surface mounting and integration in the 55x55mm and 63x63 mm switch system Own power supply from integrated The scope of supply includes a frame R an intermediate frame ZR in
85. is emitted After the taught in confirmation of the FUTH55D the LED lights up for 2 seconds and 2 beeps occur Communication test With the pushbutton located under the hood a communication test can be performed manually By pressing this pushbutton for 2 seconds the wireless link fo the FUTH55D will be checked A successful communication is acknowledged by the status LED about 3 seconds after the button is released and by a beep Wireless interface The wireless communication with the FUTH55D is cyclical wireless cycle approximately every 10 minutes At the same time the entire wireless protocol will be sent to the FUTH55D and values of the FUTH55D will be received Energy hold automatic identification window open With the window open the heat energy supply for the room is interrupted An open window will be detected by a strong and rapid temperature drop at the small wireless actuator FKS This then closes the valve for 30 minutes then the small actuator FKS returns to normal operation and the function energy hold is active again If window contacts FTK are taught in in the FUTH55D the temperature reduction is controlled by the FTK Anti freeze function lf the temperature at the internal temperature measuring transducer drops below 6 C the small wireless actuator opens the valve as long as 8 C will be reached Emergency operation An integrated temperature controller is activated when no wireless telegram is rec
86. lamps switching voltage 230V No minimum load The brightness level is stored on switch off memory In case of a power failure the switch position and the brightness stage are stored and may be switched on when the power supply is restored Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch off Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper The upper rotary switch LA LRN is first required for teach in and defines in operation whether automatic lamp detection should be activated or special comfort positions AUTO allows all lamp types to be dimmed EC is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which must be switched on at high voltage due to their design so that they can be dimmed down and switched back on safely when cold EC2 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which cannot be switched back on in dimmed Standard setting ex works down position due to their design Therefore the memory is switched off in this position LCl is a comfort position for LED lamps which cannot be dimmed down far enough in AUTO phase cut off due to their design LC2 and LC3 are comfort positions for LED lamps like LC but with different dimming curves Typical connection In positions EC1 EC2 LC1 LC2 and LC3 no inductive wound transformers may be used In addition the maximum number of dimmable LED lamps may be lower than in AUTO position due to their design LC4 LC5 and LC6 are comfort positions for
87. louzecky eltako com Denmark SOLAR A S DK 6600 Vejen 45 76 961200 lt jni solar dk Gulf area M S Golden Sand Trading U A E Dubai 9 7 43595611 q vasu2000 emirates net ae Iceland Reykjafell Ltd IS 125 Reykjavik Iceland 35 4 5886010 reykjafell reykjafell is Ireland PEWL Group 90 4 Lagan Road Dublin 353 0 1 8304666 4 353 0 1 8305788 bx sales pewl ie www pewl ie Israel Avital B S Ltd II Holon 97 23 5587717 lt avitalbs zahav net il gt lt info eltako de www eltako de www eltako wireless com Italy Representative Tommaso Scrofani l 64025 Pineto TE 39 085 9491796 39 347 3774888 gt lt scrofani eltako com Netherlands North Representative Hans Oving NL 7701 WV Dedemsvaart 31 523 616688 31 6 21816115 lt oving eltako com Netherlands South Representative Dennis Schellenberg NL 5854 PC Bergen LB 31 6 50419067 gt lt schellenberg eltako com Newzealand Infranet Systems NZ Clevedon Auckland 64 92928056 lt info wirelessbuildings co nz www wirelessbuildings co nz Norway Malthe Winje Automasjon AS NO 1415 Oppegard 47 66996100 D lt firmapost mwa no Portugal TEV2 Lda Rua de Joaquim Silva Vicente Zona Industrial da Maia Sector VII Lote 137 4470 434 Maia 351 299 478 170 351 912 518050 bx info tev pt Russia ATLAS Group JSC RU 127591 Moscow 7 495 6423463 lt eltako atlasgroup ru Sweden Nor
88. modules such as FWZ12 rail mounted devices for central installation up to 16A and 65A or the FWZ61 build in device for decentralised installation up to 16A An energy consumption indicator FEAS5LED receives these wireless telegrams and displays realtime consumption and normal rate off peak by LEDs Stage 2 ina home Consumption measurement as for stage 1 A digital energy consumption indicator FEA55D with display and a memory for consumption parameters receives the wireless telegrams Realtime consumption and accumulated consumption are displayed constantly The consumption over the past hours days months and years is also retrievable H GE Stage 3 in a home or a building a Power consumption is queried directly from the energy meters via their SO interfaces and sent over the Eltako wireless network by an energy meter transmitter module FSS12 An integrated load shedding relay can switch off consumers if a preset consumption is exceeded b When Series 14 is installed centrally the three phase electricity meters DSZ14DRS 3x65 A and DSZ14WDRS 3x5A with MID as well as the single phase energy meter transmitter module FWZ14 65A can be directly connected to the RS485 bus Energy consumption in stages 1 and 2 can be indicated by a FEA55 or by means of the Wireless Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 of the GFVS Safe or the GFVS Energy j Stage 4 in all residential office and commercial buildings When Series 14 is in
89. more motion is detected the contact opens after the time delay setting t 2 to 255 seconds Position Co Outdoor brightness sensor and motion detector can be used together with function setting ER to evaluate motion only in darkness If the FAH detects brightness the contact opens immediately When teaching in the switching threshold is also taught in between break of twilight and complete darkness The LED accompanies the teaching in process according to the operating instruction and displays the wireless control commands by short flickering in operating mode Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator Impulse switch PISO with integrated relay function EAN 4010312313886 73 60 pc Unverbindliche Preisempfehlung zuz glich gesetzl Mwst Wireless Actuator Impulse Switch with integrated relay cp f Z function FSR6GILN 230V for bipolar switching of Land N ELECTRONICS FSR61LN 230V 2 NO contacts for bipolar switching of L and N 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts off delay with switch off early warning and switchable pushbutton permanent light Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable Only 0 7 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep switching voltage and control voltage local 230V This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics
90. not potential free Bidirectional Only 0 1 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper If both relays are switched on a power of 0 4 watts is required The rated switching capacity of 400 W is applied for one contact and also for the sum of the two contacts The channels can be taught in together at the same time Use the lower rotary switch in positions 1 2 Alternatively they can be taught in separately in position 1 or 2 First teach in the sensors using the rotary switches In normal mode set the operating mode using the middle rotary switch PWM 1 for valves with thermoelectric actuator T 4 minutes PWM 2 for valves with motor driven actuator T 15 minutes 2 Pt for 2 point control PWM control mode The upper rotary switch sets the required temperature difference at which the device is switched on at 100 When the actual temperature gt reference temperature the device is switched off When the actual temperature lt reference temperature hysteresis the device is switched on at 100 When the actual temperature is between reference temperature hysteresis and the reference temperature the device is switched on and off by a PWM in steps of 10 depending on the temperature difference The lower the temperature difference the shorter the switch on time As a result of
91. numeric buttons lf additional channels are required switch over to the double click function by using the key sequence 7 and 3 on the UFB within 10 seconds after switching on the FIW power supply In this function an additional 10 channels 0O 11 22 33 etc up fo 99 can be taught in Press the key sequence 9 and 1 within 10 seconds after switching on the power supply to reset to single click The numeric buttons in the actuators can be taught in either as direction switches or universal switches Dim function with up and down arrow buttons in the navigation cross When a numeric bution in the associated actuator is taught in as direction button first select the channel by pressing the numeric button when the device is in service then control by pressing the up and down arrow buttons in the navigation cross Another 4 channels can be set to the and of the volume and channel buttons e g for the central control of lighting and shading A further 3 direction butions can be taught in directly using the left and right buttons in the navigation cross the fast forward and fast reverse buttons and the buttons for forward skip and reverse skip In addition the four labelled buttons in the display with the colours red green yellow and blue are available as scene buttons for lighting or shading You can change their labels using the enclosed CD and a Logitech Internet access The central control signals ON OFF or UP DOWN can also be taug
92. of the housing is mott Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Small Actuator FKS controlled by the Thermo Clock Hygrostat FUTH55D Eitako ELECTRONICS FKS Wireless small actuator MD15 FtL HE from kieback amp peter for radiators No wires since it is battery powered Low standby losses Room temperature control for constant control in conjunction with the thermo clock hygrostat FUTHSS5D Fitted to customary radiator valves made by numerous manufacturers The small actuator is powered by 3 alkaline Mignon Type AA batteries that have a service life of up to 3 years Energy saving technologies and sophisticated engineering ensure very low power consumption The reference temperature is set on the FUTH55D as well as the switching times for heat reduction at night Battery monitoring e The battery capacity is monitored continuously A low battery capacity is signaled acoustically The valve lower part depicted with short beeps every 6 hours The remaining capacity of the batteries is then lt 10 If the IS not included in the scope of battery voltage drops further take the safety position the small actuator occupys the safety delivery position of 50 unlocked Teaching in of FUTH55D in a FKS By pressing the pushbutton located under the removable cover for about 1 second a ready to be taught in FUTH55D will be taught in into a FKS according fo the operating manual The status LED lights up briefly and an acoustic signal
93. on the bottom part dims down to the taught in value Beamer Presentation When the light is switched off and the top part is held down the light is dimmed up from the lowest brightness level until the rocker is released Resetting to automatic control is effected either by automatic light switch off or by double tapping the top direction switch The beamer value can additionally be taught in in a further universal switch In addition to the beamer value the minimum brightness can be set and stored The left rotary switch LRN is required for teach in and for setting the base brightness The middle rotary switch RV is set after teach in to the required delay time from O to 10 minutes There is also an additional 1 minute of FBH The base brightness GH dependent on use of the room is set with the right rotary switch plus the left rotary switch adding the adjusted values The smallest settable value is 1 0 1 the largest value is 40 80 10 The normal setting is approx at 21 The LED on the side below the left rotary switch accompanies the teach in process as described in the operation manual It indicates control commands by short flickering during operation et ee a r Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator EASTON SIE Controller for electronic ballast units BAY KOVO SUOS ELEN ei Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Constant Light Controller FKR70UD with Universal Dimmer Switch Eita
94. one or several wireless switches wireless window door contacts FTK motion detector brightness sensors FBH and Hoppe window handles can be taught in The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation Examples of suitable gongs Friedland D844 and D525S Grothe Croma 100 Wireless module EAN 4010312303290 54 90 pe Rated capacity 6 W Standby loss 0 1 watt only For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep Input voltage 230V 20 up to 10 Efficiency 81 stabilised output voltage 1 low residual ripple Short circuit proof Overload protection and over femperature switch off by means of swichting off with automatic switching on after fault clearance autorecovery function EAN 4010312313145 30 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT FME14 Modular Single Room Control in Heating Circuit Distributors with Room Temperature Controllers ELltako ELECTRONICS D I rae e a a A S D aae a a a a a bidirectional RS485 bus Complete basic units Wireless basic unit 6 zones for 230V actuators FMEI4 6Z 230V 6 2 Wireless basic unit 8 zones for 230V actuators FMEI4 8Z 230V 6 3 Wireless basic unit 10 zones for 230V actuators FME14 10Z 230V 6 4 Wireless basic unit 12 zones for 230V actuators FME14 12Z 230V 6 5 Wireless basic unit 4 zones for 24V actuators FME14 4Z 24 V 6 6 Wireless basic unit 8
95. outlet front SDO55 With increased shock protection The socket base DSS bearing the VDE sign has screw terminals Fitted in 55x55mm frames R R2 and R3 as well as all Q frames DSS with socket outlet front white DSS SD055 rw EAN 4010312310854 5 70 pe _ DSS with socket outlet front pure white glossy EAN 4010312310885 DSS with socket outlet front black EAN 4010312310878 5 70 pc DSS with socket outlet front anthracite EAN 4010312310908 5 70 pc DSS SD055 al DSS with socket outlet front coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312310847 12 90 pc DSS SDO German Fused Safety Socket DSS with socket outlet front SDO With increased shock protection The socket base DSS bearing the VDE sign has screw terminals Fitted in 55x55 mm frames R R2 and R3 as well as all Q frames using the enclosed socket intermediate frame SZR DSS SD0 ws DSS with socket outlet front white EAN 4010312304181 5 70 pc DSS SD0 rw DSS with socket outlet front pure white EAN 4010312304310 5 70 pe DSS SD0 wg DSS with socket outlet front pure white glossy EAN 4010312304211 5 70 pc DSS SD0 sz DSS with socket outlet front black EAN 4010312304204 5 70 pc DSS SDO0 an DSS with socket outlet front anthracite EAN 4010312304228 o 5 70 pc DSS SDO al DSS with socket outlet front coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312304198 12 90 pc Recommended retail prices
96. performs during the teach in process according fo the operating instructions It shows control commands by short flickering during operation Connection example page 4 28 Technical data see page 4 30 Housing for operating instructions GBAI4 page 4 26 FUD14 800W RS485 bus universal dimmer switch EAN 4010312313756 87 50 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Capacity Enhancer FLUD14 for Universal Dimmer Switch FUD14 800 W FLUD14 Capacity enhancer for universal dimmer switch FUD14 800 W Power MOSFET up to 400W Standby loss 0 1 watt only Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep Capacity enhancers FLUD14 can be connected to the universal dimming actuator FUD14 800 W By this the switching capacity for one lamp will be increased up to 200 W or alternatively for additional lamps up to 400W per each capacity enhancer The two circuits to increase capacity can be created at the same time using several FLUDIA4s supply voltage 230V No minimum load Automatic electronic overload protection and over temperature switch off The lamp type of a capacity enhancer FLUD14 in the Capacity increase with additional lamps may deviate from the lamp type of the universal dimmer switch FUD14 800 W It is therefore possible to mix capacitive and inductive loads Capacity increase for a lamp in dimmer switch operating modes AUTO LC4 LC5 and LC6 For
97. positions If only centrally installed actuators need to be addressed to control shading elements from the FWS61 it is sufficient to teach in the FSBI4s in these actuators using the PC Tool PCT14 An FMSR14 is then not required FMSR14 Multifunction sensor relay EAN 4010312314111 55 70 pc FW S61 24V DC Wireless weather data transmitter module for the seven weather items sent by the multisensor MS Only 0 3 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 18mm deep Power 24V DC is supplied by the switch mode power supply unit FSNT61 24V 6W 838mm deep 45mm long 55mm wide This switching power supply unit simultaneously supplys the multisensor MS including the heating of the rain sensor It is possible to use a deep UP box for the two devices This weather data transmitter module receives the seven momentary readings of the weather items brightness from three cardinal points twilight wind rain and ambient temperature by cable J Y ST Y 2x2x0 8 from the multisensor MS attached to the outside of the building The readings are sent in the form of wireless telegrams over the Elfako wireless network with the priorities listed below Evaluation is carried out by the FVS Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS the wireless multifunction sensor relay FMSR14 the wireless weather data display FWA5SD and the wireless actuator FSB14 When the supply voltage is applied a teach in telegram is sent immediately and tw
98. potential free from the power supply with DX technology Bidirectional Only 0 1 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 modul 18mm wide 58mm deep Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper Patented Eltako Duplex technology allows you to switch normally potential free contacts in zero passage switching when 230V A C voltage 50Hz is switched This drastically reduces wear To achieve this simply connect the N conductor to the terminal N and L to K L This results in an additional standby consumption of only 0 1 waft When all 4 relays are switched on a power of 0 7 watts is required If a power failure occurs the device is switched off in a defined sequence This heating cooling relay assesses information about wireless temperature controllers or sensors Possibly supplemented by window door contacts motion detectors Hoppe window handles and wireless pushbuttons As an alternative to a wireless temperature controller the temperature information on the set and actual values can be obtained from the FVS software It is also possible to specify the set temperature via FVS software and thus limiting the setting range of the wireless temperature controller Top rotary switch for adjustable hysteresis Left stop lowest hysteresis 0 5 Middle position hysteresis 2 5 Right stop largest hysteresis 4 5 Inbetween divisions in steps of 0 5 Middle rotary switch for
99. power input STE14 1 PU These components are mechanically connected and provided with plugged in jumpers for the RS485 bus and the internal 12V DC power supply In addition a bus terminating resistor is fitted to the FAM14 on the left and a dummy is fitted to an FAE14 on the right A busbar SAS 6TE a housing for operating instructions GBA14 and a jumper installation tool are also part of the scope of supply The module cover 4 parts is plugged Before mounting the base unit into the mounting rail of the heating circuit distributor the module cover is removed the locking slides are opened until it snaps into place and after mounting closed again until it slots into place Only then can the busbars be inserted in the lower L and N terminals of the actuators which are opened ex works in the power input and secured by tightening the terminal screws This means the 230V connection is only required once at the top of the power input STE14 One or two 230V actuators can be connected to each of the 10 zone connections above the busbar After the room temperature controller s is are taught in as described in the operating instructions the parts of the module cover can be fitted Housing GBA14 is snapped onto the carrier rail fo house the operating instructions Types FTR55H FTR55D FUTH55D and the thanos room control units LSR SSR and LSRQ can be used as wireless room temperature controllers FME14 10Z 230V Basic unit 10 zones 230V EAN 401031
100. process and indicates incoming wireless telegrams in operation by blinking briefly The green LED indicates received Powernet telegrams in operation by blinking briefly Wireless Powernet connector EAN 4010312305249 208 90 pc Wireless Powernet connector to input wireless telegrams from the FVS Safe server into the 230V power mains and to output wireless telegrams from the 230V power mains via the USB interface directly to a FVS Safe server Only 0 7 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH85 rail mounting 2 modules 36mm wide 58mm deep Up to four FPV12s and FPVI2USBs can be combined into a group to enter or output tele grams at various points in the power mains For power supply cable length and fault relay see the FPV12 12 V DC description Wireless Powernet connector EAN 4010312311219 199 80 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Powernet Meter Connector for Input and Output FPZ12 Eitako FPZ12S0 12V DC a lel FPZ12S0 12V DC FPZ12F 12V DC FPZ12USB 12V DC FPZ12USB 12V DC ELECTRONICS Wireless Powernet meter connector with 3 SO inputs to enter meter telegrams into the 230V power mains Only 0 7 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH85 rail mounting 2 modules 36mm wide 58mm deep To input meter telegrams in the power mains up to 10 FPZ12S0s and therefore 30 meters can be connected to form one group Up to 3 meters and their meter readings
101. repeater function Slave universal dimmer switches FSD70 need not be taught in individually If they are in AUTO position the master FMD70 is set to TEL and the supply voltage is switched on together for all dimmer switches then the master FMD70 sends a teach in telegram to all FSD70 The LEDs on the side below the left rotary switch accompany the teach in process as described in the operating instructions and indicate the commands in operation by lighting up briefly Wireless actuator EAN 4010312314081 103 50 pe Slave universal dimmer switch Recommended retail price plus statutory VAT Wireless Actuator for shading elements and roller shutters FSB 70 FSB70 230V c Impulse group switch 1 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC for roller blinds and shading systems Bidirectional wireless and with repeater function Only 0 6 watt standby loss Mounting in the 230V power supply cord e g in false ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 31mm deep This wireless actuator is an impulse group switch and features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation A electronics and two bistable relays with zero passage switching By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected i to the mains Function rotary
102. room temperature controllers and controls the connected actuators accordingly The actuators are fitted with solid state relays SSR and are therefore subject to almost no wear This is a highly important advantage for the service life of this basic unit since PWM control involves high switching frequencies which are offen too much for normal PCBs to handle This basic unit has a modular design ex works and comprises a wireless antenna module FAM14 2 PUs 4 actuators FAEI4SSR each with two zones each 1 PU a 230V power input STE14 1 PU and a housing to store operating instructions GBAI4 These components are mechanically connected and provided with plugged in jumpers for the RS485 bus and the internal 12V DC power supply In addition a bus terminating resistor is fitted to the FAM14 on the left and a dummy is fitted to an FAE14 on the right A busbar SAS 4TE and a jumper installation tool are also part of the scope of supply The module cover 4 parts is plugged Before mounting the base unit into the mounting rail of the heating circuit distributor the module cover is removed the locking slides are opened until it snaps into place and after mounting closed again until it slots into place Only then can the busbars be inserted in the lower L and N terminals of the actuators which are opened ex works in the power input and secured by tightening the terminal screws This means that the 230V connection is only required once at the top of the po
103. supply voltage 230 V This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable relay Apparent power is measured by the integrated current measurement from approx 1OVA to 2300VA when the contact is closed A wireless telegram is transmitted into the Eltako wireless network within 30 seconds after switching on the load or after a change in power by min 5 and cyclically every 10 minutes Signal evaluated by the Wireless Visualisation and Control software FVS or the energy consumption indicators FEA5S Evaluation on the computer with Eltako Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Soft ware GFVS or with energy consumption indicators FEASSLED or FEA55D GFVS Energy supports up fo 100 transmitter modules and GFVS 3 0 up to 250 transmitter modules From production week 03 2013 bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are confirmed by a wire less telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the GFVS software and in FUA55 universal displays see page 9 6 for a detailed description Wireless actuator Impulse switch with integr FSRGIVA 10A relay function with current measurement EAN 4010312311462 73 10 pe FSVA 230 V 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts ESL and LED up t
104. the FTK and a signal on the next status message 15 minutes later An additionally set RV time is not taken into account The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach in process according to the operating instructions It shows control commands by short flickering during operation RS485 bus actuator SR EAN 4010312313701 51 90 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator 2 channel Impulse Switch FSR14 FSR14 2x standard setting ex works Further settings can be made and actuators configured using the PC Tool PCT14 Connection example page 4 28 Technical data see page 4 30 Housing for operating instructions GBAI4 page 4 26 FSR14 2x 2 channel impulse switch with integrated relay function 1 1 NO contacts potential free 16A 250V AC incandescent lamps 2000 watts with DX technology Bidirectional Only 0 1 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18 mm wide 58mm deep Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper Patented Eltako Duplex technology allows you to switch normally potential free contacts in zero passage switching when 230V A C voltage 50Hz is switched This drastically reduces wear To achieve this simply connect the N conductor to the terminal N1 and L to 1 L and or N to N2 and L to 3 L This results in an additional standby consumption of only 0 1 watt
105. the actuator return delay starts if this was previously set Wall mounting Ceiling mounting vp Ceiling Ceiling The wireless sensor can be taught in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software FADS60O FGM FHK12 14 FHK61 FHK70 FKRI2 14 FARZO FLC61 FLS12 14 FLS70 FSAI2 14 FSR12 14 FSR61 FSR7ZO FTIN12 14 FIN61 FUAS55LED FUD61 FZK12 14 FZK61 FZK70 FBH63AP ws Motion brightness sensor white EAN 4010312303566 129 50 pc FBH63AP rw Motion brightness sensor pure white EAN 4010312303573 129 50 pc FBH6S3AP an Motion brightness sensor anthracite EAN 4010312303603 129 50 pc FBH63AP sz Motion brightness sensor black EAN 4010312303580 129 50 pc FBH6S3AP al Motion brightness sensor coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312310731 136 70 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensor Motion Brightness Sensor SR MDSBAT SR MDSBAT Wireless motion brightness sensor thermokon for ceiling mounting in flush mounted box Battery operation Upper part 25mm high diameter of 90mm The sensor detects motion 360 and measures the brightness in the home The motion detection is passive with infrared PIR The brightness measurement ranges up to 510lux accuracy 30 Lux Power is supplied by three lithium batteries 1 2AA 3 6V These are included in the scope of services and provide the sensor with 1 000 wireless telegrams per day for
106. the mounting rail of the heating circuit distributor the module cover is removed the locking slides are opened until it snaps into place and affer mounting closed again until it slots into place Only then can the busbars be inserted in the lower L and N terminals of the actuators which are opened ex works in the power input and secured by tightening the terminal screws This means the 230V connection is only required once at the top of the power input STE14 One or two 230V actuators can be connected to each of the 12 zone connections above the busbar After the room temperature controller s is are taught in as described in the operating instructions the parts of the module cover can be fitted The housing GBA14 is provided to store the operating instructions Types FTR55H FTR55D FUTH55D and the thanos room control units LSR SSR and LSRQ can be used as wireless room temperature controllers FME14 12Z 230V Basic unit 12 zones 230V EAN 4010312314524 470 70 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Basic Unit 4 Zones for 24V Actuators FME14 4224V FME14 42Z 24V Wireless basic unit 4 zones for 24V actuators Only 6 pitch units PU of 18mm wide 108mm Without cover 58 mm deep with cover 63mm deep Standby loss only 1 4 watts This basic unit receives setpoints and actual values in wireless telegrams from one or several wireless room temperature controllers and controls the connected actuators accordingly
107. the radio beam from the transmitter and receiver ellipsoidal at their points of focus Narrow corridors with solid walls are bad for propagation External antennas typically have better radio characteristics than flush mounted receivers installed in walls The type of fitted for the antennas and the spacing from ceilings floors and walls all play a role People and obstacles in a room may reduce range It is therefore essential to integrated some reserve when performing range planning to ensure the reliable functioning of the wireless system even in poor conditions A sturdy reliable installation in a building is achieved by integrating sufficient range reserves Recommendations from everyday practice Conditions gt 30m Under excellent conditions Large free room optimum antenna design and good antenna position gt 20m lf there are furniture and persons in the room through up to 5 dry plasterboard walls or 2 brick aerated _ planning safety _ concrete walls For transmitters and receivers with good antenna design and good antenna position lf there are furniture and persons in the room through up to 5 plasterboard drywalls or 2 brick aerated concrete walls For receivers fitted in wall or in ceiling Or small receiver with internal antenna Or together with switch wire antenna on near metal Or a narrow corridor gt 10m planning safety Dependent on reinforcement and antenna design
108. the same colour a mounting plate and an adhesive film In addition an intermediate frame ZRF in the same colour is supplied for installation in an existing frame RIF R2F or R F for flat flat pushbuttons In the as delivered state the energy accumulators are empty and therefore they must first be charged either in bright daylight for approx 5 hours or using the red black 12V DC The power reserve stored in capacitors supplies the power requirement for the night In normal ambient brightness daily average of at least 200 Lux the energy of the integrated solar module is sufficient to power the sensor Then the 12V DC connecting cable may be cut off if necessary This means the sensor requires no installation depth behind the mounting plate It can be screwed or affixed to any flat surface An adhesive film is supplied We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 If the ambient brightness is insufficient power is supplied by the connecting cable from a switch mode power supply unit FSNT61 12 V 6 W fitted below it in a switch box The complete module can be removed from the frame so that it can be screwed on The sensor sends a message every 100 seconds to the Eltako wireless network at an actual temperature change of minimum 0 3 C The bistable display is updated lf there is no change a status report is sent eve
109. the top and bottom Then snap on the set comprising the wireless with double rocker module and rocker with the marking O on the back always pointing up Before screwing remove the mounting base from the frame and the attachment frame To do this press the latches on the mounting base outwards Then screw the mounting base with the latches at top and bottom snap on the frame with the attachment frame and snap on the set comprising the wireless module and rocker with the marking O on the back always pointing to the top We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 The Eltako frame can be replaced on installation at any time by a design frame with internal dimensions 55x55mm from other manufacturers Rockers and double rockers laser engraved page 1 29 Wireless pushbutton 55x55mm without battery or wire white FT55 rw Wireless pushbutton 55x59mm without battery or wire pure white Wireless pushbutton 55x55mm without battery or wire HUE pure white glossy Wireless pushbutton55x55mm without battery or wire black Wireless pushbutton 55x55mm without battery or wire coated aluminium paint Wireless pushbutton 55x55mm without battery or wire anthracite Recommended retail prices excluding VAT EAN 4010312308936 EAN 4010312305775 EAN 4010312305799 EAN 4010312305782 EAN 40
110. the wireless transmitter modules can be replaced by an external antenna with a magnetic base as required Li enocean alliance MEMBER Reduced costs for many installations in new buildings and for expansions Eltako Wireless Building can bring you significant savings over conventional solutions since it cuts out the need to lay cables Of course this also depends on the size of the building However you always win through greater convenience and flexibility www eltako wireless com Eltako The Wireless Building Contents Eitako ELECTRONICS Passive wireless sensors The shapes and colours of the pushbuttons and frames the Q Design pushbuttons without battery or wire noiseless pushbuttons pushbuttons with sensor key pushbutton lighting frames blind covers socket outlets and intermediate frames single rockers universal remote control hand held transmitter mini hand held transmitter window door contact Hoppe window handles wireless sensor card switch and pull switch compatible design frames Active wireless sensors Transmitter modules smoke alarm motion brightness sensors brightness sensors humidity temperature sensors twilight sensors temperature controllers temperature sensors CO gt sensors thermo clock hygrostat with small actuator multifunction room operating unit timer and teach in list sensors actuators Pushbutton input module and wireless output module for the remote switch system FTS1
111. to power the entire RS485 bus a switch mode power supply unit FSNT12 12V 12W can be connected to the 12V and 12V terminals of the bus coupler to increase capacity In this case the jumper must be removed Actuators to the left of the bus coupler are powered by the FAM14 actuators to the right are powered by the switch mode power supply unit Bus coupler EAN 4010312313862 21 40 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless GSM Module FGSM14 Eltako ELECTRONICS FasM14 Wireless GSM module for the Eltako RS485 bus Bidirectional Standby loss max 2 Watt GSM antenna for German D and E networks is contained in the scope of supply DIN rail mounted device for fitting on mounting rail DIN EN 60715 TH35 3 modules 54mm wide 58 mm deep The GSM module links smartphones directly to the bus over the mobile radio network This is an easy way to address up to 16 Series 14 actuators on the same RS485 bus encrypted using the Eltako app These report their status Additionally 8 more status messages for example for temperatures and error messages are possible A status overview takes place immediately when the app is activated in the smartphone Very simple and secure registration using Eltako quickcon technology Download the app from the Google Android Store The iPhone app is undergoing certification Power is supplied by an integrated switch mode power supply unit independent from the bus power supply This requires a
112. with a bistable relay with zero passage switching In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna this universal impulse switching relay can also be controlled locally by a conventional control switch if fitted previously Glow lamp current is not permitted T From production week 41 2012 bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched ER t s on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators like the FSR61NP Standard setting ex works 230V in the FVS software and in FUA55 universal displays Scene control several FSR61LNs can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the four control Typical connection signals of a double rocker pushbutton taught in as scene pushbutton With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned of which one or more central control pushbuttons In addition wireless window door contacts 5 5 with the function N O contact or N C contact while the window is open The required function of the impulse switch with integrated relay function can then be selected ER switching relay ESV impulse switch Possibly with off delay then ESV with pushbutton permanent light U ESV with switch off early warning L ESV with pushbutton permanent light and switch off early warning If the permanent light function is swi
113. zones for 24V actuators FME14 8Z 24 V 6 7 Sensors Wireless sensors temperature controllers FIR55H and FIR55D 6 8 Wireless sensor clock thermo hygrostat FUTH55D with display 6 10 Wireless sensors multifunction room control units thanos L SR S SR and thanos L SRQ 6 1 System components in detail Thermal actuators TSAO2NC 230V and TSAO2NC 24 V 6 13 Wireless antenna module FAM14 and wireless antennas FA 6 14 Wireless actuators FAEI4SSR and FAE 4LPR 6 15 Power input STE14 and busbars SAS 6 17 switch mode power supply unit SNT14 for 24V actuators 6 18 Module covers MA14 and housings for operating instructions GBAI4 6 19 Switching on the future FME14 een Modular Individual Room Control Wireless actuators in heating circuit distributors with wireless room temperature controllers Wireless room temperature controllers transmit wireless telegrams containing setpoints and actual values to a wireless antenna module in the heating circuit distributor The distributor passes on the received data via an internal RS485 bus to actuators to control the device motors The modular design means that only the hardware actually needed is installed This saves the cost of unnecessary actuators The usual term single room control does not mean that only one room is controlled In fact zones are controlled Every zone e g every room may have a separate room temperature controller and several zones in a room may have a common controller
114. 0 0x00 Data telegrams BD3 DBO must look like this for example 0x02 0x32 0x00 0x09 immer on at 50 and internal dimming speed 0x02 0x64 0x01 0x09 dimmer on at 100 and fastest dimming speed 0x02 0x14 OxFF OxO9 dimmer on at 20 and slowest dimming speed 0x02 Ox Ox 0x08 dimmer off Data_byteO Contents of Eltako Wireless Telegrams Confirmation telegrams of bidirectional actuators FADS60 230V Every time the internal switching relay changes state a PTM200 telegram containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM300 is sent after approx 300 400ms With central commands ZE ZA the relay state is also sent if the state already matches the required state ORG Ox05 Data_byte3 0x70 relay ON 0x50 relay OFF Remark ON Ox0O would be equivalent to button released is never sent FFR61 230V FZK61NP 230V Every time the state of the internal switching relay 1 changes the internal switching relay 1 sends a PTM200 telegram containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM300 after approx 300 ms Relay 2 sends the same telegram after approx 1000 ms ORG Ox05 Data_byte3 0x70 channel 1 ON 0x50 channel 1 OFF 0x30 channel 2 ON 0x10 channel 2 OFF Remark ON Ox0O would be equivalent to button released is never sent FHK61 230V FHK61 8 24V Every time the internal switching relay changes state a PTM200 telegram containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM300 is sent after approx
115. 0 watts zl Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect lamps The brightness level is stored on switch off memory Function rotary switches In case of a power failure the switch position and the brightness stage are stored and may be on the side switched on when the power supply is restored Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch off gi ren a OFF oy peas Function of FLS70UD 230V 6 OMOD LS LRN 5 4 LED 2 tat LCK iss All FLS in a room can be switched in series to obtain light scenes The brightness of each lamp group is manually adjustable and the entire light scene can then be taught in Up to Standard setting ex works 40 light scenes are programmable Up to 10 light scenes are retrievable sequentially with only one pushbutton Up to 30 additional light scenes are directly retrievable with single assigned pushbuttons Each FLS or FLS groups can also be switched and dimmed individually with direction switches There are a total of 35 light scene and individual pushbuttons on each FLS Retrieving a light scene overrides an individual setting A wireless transmitter module FSM12 or FSM61 appropriately taught in has the same function as a light scene switch Specific light scenes can then be retrieved with event dependent or time dependent control Position R L C is the setting for all load types except for ESL and LED In particular for 230V glow and halogen lamps The load t
116. 00 ms ORG Ox05 Data_byte3 0x70 dimmer ON 0x50 dimmer OFF In addition approx 1 second after reaching the required dimming value a 4BS telegram containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM300 is also sent ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 0x02 Data_byte2 dimming value in of 0 100 dec Data_bytel Ox00 Data_byteO 0x08 dimmer OFF 0x09 dimmer ON Caution No teach in telegram containing ORG 7 can be generated Caution Two telegram kinds ORG 5 ORG 7 containing the same ID are sent To teach in reply confirmation telegrams of bidirectional actuators into other actuators or into the software GFVS the local control input has to be used to change the switching position and to simultanously send the confirmation telegrams Contents of Eltako Wireless Telegrams Eitako ELECTRONICS Series 14 confirmation telegram As soon as Series 14 actuators receive a device address the FAM14 can request actuators for confirmation telegrams The confirmation telegrams are then radioed by the FAM14 The ID of the radioed telegrams is identical to the Base ID of the TCM300 in the FAM14 plus the device address Multichannel actuators have consecutive device addresses corresponding to the number of channels Note Depending on the number of actuators on the bus there may be a time lapse of up to 10 seconds before a confirmation telegram is requested and radioed If fast confirmation is expected by certain actuators a device list
117. 0312300244 19 90 pe High performance receive antenna with EAN 4010312303306 64 70 pe 200cm cable Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Gateway FGW 14 RS485 Bus Coupler FBA14 standard setting ex works FBA14 Multiple Gateway Bidirectional Only 0 5 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep The gateway is only 1 module wide but has multiple uses fo couple up to three FEMs up fo 10 FISI2EMs for direct connection to the FVS Safe computer to connect Series 12 bus components an RS232 interface or as a bus connector for two Series 14 RS485 buses Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper Additional wireless receiver modules FEM are connected in parallel to the sub bus terminals RSA2 and RSB2 and to the power supply terminals GND and 12V The Hold terminal is connected to the FAM14 Up to 10 pushbutton input modules FTSIZEM can be connected in series to the sub bus terminals RSA2 and RSB2 If necessary in series with wireless receiver modules FEM If an FAM14 is fitted the FTS12EMs are connected to the power supply by the GND and 12V terminals of the FGW14 and also connected to the Hold terminals If no FAM14 is fitted all devices are powered by a 12V switch mode power supply unit FSNT12 or SNT12 PC connection is by means of an additional FGW14 connected to terminals Tx and Rx The Hold terminal is co
118. 10 pe R2F rw Double frame for flat pushbuttons pure white FAN 4010312904381 4 10 pe R2Fwgo Double frame for flat pushbutions pure white glossy EAN 4010312904411 4 10 pce Double frame for flat pushbuttons black EAN 4010312904404 4 10 pce Double frame for flat pushbuttons anthracite EAN 4010312904435 4 10 pce Double frame for flat pushbuttons coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312905739 8 90 pc Triple frame for flat pushbuttons anthracite EAN 4010312904503 4 30 pe Triple frame for flat pushbuttons coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312905760 11 50 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Frames internal dimensions 55x55mm for Wireless Pushbuttons 50x50 mm with Intermediate Frame Elt b and for Wireless Pushbuttons 55x55 mm ELECTRONICS Single frame R 80x80 mm external dimensions double frame R2 80x151 mm external dimensions and triple frame R3 80x222 mm external dimensions Internal frame dimensions 55x55 mm 12mm high For the pushbutton and touch button ranges 55x55 mm and 50x50 mm Triple frame R3 with FT4 BLA and DSS SDO Ron Single frame for pushbuttons anthracite EAN 4010312902424 3 90 pc Real Single frame for pushbuttons coated aluminium paint FAN 4010312902363 4 70 pe R2 ws Double frame for pushbutton white FAN 4010312903681 4 10 pc R2 rw Double frame for pushbuttons pure white EAN 4010312903704 4 10 pe Rw Double frame for pushbuttons pure wh
119. 10312305805 EAN 4010312305829 37 50 pc 37 50 pe 37 50 pc 37 50 pc 37 50 pc 44 70 pc Wireless Sensors Pushbuttons without battery or wire F T4 ELtako ELECTRONICS Wireless pushbutton 80x80 mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 55x55 mm 15mm high With intermediate frame Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself when the button is pressed therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby loss The scope of supply comprises the frame R one large rocker W one double rocker DW one intermediate frame ZR all same colour the mounting base HP the wireless module and one adhesive foil Wireless pushbutton with Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit two evaluable signals press rocker up intermediate frame and rocker and press rocker down Wireless pushbuttons with double rocker can transmit four evaluable signals press two rockers up or down The mounting base can be screwed onto a flat surface or glued to the wall on glass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil Use the sleeves in the 55mm socket box for screw mounting Then the wireless switch lighting FTB can be snapped into the mounting plate from the rear The double rocker is snapped onto the wireless module at the factory If the double rocker is replaced by the large rocker remove the rocker halves by pulling off fo the front Do not bend towards the middle Then snap the large rocker so that t
120. 12315040 149 60 pc FSS12 12 V DC Wireless energy meter transmitter module for connection to SO interface of ajel many single phase energy meters and three phase energy meters Only 0 5 watt standby loss With load shedding relay 1 NO contact potential free 4A 250V With exchangeable antenna If required a wireless antenna FA250 can be connected Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 2 modules 36mm wide 58mm deep js sof The energy meter transmitter module FSS12 evaluates the signals from the energy meter SO interface and transmits wireless telegrams containing consumption and meter reading to the Eltako wireless network for evaluation on a PC using the Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 and GFVS Energy On three phase energy meters the data sent includes normal rate HT or off peak NT energy tariff data provided the E1 E2 terminals on the The enclosed small antenna three phase energy meter are connected to E1 E2 on the FSS12 From production week can be replaced with a wireless 42 2012 also with adjustable pulse rate ae pier UMN Tole ee GFVS Energy supports up to 100 transmitter modules and GFVS 3 0 up to 250 transmitter modules The 12V DC supply voltage of the complete RS485 bus is mainly powered at 12W or 24W by a Typical connection switch mode power supply unit FSNT12 12V DC that is only 1 or 2 pitch units wide If the relay of the FSS12 is switched on a power of 0 6 watts is required The setting and
121. 2 Bottom left Off Gin heating mode frost protection enabled in cooling mode permanent off If the motion detector and wireless pushbutton are taught in at the same time the last telegram received is always the one that is valid A motion detector therefore switches off a setback mode selected by wireless pushbutton when a movement is detected The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach in process according to the operating instructions If shows control commands by short flickering during operation Housing for operating instructions January 201s GBAI4 page 4 26 F4HK14 RS485 bus actuator HK EAN 4010312314982 51 90 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Display Timer FSU14 Eitako ELECTRONICS FsU14 Display timer with 8 channels for the Eltako RS485 bus With astro function Only 0 1 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 modul 18mm wide 58mm deep Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper A wireless antenna module FAM14 assigns the device address for the timer FSU14 please see the operating instructions The switching commands of the channels can be taught in into bus actuators and wireless actuators Up to 60 timer memory locations are freely assigned to the channels With date and automatic summer winter time changeover Ca 20 days power reserve without battery Each memory
122. 2 Wireless Powernet connector wireless Powernet repeater and wireless Powernet phase coupler Series 14 DIN rail mounted devices central installation Impulse switches relais dimmer switches roller shutter switches sunshade switches controller for electronic ballast 1 10V constant light controller light scene controllers staircase off delay timer time relay heating cooling relay ventilation relays and mains disconnection relay Switching and dimming actuators for installation decentralised installation Electronic impulse switches relays universal dimmer switches with and without N connection constant current LED dimmer switch roller blind switch shading element switch 1 10V controller constant light controllers light scene controller staircase off delay timer time relay heating cooling relays ventilation relay mains disconnection relay and gong module FME14 The modular single room control with wireless actuators in heating circuit distributors and with wireless room temperature controllers Smart Metering smart energy metering visualisation and display Energy consumption indicators visualisation software GFVS Energy energy meter transmitter modules single phase energy meter transmitter modules and three phase energy meter The blue wireless network in the building Server assisted building monitoring control and visualisation Secure data management with Eltako GFVS Safe and the factory installed Eltako
123. 230V supply voltage If the GSM receiver is not installed at the same place in a distributor containing Series 14 actuators the bus is connected to a bus coupler FBA14 using a 2 wire screened bus line e g telephone line The price includes a data flat rate for 2 years An enclosed application form for commissioning has to be completed and submitted The activation takes place within a few hours Access contracts are offered automatically February 2013 standard setting ex works FGSM14 Wireless GSM module EAN 4010312314098 419 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT PC Tool PCT14 PCT14 The PC tool for Series 14 PCT14 is a PC installed service program PC Tool to acquire edit save and reimport the settings of Eltako Series 14 building wireless system actuators It belongs to the scope of supply of the FAM14 and must be downloaded from the download page of the Eltako website at www eltako de The legalisation code is contained in the FAM14 package Quick start guide after downloading the installation folder 1 Hook up PC and FAM14 Use a USB cable to connect the PC to the mini USB socket of the FAM14 The driver which is in the installation folder may have to be installed When the connection is made the used COM port is displayed in the status line 2 Create device list after installing the actuators Right click in the left window section to display the context menu select the comma
124. 2314500 413 20 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Basic Unit 12 Zones for 230V Actuators FME14 12Z 230V Eitako ELECTRONICS FME14 122Z 230V Wireless basic unit 12 zones for 230V actuators Only 10 pitch units PU of 18mm wide 180 mm Without cover 58mm deep with cover 63mm deep Standby loss only 1 6 watts This basic unit receives setpoints and actual values in wireless telegrams from one or several wireless room temperature controllers and controls the connected actuators accordingly The actuators are fitted with solid state relays SSR and are therefore subject to almost no wear This is a highly important advantage for the service life of this basic unit since PWM control involves high switching frequencies which are offen too much for normal PCBs to handle This basic unit has a modular design ex works and comprises a wireless antenna module FAM14 2 PUs 6 actuators FAEI4SSR each with two zones each 1 PU a 230V power input STE14 1 PU and a housing to store operating instructions GBAI4 These components are mechanically connected and provided with plugged in jumpers for the RS485 bus and the internal 12V DC power supply In addition a bus terminating resistor is fitted to the FAM14 on the left and a dummy is fitted to an FAE14 on the right A busbar SAS 7TE and a jumper installation tool are also part of the scope of supply The module cover 5 parts is plugged Before mounting the base unit into
125. 250 with magnetic base and cable Mode switch Standard setting ex works WEEE registration number DE 30298319 FA250 and FA200 FA250 FA200 ELECTRONICS Wireless antenna module for the Eltako RS485 bus with exchangeable antenna With integrated power supply unit 12V DC 1A Only 1 watt standby loss If required a wireless antenna FA250 or FA200 can be connected Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 2 module 36mm wide 58mm deep supply voltage 230V The delivery includes 2 terminators with printing Q 1 2 module 3 jumpers 1 module including 1 spare 2 jumpers 1 2 module including 1 spare The wireless antenna module FAM14 receives and tests all signals from wireless transmitters and repeaters within the receiving range These are transmitted via an RS485 interface to RS485 bus switching actuators connected in series Up to 126 channels can be connected to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper If the cables of the RS485 bus are longer than 2m the attached second terminating resistor has to be pinned to the last actuator Mini USB to connect to a PC to create an equipment list to configurate the actuators using the PC tool PCT14 and for data backup A legalisation code to download the PCT14 from the Eltako website www eltako de is supplied with the FAM14 Gateways FGW14 will be connected to the terminals HOLD and GND when they connect a PC with a RS232 bus and or up to 3 wirel
126. 4 Power supply 24V 10 max 230mA 5 60 C stroke gt 3mm in 3 6 minutes F 90 N TSAO2NC 24V Actuator NC 24V EAN 4010312314432 22 50 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Antenna Module FAM14 and Wireless Antennas FA FAM14 En Joof L The enclosed small antenna can be replaced with a wireless antenna FA250 with magnetic base and cable Mode switch Standard setting ex works FAM14 FA250 and FA200 FA250 FA200 Wireless antenna module for the Eltako RS485 bus with exchangeable antenna With integrated power supply unit 12V DC 1A Only 1 watt standby loss If required a wireless antenna FA250 or FA200 can be connected Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 2 module 36mm wide 58mm deep supply voltage 230V The wireless antenna module FAM14 receives and fests all signals from wireless transmitters and repeaters within the receiving range These are transmitted via an RS485 interface to RS485 bus switching actuators connected in series Up to 126 channels can be connected to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper lf the cables of the RS485 bus are longer than 2m the attached second terminating resistor has to be pinned to the last actuator Mini USB to connect to a PC to create an equipment list to configurate the actuators using the computer tool PCT14 and for data backup A legalisation code to download th
127. 45 30 pe FTR55D sz Temperature controller with display black EAN 4010312302408 145 30 pe FTR55D wg Temperature controller with display pure white glossy EAN 4010312302415 145 30 pe FTR55D al Temperature controller with display coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312305393 154 10 pe The bottom of the housing is mott Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Thermo Clock Hygrostat FUTH55D with Display FUTH55D Wireless clock thermometer and hygrostat with display for individual fitting and mounting in 55x55 mm or 63x63 mm switch system Only 0 2 watt standby loss With adjustable day and night reference temperatures and relative humidity Preset ready to operate The scope of supply includes a frame R an intermediate frame ZR in the same colour and a mounting plate In addition an intermediate frame ZRF in the same colour is supplied for installation in an existing frame RIF R2F or RSF for flat pushbuttons Power supply 12V DC A 20cm long black blue connecting wire is routed fo the rear Before screwing on remove the frame and intermediate frame from the mounting plate To do this press out the catches on the mounting plate Then screw on the mounting plate with the catches at the top and bottom snap on the frame and the intermediate frame and connect and snap on the clock thermostat hygrostat We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55m
128. 4525 91 10 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Socket Switching Actuator FSSA Socket Switching Actuator with current measurement FSVA FSSA 230V 0 mo 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts ESL and LED up to 400W Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable Only 0 7 watt standby loss Adapter for German fused safety socket With increased shock protection This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable relay Bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught into other actuators the software GFVS 3 0 and universal displays FUA5S Up to 35 wireless pushbuttons are assigned with the left button LRN either as a universal pushbutton direction pushbutton or central pushbutton It can be switched on and off manually with the right button The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation January 2013 Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator FSSA 230V Socket switching actuator EAN 4010312314562 93 50 pe FSVA 230 V 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC incan
129. 500828 59 90 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Wireless three phase energy meter DSZ14DRS 3X65A with MID and Elt b Single phase Energy Meter Transmitter Module FWZ14 ELECTRONICS DSZ14DRS 3x65 A MID Three phase energy meter Maximum current 3x65 A Standby loss 0 4 watt per path only Modulair device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting in distribution cabinets with IP51 protection class 4 modules 70mm wide and 58mm deep Accuracy class B 1 With RS485 interface It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output The internal power consumption of 0 4 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated 1 2 or 3 phase conductors with max currents up to 65A can be connected The inrush current is 40 mA The terminals tL and N must always be connected Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus by means of a 2 wire screened bus line e g tele phone line The meter reading and the momentary capacity are transferred to the bus e g for transfer to an external computer of the GFVS 3 0 Software and is also transferred to the wireless network via the FAM14 Display also using FEA55D and FEAS5LED The 7 segment LC display is also legible twice within a period of 2 weeks without power supply The power consumption is displayed with a LED flashing 1000 times per kWh next to the display Designed as standard for using as double tariff meter Switch over to a second tari
130. 55 2 1 11 Wireless mini pushbuttons FMT55 4 1 12 Switching on the future Wireless Sensors Flat Pushbuttons without battery or wire FFT550 FFT55Q Wireless flat pushbutton 84x84 mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 55x55mm 11mm high Generates the power for wireless tele grams itself when the button is pressed therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby loss The scope of supply comprises the frame RIFQ a rocker WFQ both same colour the wireless module installed firmly on the mounting base and one adhesive foil Wireless flat pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit one evaluable signal press down rocker in the marked area The wireless flat pushbutton can be screwed onto a flat surface or glued fo the wall on glass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil Use the sleeves in the 55mm socket box for screw mounting Then the wireless switch lighting FTB can be snapped into the mounting plate from the rear Before screwing on the device remove the rocker and remove the frame from the mounting plate Then screw on the mounting plate with the top marking pointing upwards Snap the frame and rocker back in We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 In conjunction with the accessory high rocker for FFT55Q Type HW FFT55Q this switch can also be used in co
131. 64 1949 2013 YEARS OF INNOVATION Efltako ELECTRONICS Reliable very reasonable and comfortable The Wireless Building with the revolutionary enocean wireless sensors without battery or wire in Eltako wireless pushbuttons and with innovative Eltako wireless switchgear Switching on the future 01 2013 Eltako The Wireless Building Introduction Unlimited flexibility and convenience in building services The wireless network with the revolutionary e nocean wireless sensors without battery or wire in Eltako wireless pushbuttons and with innovative Eltako wireless switchgear Wireless networks only function well with batteryless wireless modules They generate their own power supply of approx 50uWs when a pushbutton is operated therefore they require no external power supply They transmit ultra short interference proof signals in the 868 MHz band with a range of up to 100 meters in halls They are integrated in Elfako wireless pushbuttons that are only 11mm or 15mm high These are screwed directly to the wall bonded to glass or on furniture and they can also be screwed conventionally to a socket box Maintenance free all inclusive Eltako wireless pushbuttons without battery or wire reduce the electrosmog load since they emit high frequency waves that are 100 times weaker than conventional light switches There is also a significant reduction in low frequency alternating fields since fewer power cables need fo be i
132. A 3 6V is used This provides 08 the sensor approx 5 10 years not included in the scope of delivery 45 The protection class is IP65 the allowable ambient temperature is 25 C to 65 C Mounting with thermal grease and mounting strap included in the scope of delivery 48 5 7 45 5 425 lt lt i i Ka cO l l The wireless sensor can be taught in into the wireless visualization and control software SR65VFG Wireless contact temperature sensor EAN 4010312313619 132 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensor Cable Temperature Sensor SR65TF251 ELltako ELECTRONICS SR65TF251 Wireless cable temperature sensor Thermokon 20 to 60 C 78x58 mm 46mm deep Cable length 92cm including tube of 5cm hexagonal pressed The electronic requires no intrinsic power supply so there is no standby loss The wireless cable temperature sensor supplied with a solar module continuously measures the temperature between 20 and 60 C 0 8 C I At each temperature change of 1 6 C after 100 seconds a wireless telegram will be sent to the Eltako Wireless Building At constant values every 16 minutes a control message is sent To teach in the FVS software the inner button is pressed and a teach in telegram is sent ih Solar powered energy accumulator Before startup the energy accumulator must be charged The charge tim
133. D lamps additionally dependent on the lamps electronics Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect lamps switching voltage and control voltage local 230V No minimum load This dimmer switch is activated by wireless pushbuttons FT and FFT handheld wireless transmitters FHS and FMH and remote controls FF8 and UFB The brightness level is stored on switch off memory In case of a power failure the switch position and the brightness stage are stored and may be switched on when the power supply is restored Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch off From production week 40 2012 bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught into other actuators like the FSR6INP 230V FUA55 universal displays and the FVS Software The current dimming value is also displayed in in the FVS Software The minimum brightness fully dimmed or the dimming speed is adjustable with the upper dimming speed rotary switch The lower rotary switch determines the operation whether the automatic lamp detection or special comfort positions should act AUTO allows the dimming of all light species EC is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which must be switched on with increased power dependent on the construction so they will also switch on again safely
134. DZ7OS as cord switch Ettako ELECTRONICS FUD70S 230V Universal dimmer switch power MOSFET up to 400W Automatic lamp detection Only 0 6 watt standby loss With adjustable minimum brightness or maximum brightness and dimming speed With switching operation for light alarm clocks children s rooms and snooze function Also with light scene control by PC or wireless pushbuttons Mounting in the 230V power supply cord of standard lamps and bedside lights 100mm long 50mm wide and 25mm deep Supplied colours pure white black and anthracite Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 400W dependent on ventilation conditions Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL and dimmable 230 V LED lamps additionally dependent on the lamps electronics Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect lamps The brightness level is stored on switch off memory In case of a power failure the switch position and the brightness stage are stored and may be switched on when the power supply is restored Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch off The left rotary switch on the side is first required for teach in and in operation it defines what load type the dimming curve should be set fo Position R L C automatic mode allows the dimming of all lamp types ESL is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which must be switched on with increased power dependent on the construction so they will also switch on again safely in co
135. E 30298319 FAM USB Wireless USB receiver transmitter EAN 4010312305003 71 70 pe EATON 3S 550 DIN Uninterruptible power supply unit USV for professional applications 550 VA 330W 3 socket outlets with overvoltage protection and rechargeable battery backup USP 3 socket outlets only with overvoltage protection Automatic switchover from mains to battery mode Replaceable batteries With USB and LAN ports to configure automatic PC logout Loud warning signal in case of power failure Simple wall mounting system Automatic battery recharging with fault display 10 to 20 minutes power supply guaranteed at full charge of 330W When loaded with a GFVS Safe only 17 watts are required and this produces a much longer time of uninterruptible power supply EATON 3S 550 DIN Uninterruptible power supply unit EAN 4010312315002 118 00 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless GSM Module FGSM14 Eltako ELECTRONICS FasM14 Wireless GSM module for the Eltako RS485 bus Bidirectional Standby loss max 2 Watt GSM antenna for German D and E networks is contained in the scope of supply DIN rail mounted device for fitting on mounting rail DIN EN 60715 TH35 3 modules 54mm wide 58 mm deep The GSM module links smartphones directly to the bus over the mobile radio network This is an easy way to address up to 16 Series 14 actuators on the same RS485 bus encrypted using the Eltako app These report their status Additio
136. F and FKC The response lag AV starts as soon as the hotel card key card is inserted in the wireless card operated door lock FKF and the time delay RV starts after the card is removed In addition to the wireless card switch FKF wireless window door contacts FTK Hoppe window handles and motion brightness sensor FBH can also be taught in Opening a monitored window also starts the RV time When the RV time expires contact opens Closing all monitored windows starts the AV time When the AV time expires contact closes When motion brightness sensors are used and the hotel card key card is inserted contact closes immediately motion is detected If no motion is detected for 15 minutes the contact opens even if the hotel card key card is inserted Several wireless smoke alarms FRW ws are logically linked with this switch actuator time relay so that the RV time only starts after all FRW ws devices have signalled alarm end Card switches and smoke alarms can not be operated together with an FZK device The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach in process according to the operating instructions It shows control commands by short flickering during operation standard setting ex works Further settings can be made and actuators configured using the PC Tool PCT14 Connection example page 4 28 Technical data see page 4 30 Housing for operating instructions GBAI4 page 4 26 FZK14 RS485 bus actuator time
137. FI55k Rocker with radius Eitako ELECTRONICS Wireless pushbutton internal frame dimensions 55x55 mm with radius 15mm high Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself when the button is pressed therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby loss For Busch Reflex and Duro cover frames The scope of supply comprises a rocker a double rocker an attachment frame a mounting base all same colour the wireless module and one adhesive foil Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit two evaluable signals press rocker up and press rocker down Wireless pushbuttons with double rocker can transmit four evaluable signals press two rockers up or down The mounting base can be screwed onto a flat surface or glued to the wall on glass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil Use the sleeves in the 55mm socket box forscrew mounting Then the wireless switch lighting FTB can be snapped into the mounting plate from the rear The double rocker is snapped onto the wireless module at the factory If the double rocker is replaced by the large rocker remove the rocker halves by pulling off fo the front Do not bend towards the middle Then snap the large rocker so that the markings O and I on the back line up with the same markings on the wireless module Adhesion First adhere the set comprising the mounting base frame and attachment frame with the latches pointing at the top and bottom Then snap on the set comprising the wireles
138. FSBGINP 230V and roller shutters EAN 4010312300213 77 40 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Staircase Off delay Timer FTN61NP Eitako ELECTRONICS FTNGINP 230V _ 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts off delay with switch off early warning and switchable push button permanent light Bidirectional wireless and with repeater function Only 0 7 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep switching voltage 230V Zero passage switching to protect contacts and consumers This wireless actuator is a staircase off delay timer and features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable relay with zero passage switching By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected to the mains Standard setting ex works In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna this staircase off delay timer can also be controlled locally by a conventional 230V control switch previously mounted Glow lamp current up to 5mA dependent on the ignition voltage of the glow lamps The lighting is switched on again after a power failure provided the set time has not yet elapsed starting in production week 25 2011 with bid
139. FZK14 om Time relay for card switch or smoke alarm 1 NO contact potential free 16A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts Off delay and response delay are adjustable Bidirectional Only 0 1 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 modul 18mm wide 58mm deep Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper Patented Eltako Duplex technology allows you to switch normally potential free contacts in zero passage switching when 230V A C voltage 50Hz is switched This drastically reduces wear To achieve this simply connect the N conductor to the terminal N and L to 1 L This results in an additional standby consumption of only 0 1 waft N may not be connected if a contactor is switched downstream for the purpose of increasing performance L N 230V 20 30 The upper rotary switch AV is required for teach in Then set here the response lag time AV AV 40 between O and 120 seconds for contact s 2 The middle rotary switch is required for teach in Then define here the response after a power j failure In position AUTOI the switch position is retained in position AUTO2 the device is AUTO 1 AUTO 2 switched off according to a defined procedure rt Use the bottom rotary switch RV to set the time delay time RV between O and 120 seconds for contact The AV and RV times permit the simple control of lights and air conditioning systems with the wireless card switches FK
140. G Wireless Sensors noiseless Flat Pushbuttons FT4GF FT4GF 230V Wireless noiseless flat pushbutton 80x80 mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 63x63 mm 15 15mm high Supply voltage 230V Only 0 1 watt standby loss With switchable pushbutton lighting The scope of supply comprises the frame RIF a flat rocker WF a flat double rocker DWF all same colour an attachment frame BRF with plug in wireless pushbutton module and the mounting base HP with plug in wireless transmitter module Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit two evaluable signals press rocker up and press rocker down Wireless pushbuttons with double rocker can transmit four evaluable Flat pushbutton signals press two rockers up or down with rocker The pushbutton lighting can be switched by means of a jumper The standby loss therefore increases by 0 1 watt Remove the opaque cover of the wireless transmitter module before remove the module from the mounting base and do not forget to replace it after making your settings otherwise there is the risk of electric shock The gap between the rocker and the frame lights up To reduce the lighting intensity replace the opaque cover with one of the two coloured covers Fitting using a 55 mm switch box The wireless electronics only require an installation depth of 15mm The FI4GF 230V has a black blue connecting wire that is 20cm long and is routed out fo the rear The double rocker is snapped
141. H in display or megawatt hours MWh MWH in display The display in Field 1 is supplemented by a sign after the reading to indicate that the off peak tariff rate is applied to E1 E2 E Field 2 Instantaneous values of energy consumption active power in watt W or kilowatt kW The leff pointing arrow in Field 1 indicates an automatic switchover from O to 99W to 0 1 to 65 kW E Field 3 The meter reading is the normal display Every 4 seconds the display alternates between 3 whole numbers and 1 decimal point from 0 1 to 999 9kWh and 1 or max 3 whole numbers from O to 999 MWh The meter reading is displayed without decimals in increments of 1 kWh with freely chosen pulse rates whose last digit is not O Press the left button MODE to access setting mode Press the right button SET to browse lt gt through the setting options enter or edit settings as required and finally confirm by pressing MODE HT flashes to indicate normal rate meter reading Confirm by pressing MODE again and MWH flashes SET changes the meter reading from O to 999 in Field 3 Press SET briefly to increment by 1 hold down fo increment rapidly Release and press again to change direction Confirm by pressing MODE even if nothing was entered 2 KWH flashes and SET changes the meter reading from 0 1 to 999 9 in Field 3 as before with MWH Also confirm the correct entry by pressing MODE 3 NT flashes and the off peak meter reading may be displayed as described under
142. HK70 and wireless actuator fan relay F270 5 31 Wireless actuator time relay for card switch FZK70 5 33 Wireless actuator constant light controllers FAR70 1 1OV and FAR7OUD 230V 5 34 Wireless actuator light scene controllers FLS70 1 1OV and FLS7OUD 230V 5 36 socket switching actuator FSSA 230V 5 38 Socket switching actuator with current measurement FSVA 230V 5 38 Socket universal dimmer switch FSUD 230V 5 39 Wireless actuator universal display with LED FUAS5LED 5 40 Wireless actuator gong module FGM and switching power supply unit FSNT61 12V 6W 5 4 Switching on the future Wireless Actuator Impulse Switch with integr relay function FSR6GINP FSR6INP 230V 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts off delay with switch off early warning and switchable push button permanent light Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable Only 0 7 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep switching voltage and control voltage local 230V This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable relay with zero passage switching ER o0 In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna this wireless actuator can also ii KO be controlled locally by a conventional 230V control switch if fitted previously Glow lamp ee current is not permitted ESV E
143. HT above 4 SO flashes and after confirmation with MODE the number of SO pulses pulse rate per kWh of the meter is entered in field 3 This is indicated in the meter imprint 0010 0100 0200 0500 0800 1000 or 2000 are selected with SET If MODE and SET are pressed simultaneously SO flashes in the display and the pulse rate can be freely selected with SET Confirm with MODE 5 LRN flashes and after confirming by pressing MODE a wireless teach in telegram is transmitted by pressing SET If a smart metering display is already installed it is used to teach in the transmitter ID provided the receiver was set to LRN shortly before To transmit further wireless teach in telegrams confirm the flashing LRN again by pressing MODE and transmit by pressing SET 6 PSW flashes and affer confirming by pressing MODE press SET to set the power threshold from O to GOkW for the load shedding relay NO contact and a corresponding wireless telegram The left pointing arrow in Field 1 indicates kW Confirm by pressing MODE In the setting 0 0 the relay contact closes after switching over from normal rate HT to off peak NT At the same time a wireless telegram EIN ON is transmitted When the device is switched over from NT to HT AUS OFF is transmitted and the relay contact opens With any other value from 1 to 60 the load shedding relay switches on when the set threshold value is overshot and switches off when the set threshold value is undershot at a hyster
144. ICS FAGG63 Wireless antenna in the housing for surface mounting 84x84x30mm or mounting in 55x55mm or 63x63 mm switch system With 100cm cable The scope of supply includes a frame in Q Design QRRI an attachment frame and one mounting plate HP Designed to fit in the recesses of 55 and 63 frames additionally with one ZR intermediate frame in the same colour We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 In the housing there is a wireless antenna with ground plane and permanently attached antenna cable 100cm long with SMA screw Image without frame FAG63 rw Wireless antenna pure white EAN 4010312314838 23 90 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Accessories Level Meter EPM300 Screws and Rawl Plugs and Housing for Operating Instructions EnOcean level meter to assist in installation of wireless sensors and wireless actuators For range analysis and for evaluation of the signal quality of wireless sensors respectively for detecting of interferences 2 AA LROG batteries are additionally necessary Switch on and off with the button and press for 2 seconds The desired operating condition is selected with the MODE button Hold Short indicates the signal strength of an EnOcean wireless telegram for 1 second Hold Long indicates the signal strength of an EnOcean wireless telegram for 60 seconds Repeater repea
145. N on 3 3 N on 3 D N on 3 3 NO on 3 2 N on 3 3 NO on 3 3 D N on 3 3 N on 3 3 D o w A If the RS485 bus lines are longer than 2m the second terminating resistor connector must be plugged into the last actuator included in the FAM14 scope of supply Eltako Wireless is based on the EnOcean wireless standard for 868 MHz frequency 868 3 MHz data rate 125kbps modulation mode ASK max transmit power 7dBm lt 10 mW Compliance with EN 61 000 6 3 EN 61 000 6 1 and EN 60669 Technical Data Switching Actuators and Dimming Actuators for Installation Eitako ELECTRONICS FUD6INP FUD70 FSR61 FMS61 FLC61 FSB61 FSG70 FSR61G FUD70S FTN61 FMZ61 FHK61 FSR61LN FKR70 1 10V FHK61SSR FKR70UD F2L61 FFR61 FZK61 FSR70 FLS70 1 10V FLS70UD FSB70 FHK70 F2L70 FZK70 Contacts FSSA FSVA Contact material contact gap Power MOSFET Power MOSFET AgSn02 0 5mm AgSn02 0 5mm Opto Triac Test voltage control connections contact 2000 V Se P 10A 250V AC 4 Rated switching capacity each contact r FSRTOW 16A 250V AC banda VA 4 a Incandescent lamp and halogen lamp load 2 2 1 230V lon lt 70A 10ms d to 300 W 2 we to 400W 2 2000 W ae to 400 W Fluorescent lamp load with KVG 1000 VA in lead lag circuit or non compensated Fluorescent lamp load with KVG shunt compensated or with EVG 500 VA 600 VA 4 up to 400 VA Compact fluorescent l
146. N 4010312906668 4 10 pe QRE2 wg Q frame double pure white glossy plastic EAN 4010312906682 4 10 pe Q frame double black plastic EAN 4010312906675 4 10 pe Q frame double anthracite plastic EAN 4010312906699 4 10 pc QRE2 al Q frame double coated alu minium painted plastic EAN 4010312906651 8 90 pc QRE2 an I Q Design double frames positioned vertically chamfered Same as QRE2 but with a chamfered frame QRA2 ws Q frame double white plastic EAN 4010312906705 4 10 pc QRA2 rw Q frame double pure white plastic EAN 4010312906729 4 10 pc QRA2 wg Q frame double pure white glossy plastic EAN 4010312906743 4 10 pe QRA2 sz Q frame double black plastic EAN 4010312906736 4 10 pe QRA2 an Q frame double anthracite plastic EAN 4010312906750 4 10 pe QRA2 al Q frame double coated alu minium painted plastic EAN 4010312906712 8 90 pc Q Design double frames positioned vertically round Same as QRE2 but with a round frame like FI4F Recommended retail prices excluding VAT The New O Design Triple Frames ORE ORA and ORR Eitako ELECTRONICS Q Design triple frames positioned vertically square These Q Design frames with outer dimensions of 84x227 mm and a height of 12mm are seated on the wall and therefore have no floating front panel Both cableless and batteryless EnOcean transmitter modules can be combined as well as noiseless wireless pus
147. O to 100 rh or 3 rh in the range 20 to 80 rh The reference temperature is directly set on the display Startup and parameterisation are carried out using the thanos software which is downloadable from thermokon de The wireless sensor can be taughi in into all actuators and the wireless visualization and control software thanos L SRQ white Multifunction room control unit horizontal white EAN 4010312313671 533 pe thanos L SRQ black Multifunction room control unit horizontal black EAN 4010312313688 533 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Thermal Actuators TSAO2Z2NC Ettako ELECTRONICS TSAO2NC 230V Thermal actuator AFRISO 230V 2W normally closed contact NC Electrical control of hot water valves Actuators convert the electrical signal of room or clock thermostats in one valve stroke and control the set temperature Connected directly to the valve or distributor top part by connecting cable and union nut IP54 Power supply 230V 10 max 200mA 5 60 C stroke gt 3mm in 3 6 minutes F 90 N TSAO2NC 230V Actuator NC 230V EAN 4010312314425 22 50 pe TSAO2NC 24V Thermal actuator AFRISO 24V 2W normally closed contact NC Electrical control of hot water valves Actuators convert the electrical signal of room or clock thermostats in a valve stroke and control the set temperature Connected directly to the valve or distributor top part by connecting cable and union nut IP5
148. OxOD 0x87 FASM60 FSM12 FSM61 FSU12D FSU55D ORG Ox05 Data_byte3 Ox70 0x50 FKC FKF ORG Ox05 Data_byte3 0Ox10 0x00 FRW ORG Ox05 Data_byte3 0x10 alarm 0x00 alarm end 0x30 battery voltage lt 7 2V FSS12 FWZ12 EEP 07 12 01 ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 to Data_bytel form a 24 bit binary coded number Data_byte3 Data Byte 3 MSB 0 16777215 Data_byte2 Data Byte 2 0 16777215 Data_bytel Data Byte 1 LSB 0 16777215 Data_byte0 DBO_Bit4 tariff switchover O normal rate 1 off peak rate DBO_Bit8 LRN Button O teach in telegram 1 data telegram DBO_Bit2 switchover data content 1 momentary power in watts O meter status in 0 1 KW h DBO_Bit O fix DBO_BitO 1 fix Possible values in data telegram DBO 0x09 gt meter status normal rate in 0 1 KW h DBO 0x19 gt meter status off peak rate in 0 1 KW h DBO OxOC gt momentary power in W normal rate active DBO OxIC gt momentary power in W off peak rate active Teach in telegram BD3 DBO 0x48 0x08 OxOD 0x80 Cis sent once at every power up FT4 FT4F FT55 with rocker ORG 0x05 Data_byte3 0x70 0x50 FT4 FT4F FT55 with double rocker ORG 0x05 Data_byte3 0x70 0x50 0x30 0x10 FTF55 EEP 07 02 05 ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 Data_byte2 Data_bytel actual temperature O 40 C linear OxFF Ox00 Data_byteO DBO_Bit8 LRN Button O teach in telegram 1 data telegram for d
149. Q Design triple frames positioned vertically round Same as QRES but with a round frame like FT4F QRR3 ws Q frame triple white plastic EAN 4010312906941 4 30 pc fi QRR3 rw Q frame triple pure white plastic EAN 4010312906965 4 30 pc QRR3 wg Q frame triple pure white glossy plastic EAN 4010312906989 4 30 pc QRR3 SzZ Q frame triple black plastic EAN 4010312906972 4 30 pce QRR3 an Q frame triple anthracite plastic EAN 4010312906996 4 30 pc QRR3 al Q frame triple coated alu minium painted plastic EAN 4010312906958 11 50 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Eltako The Wireless Building Pushbuttons without battery or wire Eitako ELECTRONICS Wireless flat pushbuttons 84x84 mm external dimensions only 11mm high with rocker 55x55mm In the new Q design Wireless pushbuttons FFI55Q 1 7 Wireless flat pushbuttons 80x80 mm external dimensions 15mm high with rocker and double rocker 63x63 mm Wireless flat pushbuttons F14F 1 8 Wireless pushbuttons 80x80 mm external dimensions 15mm high with rocker and double rocker 55x55mm Wireless pushbuttons FT55 1 9 Wireless pushbuttons with intermediate frame 80x80 mm external dimensions 15mm high with rocker and double rocker 50x50 mm Wireless pushbuttons F14 1 10 Wireless mini pushbuttons 55x55 mm external dimensions 15mm high with rocker and double rocker 50x50 mm Wireless mini pushbuttons FMT
150. S5LED The 7 segment LC display is also legible twice within a period of 2 weeks without power supply The power consumption is displayed with a LED flashing 10 times per kWh next fo the display On the right next to the display are the keys MODE and SELECT Press them fo scroll through the menu First the background lighting switches on The display then shows the total active energy the active energy of the resettable memory as well as the instantaneous values of consumption voltage and current per phase The CT ratio can also be set If is set fo 5 5 at the factory and blocked with a bridge over the terminals which are marked with JUMPER To adjust the CT ratio to the installed transformer remove the bridge and reset the energy meter according to the operation manual Then block it again with the bridge Adjustable current transformer ratios 5 5 50 5 100 5 150 5 200 5 250 5 300 5 400 5 500 5 600 5 750 5 10003 12505 and 1500 5 Error message false When the phase conductor is missing or the current direction is wrong false and the corre sponding phase conductor are indicated on the display Important Before working on the current transformers disconnect the voltage paths of the energy meters Three phase energy meter MID approval EAN 4010312 501450 289 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT 4 25 Wireless Repeater FRP14 Spacer DS14 and Housing for Operating Instructions GBA14 1 and 2 level wi
151. Suitable for valves with motor driven valve drive H3 Heating operation with 2 point control K1 Cooling operation with PWM control at T 15 minutes K2 Cooling mode with 2 point control switchover is visualised by LEDs flashing Bottom rotary switch for adjustable hysteresis and PWM influence Left stop lowest hysteresis 0 5 Middle position hysteresis 2 5 Right stop largest hysteresis 4 5 Inbetween divisions in steps of 0 5 visualised by LEDs flashing Two point control mode The hysteresis rotary switch sets the required difference between the switch on and switch off temperatures When the actual temperature gt reference temperature the device is switched off When the actual temperature lt reference temperature hysteresis the device is switched on The signs are the opposite in cooling mode PWM control mode The hysteresis rotary switch set the required temperature difference at which the device is switched on at 100 When the actual temperature gt reference temperature the device is switched off When the actual temperature lt reference temperature hysteresis the device is switched on at 100 lf the actual temperature lies between the reference temperature hysteresis and the reference temperature the device is switched on and off with a PWM in steps of 10 depending on the temperature difference The lower the temperature difference the shorter the swi
152. The actuators are equipped with PCB relays PCB with floating contacts to switch 24V actuators This basic unit has a modular design ex works and comprises a wireless antenna module FAM14 2 PUs 2 actuators FAEI4LPR each with two zones each 1 PU and a switch mode power supply unit SNT14 24 V 24W 2 PUS These components are mechanically connected and provided with plugged in jumpers for the RS485 bus and the internal 12V DC power supply In addition a bus terminating resistor is fitted to the FAM14 on the left and a dummy is fitted to an FAE14 on the right A busbar SAS 4TE a housing for operating instructions GBA14 and a jumper installation tool are also part of the scope of supply The module cover 3 parts is plugged Before mounting the base unit into the mounting rail of the heating circuit distributor the module cover is removed the locking Slides are opened until it snaps into place and after mounting closed again until it slots into place Only then can the busbars be inserted in the lower and terminals of the actuators which are opened ex works in the switch mode power supply unit and secured by tightening the terminal screws This means the 230V connection is only required once at the top of the switch mode power supply unit SNT14 One or two 24V actuators can be connected to each of the 4 zone connections above the busbar After the room temperature controller s is are taught in as described in the operating instructions the
153. The new reference temperature appears in the display in large digits after approx 1 second After a further approx 4 seconds the display returns to normal mode Night reduction can also be activated and adjusted by pressing the A and W keys Activation is by pressing both keys simultaneously and briefly The top of the display shows the night reference temperature in small digits preceded by n night The presetting is a value which is 4 C lower than the day reference temperature Terminate the night reduction function by briefly pressing the two keys simultaneously The temperature reduction value can be changed in steps of 1 C by pressing the A and W keys as long as the night reduction function is activated Here too several key operations are accumulated The new temperature reduction value is shown in the display in large digits after approx 1 second After a further approx 4 seconds the display returns to night reduction mode Terminate the night reduction function by briefly pressing the two keys simultaneously The wireless sensor can be taught in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software F2L61 F2L70 FAH12 F4L12 FHK12 14 FHK61 FHK70 FTR55D ws Temperature controller with display white EAN 4010312302361 145 30 pe FTR55D rw Temperature controller with display pure white EAN 4010312302385 145 30 pe FTR55D an Temperature controller with display anthracite EAN 4010312302439 1
154. V DC power supply unit FSNT61 12V 6W in a flush mounted box under the sensor or from 48 2012 with AAA batteries supported by the solar cell or only with the solar cell under normal ambient light in a daily average of at least 200 lux If only the solar cell is available the energy storage must first be charged for several days with daylight lf the connecting cable is not needed it can be cut off This means the sensor requires no installation depth behind the mounting plate If can be screwed or affixed fo any flat surface An adhesive foil is supplied We recommend sheet metal countersink screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z6 To teach in in an actuator in teach in mode hold the supplied blue magnet or any other magnet at hand below the point on the side panel of the sensor marked by W This sends a teach in telegram The slide switch should be on normal mode then The temperature controller sends a message into the Elfako wireless network within 100 seconds when there is a change in the actual or reference temperature of min 0 8 C If there is no change a status report is sent every 20 minutes Measurement accuracy is approx 1 C The day reference temperature that ranges from 12 C to 28 C is changed using the hand wheel A night reduction can be activated by the slide switch This makes the night reference temperature 4 C lower than th
155. WZ wireless single phase energy meter 7 FZS wireless pull switch 0 T FZK_ wireless time relay for card switch 45 GBA housing for operating instructions Z Wireless Building Visualisation and HP mounting plate o KT short stroke pushbutton Z capacity enhancer Mwe wireless socket stip 0000 O Z PCT PC oo o d QR QRA QRE QRR frames Q Design R RIF singleframes R2 R2F double frames R3 R3F triple frames SR MDS wireless motion brightness sensor SRO4 wireless CO9 sensor OOOO SR65VFG wireless contact temperature sensor SR65TF wireless cable temperature sensor SZR SZF socket outlet intermediate frame 1 Thanos wireless multifunction room control unit 2 6 UFB E universal remote control 0 1 ZR intermediotefrome S 1 S D screws and rawl plugs 0 Z SNT switching power supplyunit 6 power input power input TSA thermal actuator o 6l Terms of Delivery Eitako ELECTRONICS Terms of delivery Deliveries will be made in conformity with General Conditions for the supply of products and services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry June 2011 All deliveries are subject to an expanded retention of title and are sold according to our price list at the given time f Only a trained electrician may install our switchgear power supply units and energy meters otherwise there is a risk of fire or electric shock It is therefore
156. Wireless noiseless flat pushbutton FT4GF 230V wg Pepe iran EAN 4010312304907 75 20 pc FTAGF 230V sz ee noiseless flat pushbutton FAN 4010312304921 75 20 pe FTAGF 230V an H aaa flat pushbutton EAN 4010312304938 75 20 pe Wireless noiseless flat pushbutton FT4GF 230V al coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312306635 82 40 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors noiseless Pushbuttons FT55G Efttako ELECTRONICS FT55G 230V Wireless pushbutton with rocker Wireless pushbutton with double rocker Wireless noiseless pushbutton 80x80mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 55x55mm 15 15mm high Supply voltage 230V Only 0 1 watt standby loss With switchable pushbutton lighting The scope of supply comprises the frame R a rocker W55 a double rocker DW55 all same colour an attachment frame BRF with plug in wireless pushbutton module and the mounting base HP with plug in wireless transmitter module Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit two evaluable signals press rocker up and press rocker down Wireless pushbuttons with double rocker can transmit four evaluable signals press two rockers up or down The pushbutton lighting can be switched by means of a jumper The standby loss therefore increases by 0 1 watt Remove the opaque cover of the wireless transmitter module before remove the module from the mounting base and do not forget to replac
157. _ QRRI rw Q frame single pure white plastic Q frame single pure white glossy plastic RRI sz Q frame single black plasie ooo QRR1 an E frame single anthracite plastic EAN 4010312906637 3 90 pc QRR1 al Q frame single coated alu minium painted plastic EAN 4010312906590 6 30 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT The New O Design Double Frames ORE ORA and ORR l Q Design double frames positioned vertically square These Q Design frames with outer dimensions of 84x156 mm and a height of 12 mm are placed on the wall and therefore have no floating front panel Both cableless and batteryless EnOcean transmitter modules can be combined as well as noiseless wireless pushbuttons wireless touch pushbuttons and Series 55 sensors They require an additional intermediate frame ZR which is included in the scope of supply These frames can only be used for vertical mounting The Q frames are supplied as an accessory the pushbuttons FT55 FT55G or FT55S as well as the 55 sensors with standard frames must be ordered separately These frames are prepared to receive sensors with additional battery power supply This type of sensor can be fitted either to the top or bottom of double frames The mounting plate of a wireless pushbutton mounted beneath or upon it needs to be cut then QRE2 ws Q frame double white plastic EAN 4010312906644 4 10 pe QRE2 rw Q frame double pure white plastic EA
158. a brief tap GS4 Group switch same as G82 in addition with tip reverse function The control push button is initially in static mode The relay is energised as long as the pushbutton is tapped so that the Venetian blind can be reversed in the opposite direction by short impulses GR Group relay As long as the wireless pushbutton is closed a contact is closed Then it reopens On reception of the next wireless signal the other contact closes etc Shading scene control Up to 4 saved Down running times are retrievable using the control signal of a pushbutton and double rocker taught in as a scene button or taught in by a PC loaded with the FVS software lf a wireless outdoor brightness sensor FAH60 is also taughi in in addition to a scene push button the taught in scenes 1 2 and 4 are executed automatically depending on the outdoor brightness With the left rotary switch the off delay can be set in position Hold in seconds Therefore the time delay must be chosen at least as long as the shading element or roller shutter will need to move from one limit position to the other When a wireless window door contact FTK or Hoppe window handle is taught in a lock out protection is set up while the door is open and disables a Central Down command The LED on the side below the left rotary switch accompanies the teach in process as described in the operation manual It indicates control commands by short flickering during o
159. a_byte3 0x70 relay ON 0x50 relay OFF To teach in reply confirmation telegrams of bidirectional actuators into other actuators or into the software GFVS the local control input has to be used to change the switching position and to simultanously send the confirmation telegrams Keyword Chapter gn actuator allocation list antenna antenna extension antenna module antenna module for PC attachment frame O NNOO DA bidirectional bipolar switching blind cover brightness sensor busbar bus connector bus coupler cams capacity enhancer central control pushbutton clock thermometer 0 2 compatible design frames Zo constant current LED dimmer switch 5 constant light controller A controller IOV a control relay A cord impulse switch with integr relay function 6 lt 6 cord universal dimmer switch dimmer switch door contact double rocker energy consumption indicator Energy GFVS energy meter transmitter module energy saving lamp ESL single room control O FN N feedback flat pushbutton flat pushbutton fleeting NO contact frames fused safety socket S lt _ lt _ hh OC N ol gateway GFVS gong module group relay group switch impulse group switch GSM reciever 4 V 5 4 4 4 hand held transmitter heating cooling relay heating relay HF ground high performance wireless antenna Hoppe window handle hotel key card switch hotelcard
160. about 10 minutes via the red black 12V DC connecting cable The power reserve stored in capacitors supplies the power requirement for the night In normal ambient brightness cat least a daily average of 200 Lux the energy of the integrated solar module is sufficient to power the FIHG63AP Then the 12V DC connecting cable may be cut off if necessary The sensor then requires no installation depth behind the mounting plate It can be screwed or stuck fo any flat surface An adhesive film is supplied We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 If the ambient brightness is insufficient power is supplied by the connecting cable from a switching power supply unit FSNT61 12 V 6 W fitted below in a switch box The complete module can be removed from the frame for screw mounting To teach in in an actuator in teach in mode hold the supplied blue magnet or any other magnet at hand below the point on the side panel of the sensor marked by W This sends a teach in telegram When teaching in in actuators the switching threshold is defined for switching the light on off depending on the brightness The wireless sensor can be taughi in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software FKRI2 FAR ZO FLC61 FSB12 14 FSB61 FSB70 FSR12 14 FSR61 FSR70 FUD61 FIH63AP ws Brightness sensor
161. ad and 1 long jumper 1 5 modules from 200 W load with DS14 on the left side Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 400W depending on ventilation conditions dimmable energy saving lamps ESL and dimmable 230V LED lamps are also dependent on the lamp electronics Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect lamps switching voltage 230V No minimum load The brightness level is stored on switch off memory In case of a power failure the switch position and the brightness stage are stored and may be switched on when the power supply is restored Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch off Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper The upper rotary switch LA LRN is first required for teach in and defines in operation whether automatic lamp detection should be activated or special comfort positions AUTO allows all lamp types to be dimmed EC is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which must be switched on at high voltage due to their design so that they can be dimmed down and switched back on safely when cold EC2 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which cannot be switched back on in dimmed down position due to their design Therefore the memory is switched off in this position LCl is a comfort position for LED lamps which cannot be dimmed down far enough in AUTO phase cut off due to their design LC2 and LC3 are comfort positions for
162. age To adapt the sensor to the ambient conditions the internal sensor can be adjusted to the actual room temperature and humidity If the settings are locked the reference temperature sef femp can be displayed and changed here from 8 C to 40 C in steps of 0 5 C by pressing MODE followed by SET Rapid scroll In the following settings the numerals scroll rapidly when you press and hold down Enter Release then press and hold down to change the scroll direction Set clock Press MODE then press SET to search for the clock function Press MODE to set Press SET to select the hour and press MODE to confirm Proceed in the same way to set the minute Set date Press MODE then press SET to search for the date function Press MODE to select Press SET to select the year and press MODE to confirm Proceed in the same way to set the month and the day The last setting in the sequence the weekday is following Press SET to set it Summer winter time changeover Press MODE then press SET to search for the automatic summer winterfime function and press MODE to select Now press SET to switch between activ and inactiv If you select activ changeover is automatic Teaching in actuators according to the operating manual Different actuators as well as small actuators FKS kieback amp peter type MD15 FtL HE can be taught in Teaching in window door contacts FTK and Hoppe window handles can be taught in for FKS in this clock thermostat FUTH55D otherwise in the
163. ails including brightness from three points of the compass wind rain and frost to the weather data transmitter module FWS61 con nected in series once per second A standard telephone wire is sufficient as connecting lead J YSSDY 2x2x0 8 or equivalent 100m line length is permitted solid plastic housing LXWxH 118x96x77 mm Degree of protection IP44 Temperature at mounting location 30 C to 50 C A power supply unit FSNT61 24V 6W is required for the power supply including heating of the rain sensor This simultaneously supplys the wireless weather data transmitter module FWS61 24V DC Multi sensor MS EAN 4010312901731 267 30 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Single phase Energy Meter Transmitter Module Fy j FW Z14 FW Z14 65A Further settings can be made and actuators configured using the PC Tool PCT14 FWZ14 65A ELECTRONICS Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module maximum current 65A Only 0 5 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep Accuracy class B 1 With RS485 interface Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output The internal power consumption of 0 5 watt active power is not metered 1 phase conductor with a max current up to 65A can be connected The inrush current is 40mA In
164. aily average of at least 200 lux If only the solar cell is available the energy storage must first be charged for several days with daylight lf the connecting cable is not needed it can be cut off This means the sensor requires no installation depth behind the mounting plate If can be screwed or affixed fo any flat surface An adhesive foil is supplied We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25 mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 If the ambient brightness is insufficient power is supplied by the connecting cable from a switch mode power supply unit FSNT61 12 V 6 W fitted below it in a switch box The complete module can be removed from the frame so that it can be screwed on The sensor sends a message every 100 seconds to the Eltako wireless network at an actual temperature change of minimum 0 3 C The bistable display is updated A change in reference temperature is sent immediately The display is updated If there is no change a status report is sent every 20 minutes Measurement accuracy is approx 1 C The normal display consists of a large ambient temperature display ranging from 0 C to 40 C Above the day reference temperature is displayed in small digits preceded by d day Adjust the day reference temperature from 8 C fo 40 C in steps of 0 5 C by pressing the A and V buttons Several key operations are accumulated
165. ako wireless network Accuracy class B 1 Evaluation on the computer with Eltako Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Soft ware GFVS or with energy consumption indicators FEASSLED or FEA55D GFVS Energy supports up fo 100 transmitter modules and GFVS 3 0 up to 250 transmitter modules The internal power consumption of max 0 5 watt active power is neither metered nor indicated Like all meters without PTB or MID approval in Germany not approved to levy electricity charges 1 phase conductor with a max current up to 16A can be connected The inrush current is 20mA The consumption is saved to a non volatile memory and is immediately available again after a power failure Wireless telegrams A telegram is transmitted within 20 seconds if the power status changes by min 10 percent A change in meter reading is transmitted immediately A full telegram comprising meter reading and power status is transmitted every 10 minutes When the power supply is switched on a teach in telegram is sent fo teach in the associated energy consumption indicator If the L input and the L output were interchanged when hooked up a normal rate HT off peak NT switchover telegram is transmitted to indicate the hook up error Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module e a Ey 1 NO contact not potential free 16A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts With integrated active power measurement up to 3680 watts Bidirectional wireless an
166. al 10 channels 0O 11 22 33 etc up fo 99 can be taughi in Press the key sequence 9 and 1 within 10 seconds after switching on the power supply to reset to single click The numeric buttons in the actuators can be taught in either as direction switches or universal switches Dim function with up and down arrow buttons in the navigation cross When a numeric button in the associated actuator is taught in as direction button first select the channel by pressing the numeric button when the device is in service then control by pressing the up and down arrow buttons in the navigation cross Another 4 channels can be set to the and of the volume and channel buttons e g for the central control of lighting and shading A further 3 direction buttons can be taught in directly using the left and right buttons in the navigation cross the fast forward and fast reverse buttons and the buttons for forward skip and reverse skip In addition the four labelled buttons in the display with the colours red green yellow and blue are available as scene buttons for lighting or shading You can change their labels using the enclosed CD and a Logitech Internet access The central control signals ON OFF or UP DOWN can also be taught in here as scenes and labelled accordingly WEEE registration number DE 30298319 FIWUSB Wireless infrared converter with USB port EAN 4010312311158 85 80 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wirele
167. al pushbutton It can be switched on and off manually with the right button The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation January 2013 Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator Socket switching FSVA 230V actuator with current measurement EAN 4010312314555 99 90 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Selection Table Single phase and Three phase Energy Meters The smart counting champions Eltako offers a complete range of energy meters for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting from 32A up to 65A Special attention should be paid to the power consumption of only 0 3W active power of the 32A and 65A single phase devices If energy meters for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting are not used for billing we recommend the Economy Line without approval Our marking is an E in the type designation WSZ12DE 32 A WSZ12E 65A DSZ1I2DE 3x65A and DSZ1I2WDE 3x5 A All meters have an SO interface according to DIN 43 864 Page in Catalogue Switchgear power FQ FQ FIO supplies and electronic electricity meters top Ti _ F18 F18 center bottom F10 F12 F13 FI3 bottom top bottom 0701110100 DNE 6 Mmmm oLe i e an Economy ff Economy Economy f Economy Line Line Line Line WSZ12D 65 A Meter mounting installation lt lt L lt lt lt lt o S TA S A E S JE w
168. alization and control software thanos L SRQ white Multifunction room control unit horizontal white EAN 4010312313671 533 pe thanos L SRQ black Multifunction room control unit horizontal black EAN 4010312313688 533 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Timers FSU55D with display FSU55D Wireless timer with display and with 8 channels for individual fitting and integration in the 55x55mm and 63x63 mm switch system With astro function and solstice time changes Only 0 2 watt standby loss The scope of supply includes a frame R an intermediate frame ZR in the same colour and a mounting plate In addition an intermediate frame ZRF in the same colour is supplied for installation in an existing frame RIF R2F or R3F for flat pushbuttons Power supply 12V DC A 20cm long black blue connecting wire is routed to the rear Before screwing on remove the frame and intermediate frame from the mounting plate To do this press out the catches on the mounting plate Then screw on the mounting plate with the catches at the top and bottom snap on the frame and the interme diate frame and connect and snap on the timer We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes see Accessories on page Z6 Up to 60 timer memory locations are freely assigned to the channels With date and automatic summer winter time changeover Ca 7 days
169. all components in the Eltako wireless network They ex change information by intercommunication and with the computer using TCP IP over the ETHERNET Every BSC BAP covers a building surface area of approx 200 to 400 m2 This is dependent on the construction of the building 6 lf required the power supply company can retrieve the load profile of a building and offer the appropriate tariffs Tariffs are then saved in the computer so that you can perform and display a calculation of costs Control information can also be saved so that certain consumers are only switched on depending on the tariff in order fo lower energy costs The Server and its Assistants Eltako ELECTRONICS Like a spider in a web the server GFVS Safe feels all vibrations in the network It detects every single wireless telegram within the entire building This is the work of the wireless antenna module FAM USB or the wireless LAN access points BSC BAP which capture all signals and send them to the computer via ETHERNET There is more to the server and its assistants than listening they can also send control commands and information over the Eltako wireless network For example to control a building s energy supply to supply fresh air control shading elements optimally or switch lighting from a central point Reliable calculations show that optimised automatic building control is required to implement the zero energy building or even the energy building
170. all mobile phones equipped with Android software apps can be downloaded free of charge from the Internet shops of Apple and Google The clients are then capable of visualising controlling and accessing installed USB and IP cameras Authentification and data transmission are encrypted to activate one additional client EAN 4010312311110 39 00 pc to activate five additional clients EAN 4010312312964 156 00 pe Data communication packet M2M for the GFVS Safe Server With a data flat rate for 2 years Provided an internet access exists external communication between the GFVS Safe and the software GFVS 3 0 and smartphones and tablet PCs are charged by their flat rates FVS Comm is required for this although it is connected over the GSM antenna of the GFVS Safe on the building side However if data exchange is without internet access the standard M2M card running FVS Comm integrated in the GSM modem must be activated to exchange data over the mobile radio network The FVS Comm therefore receives prepared M2M contracts with a data flat rate for two years Access contracts are offered automatically GSM is the Global System for Mobile Communications which is used for mobile radio D and E networks in Germany and to exchange data packets The M2M card is activated shortly after receipt of a data flat rate contract This communication is encrypted to a very high standard and is very simple to configure with the new Eltako quickcon techn
171. amps with EVG up to 300 W 3 3 3 3 and energy saving lamps not FUD61NP up fo 400 W fup to 400 W I N Inductive laod cos 0 6 230V AC 5 up to 300 W 5 3 3 3 Dimmable 230V LED lamps not FUD6INP up to 400W 3 up to 400 W 3 up to 400 W 3 Max switching current DCI 12V 24V DC 8A not NP FSSA FSVA and 70 Service life at rated load cos 7 105 gt 105 or incandescent lamps 500W at 100 h Service life at rated load 4 4 cos 0 6 at 100 h oes Dan Max operating cyles sooo O o Screw head Slotted cross Slotted cross Slotted cross Slotted cross slotted cross head head head head head Type of enclosure terminals IP30 IP20 IP30 IP20 IP30 IP20 IP30 IP20 IP30 IP20 Two conductors of same cross section 1 5 mm2 100 100 100 100 100 Max min temperature at mounting location 50 C 20 C 50 C 20 C 50 C 20 C 50 C 20 C 50 C 20 C FUD6INP 0 7 W 0 7 W Local control current at 230V control IMA 3 5 mA FSR61 FHK61 8 24 V UC 7 35mA input only on Series 61 at 24V DC 0 2 mA Max parallel capacitance approx length of local control lead at 230V AC 0 06 UF 200m 0 01 HF S0 m 0 01 uF 30m b Bistable relay as relay contact After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before teaching in the wireless pushbuttons 1 Applies to lamps of max 150W 2 Also max 2 induction transformers of the same type L load and electronic trans
172. an FZK device The LED on the side below the left rotary switch accompanies the teach in process as described in the operation manual It indicates control commands by short flickering during operation Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator FZK70 230V Time relay for card switch EAN 4010312303863 79 60 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Constant Light Controller FKR7ZO for electronic ballast units 1 10 V FKR70 1 10V Dimming actuator 1 channel 1 NO contact not potential free 600 VA and 1 10 V control output 40 mA 1 7 watts standby loss Motion dependent and brightness dependent light control with the wireless motion brightness sensor FBH Mounting in the 230V power supply cord e g in false ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 25mm deep state of the art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control Zero passage switching to protect contacts The brightness level is stored on switch off memory In case of a power failure the switch position and the brightness stage are stored and may be switched on when the power supply is restored Function rotary switches By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode on the side After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected to the mains Function of FKR70 The wireless constant light controller FAR7O receives its signals
173. anual for each actuator If two pushbuttons are defined as direction switch the two pushbuttons must be taught in as direction switches in an actuator Control inputs are then defined in pairs for the direction ON central ON UP and BRIGHTER and control inputs OFF central OFF DOWN and DARKER Al A3 A4 A5 A6 E6 E1 E3 and E4 E5 Al A6 and El A wireless pushbutton right upper part standard setting ex works A3 E3 and E6 A wireless pushbutton right bottom part A4 and E4 4 wireless pushbutton left upper part A5 and E5 4 wireless pushbutton left bottom part From production week 30 2011 2 pushbuttons for light scenes with 4 light scenes each can be taught in in the Eltako wireless network with this pushbutton input module The LED under the rotary switch flashes once if a connected pushbutton is operated If the lines of the RS485 bus are longer than 2m a terminating resistor of approx 220 ohms must be connected to the last actuator at terminal RSA RSB in series 12 systems in series 14 systems a terminating resistor must be connected Control current at 8 12 24V AC DC 2 5 4 9 mA Control current at 230V AC DC lt 5s 5 100 mA This pushbutton is not only used as a complement fo the Eltako wireless network to feed signals into the RS485 bus in addition to the wireless antenna module but it is also the basic device for the remote switch system FTS12 Typical connection wireless series 12 Typica
174. ards screw on the frame with the right and left safety latches and click the wireless module with rocker the marking O on the back is always up into place Double rockers laser engraved page 1 29 FMT55 4 ws Wireless mini pushbutton without battery or wire with double EAN 4010312312520 37 50 pe rocker white FMT55 4 rw Wireless mini pushbutton without battery or wire with double EAN 4010312312544 37 50 pe rocker pure white Wireless mini pushbutton without battery or wire with double FM155 4 wg rocker pure white glossy EAN 4010312312568 37 50 pe FMT55 4 sz Wireless mini pushbutton without battery or wire with double EAN 4010312312551 37 50 pe rocker black Wireless mini pushbutton without battery or wire with double FM155 4 an rocker anthracite EAN 4010312312582 37 50 pe Wireless mini pushbutton without battery or wire with double FM155 4 al rocker coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312312537 44 70 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Eltako The Wireless Building Wireless Noiseless Pushbuttons Eitako ELECTRONICS Switching on the future Wireless noiseless flat pushbuttons with rocker and double rocker 63x63 mm Wireless noiseless flat pushbuttons FT4GF 1 14 Wireless pushbuttons with rocker and double rocker 55x55 mm Wireless pushbuttons FT55G 1 15 Wireless pushbuttons with intermediate frame with rocker and double rocker 50x50 mm Wireless pushbuttons FI4
175. artphone or notebook This hardware is not included in the scope of supply to allow the user to select the solution according to his personal requirements Communication with the Eltako Wireless Building requires a wireless antenna module FAM USB which is contained in the GFVS Safe scope of supply This device and the supplied license key activate the GFVS 3 0 software If an ETHERNET network is available a building surface area of 200 to 400 m2 can be covered with one Wireless LAN Access Point BSC BAP The GFVS Safe is equipped with a WLAN antenna to permit wireless WLAN communication inside the building with note books tablet PCs and or smartphones A notebook can also be connected by cable If no internet access is available a tablet PC and or smartphone can be connected to a WLAN router working only internally However voice recognition requires internet access For external communication M2M the GFVS Safe is equipped as standard with a GSM modem Recognisable by the second antenna for communication over the GSM mobile network Provided an internet access exists it permits external access by smartphone and or tablet PC for visualisation and control This is free of charge on the building side However smartphones should have a flat rate Very simple and secure registration using Eltako quickcon technology If no internet access exists the data communication packet FVS Comm is required to permit external access GSM is the Global System for Mo
176. as eight channels and like wireless pushbuttons it can transmit local and central control signals into the Eltako wireless network 4 control inputs may be connected to different potentials since they are electrically isolated Control voltage 8 to 253V AC or 10 to 230V DC A 12V DC voltage is supplied from a switching power supply unit FSNT12 12V 12W which has a width of only 1 module If two pushbuttons are defined as direction switch the two pushbuttons must be taught in as direction switches in an actuator Control inputs are then defined in pairs for the direction ON central ON UP and BRIGHTER and control inputs OFF central OFF DOWN and DARKER Al A3 A4 A5 E1 E3 E4 E5 The LED flashes once when a wireless signal is transmitted Control current at 8 12 24 V AC DC 2 5 4 9 mA Control current at 230V AC DC 5s 5 100 mA Wireless 8 fold transmitter module EAN 4010312302286 74 60 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Outdoor Transmitter Module FASM60O Wireless Transmitter Module FSM61 Ettako ELECTRONICS FASM60 UC Wireless outdoor transmitter module 2 channels LXWxXH 60x46x30 mm With internal antenna No standby loss The wireless transmitter module FASM60 UC has two channels and can transmit wireless pushbutton telegrams to the Eltako building wireless system Al initiates a wireless telegram such as Press top rocker for a wireless pushbutton w
177. as the pushbutton is held down The last saved brightness level is not modified Snooze function universal switch or direction switch below With a double impulse the ligh ting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time max 60 minutes which can be reduced as required It can be switched off at any time by short time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down The LED on the side below the left rotary switch accompanies the teach in process as described in the operation manual It indicates control commands by short flickering during operation Technical data page T 1 Dimming actuator FSG70 1 10V Controller for electronic ballast units EAN 4010312301982 90 50 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Master Universal Dimmer Switch FMD70 FMD70 230V G in a a ON Function rotary switch on the side standard setting ex works FMD70 230V Master universal dimmer switch Power MOSFET up to 400W Automatic lamp detection Only 0 7 watt standby loss Minimum brightness settable With switching operation for children s rooms and snooze function Also with light scene control or constant light control Installation in 230V main connecting wire for example in Suspended
178. ata telegram OxOF for teach in telegram 0x87 Teach in telegram BD3 DBO 0x08 0x28 OxOD 0x87 FTK EEP 06 00 01 ORG 0x06 Data_byte3 contact closed gt 0x09 contact open gt 0x08 teach in button pressed gt 0X00 Data_byte2 Data_bytel Data_byte0 Teach in telegram BD3 DBO Ox00 0x00 0x00 0x00 25 09 2012 Contents of Eltako Wireless Telegrams Sensor telegrams FTR55D FTRSSH ORG Data_byte3 EEP 07 10 03 plus Data_byte3 0x07 night reduction 0 5 K in 1 steps 0x00 0 K 0x06 1 K OxOC 2 K 0x13 3 K 0x19 4 K OxIF 5 K reference temperature O 40 C linear OxOO OxFF FTR55D 8 C 40 C FTR55H 12 C 28 C actual temperature O 40 C linear OxFF 0x00 DBO_Bit3 LRN Button O teach in telegram 1 data telegram for data telegram OxOF for teach in telegram 0x87 Teach in telegram BD3 DBO 0x40 0x30 OxOD 0x87 FTS12EM_ only telegrams for the Eltako RS485 Bus Data_byte2 Adjustable range Data_bytel Data_byteO The pushbutton input module generates FT4 telegrams within the RS485 Bus The basis ID s 1 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 and 91 are used depending on the preset ID range ORG Ox05 Data_byte3 control of Al gt 0x70 basis ID 0 control of A3 gt 0x50 basis ID 1 control of A4 gt 0x70 basis ID 2 New from week 30 2011 gt 0x30 control of A5 gt 0x50 basis ID 3 New from week 30 2011 gt
179. ated WLAN Remote over smartphone including camera videos All pushbutton sensor and actuator functions are retained even if the computer is down e g for maintenance purposes The Smart Home Central Unit GFVS Touch with touch screen integrated wireless antenna module and installed GFVS 3 0 software is available for low cost entry level PC assisted visualisation and control Eltako The Wireless Building The Basis with Sensors and Actuators Without Eltako sensors and actuators no information or control commands can be sent over the wireless network They form the basis for the Eltako Wireless Building and of course they operate without a server if there is no requirement for centralised building monitoring centralised building control or visualisation Smartphone access is still possible for series 14 actuators Eltako sensors for switch commands temperature brightness motion humidity and air quality run partly without external power supply Batieryless and cordless Eltako wireless pushbuttons and hand held transmitters generate their own power requirements for wireless telegrams when operated Many Eltako sensors generate their power requirements from a solar cell and save excess energy from daylight to storage capacitors so that there is sufficient energy for troublefree functioning in the dark some of these sensors and solar cells can be made winterproof with additional batteries Further Eltako sensors have a higher p
180. ating resistor connector must be plugged into the last actuator included in the FAM14 scope of supply Eltako Wireless is based on the EnOcean wireless standard for 868 MHz frequency 868 3 MHz data rate 125kbps modulation mode ASK max transmit power 7dBm lt 10 mW Compliance with EN 61 000 6 3 EN 61 000 6 1 and EN 60669 Power requirement ELltako ELECTRONICS Power requirement of the 12V DC power supply of Series 14 The switching power supply unit in the FAM14 provides 12 V DC 12 W 11 2 W are available if 0 8W of the FAM14 are considered The maximum power consumption of each connected device must be used to calculate the total power consumption of the 12V DC power supply maximum power requirement existing relay energized device FAEI4LPR FAEI4SSR R ema w ama OW cea Sue i cae came tw mee tw cee aw reana OW Fe FSRI4SSR FSU14 FTN14 FUD14 FUD14 800W FZK14 STE14 11 01 2013 Switching Actuators and Dimming Actuators for Installation Decentralised Mounting Eitako ELECTRONICS Schematic diagram Eltako Wireless with decentralised mounting of built in devices U g Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr relay function FSR6INP and FSR6INP with wireless sensor FIK 5 0 Wireless actuator impulse switches with integr relay function FSR61 8 24 V UC FSR61 230V 5 2 and noiseless FSR61G 230V Wireless actuator impulse switch with integr relay function FSR6ILN 230V
181. ays be connected Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus by means of a 2 wire screened bus line e g tele phone line The meter reading and the momentary capacity are transferred to the bus e g for transfer to an external computer of the GFVS 3 0 Software and is also transferred to the wireless network via the FAM14 Display also using FEA55D and FEAS5LED The 7 segment LC display is also legible twice within a period of 2 weeks without power supply The power consumption is displayed with a LED flashing 10 times per kWh next fo the display On the right next to the display are the keys MODE and SELECT Press them fo scroll through the menu First the background lighting switches on The display then shows the total active energy the active energy of the resettable memory as well as the instantaneous values of consumption voltage and current per phase The CT ratio can also be set If is set fo 5 5 at the factory and blocked with a bridge over the terminals which are marked with JUMPER To adjust the CT ratio to the installed transformer remove the bridge and reset the energy meter according to the operation manual Then block it again with the bridge Adjustable current transformer ratios 5 5 50 5 100 5 150 5 200 5 250 5 300 5 400 5 500 5 600 5 750 5 10003 12505 and 1500 5 Error message false When the phase conductor is missing or the current direction is wrong false and the corre sponding phase conductor are indica
182. bel O has fo be on the left Double rockers laser engraved page 1 29 WEEE registration number DE 30298319 FF8 al an Wireless remote control with 2 double rockers painted EAN 401031230393 99 90 pc aluminium top bottom and rockers anthracite soft paint Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Hand held Transmitters FHS8 FHS8 Wireless hand held transmitter 154x50 mm 16mm high The batteryless hand held transmitter FHS8 contains two identical wireless modules the same as the cordless wireless pushbuttons FT4 and has 2 double rockers It can transmit 8 evaluable wireless telegrams This wireless hand held transmitter can be attached to the wall on glass or on furniture using an adhesive foil Enclosed are 2 labels for the rear and 1 adhesive foil Double rockers laser engraved page 1 29 WEEE registration number DE 30298319 alua mT Wireless hand held transmitter anthracite Wha double tackor EAN 4010312300824 68 70 pc Wireless hand held transmitter coated aluminium paint HRI ouble Tokers EAN 4010312300282 80 30 pc Wireless hand held transmitter anthracite chrome EAN 4010312300893 80 30 pc with 2 double rockers anthracite soft painting Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Hand held Transmitters FHS12 Eltako ELECTRONICS FHS12 Wireless hand held transmitter 154x50 mm 16mm high The batteryless han
183. bile Communications which is used for mobile radio D and E networks in Germany and to exchange data packets Technical data CPU RAM 1GB SO DDRII RAM 800 MHz hard disk 2 5 HDD SATA 160GB ports left 1 x serial port 3 x USB 2 0 1 x DVI I VGA via adapter 1 x USB 2 0 1 x GSM antenna 2 x Intel LAN 10 100 1000 Mbit 2 x audio 6 channel HD 1 X WLAN 54MBit power consumption approx 10 watts standby approx 14 watts idle approx 17 watts full load ventilation silent passive cooling dimensions HxWxT 2x26x18cm wall mount VESA standard weight ca 1 25kg GFVS Safe Eltako Wireless Building computer EAN 4010312315019 998 00 pc ports right Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 Eitako ELECTRONICS GFVS 3 0 Wireless Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 Included in the scope of supply of the server GFVS Safe The wireless receiver FAM USB with USB connection is required for reception at the server GFVS Safe and to send wireless telegrams from the server LAN connections additionally require at least one LAN access point BSC BAP for server reception and to transmit wireless telegrams from the server An app to connect a tablet PC to the GFVS software on the GFVS Server is also included as well as an app to connect up to four smartphones Download the apps from the Google Android Sto
184. ble relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected to the mains The pushbuttons can be taught in either as direction switches or universal switches As a direction switch press up is brighter and press down is darker respectively above short pressing means switch ON and below short pressing switch OFF A double click above activates automatic updimming until full brightness with dim speed A double click below activates snooze function The children s room function will be realized with the upper switch As a universal switch change the direction by briefly releasing the pushbutton With switching operation for children s rooms and snooze function Switching for light alarm clocks A wireless signal of a time clock which was taught in accordingly starts the wake up function by switching on the light at the lowest brightness level and dims up slowly until the maximum level is reached Dependent on the set dim speed the wake up time is between 30 and 60 minutes The dimming process is stopped by tapping briefly The contact of the timer must connect terminals 12V and LW at least 0 2 seconds Switching operation for children s rooms If the light is switched on by holding down the pushbutton universal switch or direction switch above it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx 1 second and dims up slowly as long
185. ble repeater function Installation in 230V main connecting wire for example in Suspended ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 31 mm deep Universal dimmer switch for R L and C loads up to 400 W dependent on ventilation conditions Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL and dimmable 230V LED lamps are also dependent on the lamp electronics Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect lamps switching voltage 230V No minimum load required The brightness level setting is stored to memory when it is switched off lf there is a power failure the switch position and brightness level are saved The device can also be switched on when the power supply is restored Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature shutdown This slave universal dimmer switch FSD70 230V is controlled by a master universal dimmer switch FMD70 230V by wireless telegrams Lamps with identical dimming levels can then be increased to any number In addition a wireless pushbutton can be taught in as direction pushbutton Slave mode can be left using this pushbutton The connected lamps are dimmed and switched with this push button until the circuit is switched back to slave mode The left rotary switch on the side is required to teach in the direction pushbutton if required The middle rotary switch on the side is required to teach in the direction pushbutton if necessary and is in AUTO position in operation The right rotary switch activates the
186. ces excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Mini Hand held Transmitters FMH2 Ettako ELECTRONICS FMH2 and FMH2S Wireless mini hand held transmitter 43x43 mm 16mm high Weighs only 30 grams The batteryless mini hand held transmitter FMH2 contains the same wireless module as the cordless wireless pushbuttons FT4 and has rocker It can transmit 2 evaluable wireless telegrams The rocker is laser engraved with O and I This wireless hand held transmitter can be attached to the wall on glass or on furniture using an enclosed adhesive foil The mini hand held transmitter FMH2S is also prepared to attach a key ring The mini hand held transmitter is supplied with the following engraving O OFF on upper part and ON on bottom part Rockers laser engraved page 1 29 cantral iA WEEE registration number DE 30298319 Wireless mini hand held transmitter white FMS 2 signals laser engraved O EAN 4010312303450 36 30 pe Wireless mini hand held transmitter pure white FMH2 rw 2 signals laser engraved O EAN 4010312303467 36 30 pe Wireless mini hand held transmitter pure white glossy FMW 2 signals laser engraved O EAN 4010312303481 36 30 pc Wireless mini hand held transmitter black FMH2 sz 2 signals laser engraved 0 EAN 4010312303474 36 30 pe Wireless mini hand held transmitter anthracite FMH2 an 2 signals laser engraved 0 EAN 4010312303498 36 30
187. cker DWF all same colour an attachment frame BRF the mounting base HP and the pushbutton module Fitted using a 55mm switch box We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25 mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 The unprinted double rocker is snapped onto the pushbutton module at the factory If the double rocker is replaced by the large unprinted rocker remove the rocker halves by pulling off to the front Do not bend towards the middle Then snap the large rocker so that the markings O and on the back line up with the same markings on the pushbutton module The Eltako frame can be replaced on installation at any time by a design frame with internal dimensions 63x63 mm from other manufacturers Flat short stroke pushbutton white 25 10 pe Flat short stroke pushbutton pure white EAN 4010312303122 25 10 pe Flat short stroke pushbutton pure white glossy 25 10 pe Flat short stroke pushbutton black 25 10 pe Flat short stroke pushbutton anthracite 25 10 pe Flat short stroke pushbutton coated aluminium paint 32 30 pe Currently supplied colours of the short stroke pushbuttons KT4F and their order abbreviations JJ M Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Short stroke Pushbuttons KT55 KT55 Short stroke pushbutton 4 NO contacts 8 A 250V AC contact gap 0 5 mm 80x80 mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 55x55 mm 15mm hig
188. come with the blind cover The blanking plate is flush with the frame and is engaged in the intermediate frame after fitting the retaining plate the frame and the intermediate frame ZR _BLA ws Blind cover BLA for R R2 ond R3 white EAN 4010312903926 3 10 pe _BLA tw Blind cover BLA for R R2 and R3 pure white EAN 4010312903940 3 10 pe _BLA sz Blind cover BLA for R R2 and R3 black EAN 4010312903933 3 10 pe Blind cover BLA for R R2 and R3 anthracite Blind cover BLA for R R2 and R3 coated aluminium paint Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Fused Safety Sockets DSS with Socket Outlet Front SDO ELtako ELECTRONICS DSS SDOF German Fused Safety Socket DSS with socket outlet front SDOF With increased shock protection The socket base DSS bearing the VDE sign has screw terminals Fitted in 63x63 mm frames RIF R2F and R F DSS SDOF ws DSS with socket outlet front white EAN 4010312311295 5 70 pe DSS SDOF rw DSS with socket outlet front pure white EAN 4010312311318 5 70 pe DSS SDOF wg DSS with socket outlet front pure white glossy EAN 4010312311349 5 70 pe DSS SDOF sz DSS with socket outlet front black EAN 4010312311332 5 70 pe DSS SDOF an DSS with socket outlet front anthracite EAN 4010312311363 5 70 pe DSS SDOF al _ DSS with socket outlet front coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312311301 12 90 pe DSS SDO55 German Fused Safety Socket DSS with socket
189. complete module can be removed from the frame so that it can be screwed on The sensor sends a message every 100 seconds to the Eltako wireless network at an actual temperature change of minimum 0 3 C The bistable display is updated A change in reference temperature is sent immediately The display is updated If there is no change a status report is sent every 20 minutes Measurement accuracy is approx 1 C The normal display consists of a large ambient temperature display ranging from 0 C to 40 C Above the day reference temperature is displayed in small digits preceded by d day Adjust the day reference temperature from 8 C fo 40 C in steps of 0 5 C by pressing the A and V buttons Several key operations are accumulated The new reference temperature appears in the display in large digits after approx 1 second After a further approx 4 seconds the display returns to normal mode Night reduction can also be activated and adjusted by pressing the A and W keys Activation is by pressing both keys simultaneously and briefly The top of the display shows the night reference temperature in small digits preceded by n night The presetting is a value which is 4 C lower than the day reference temperature Terminate the night reduction function by briefly pressing the two keys simultaneously The temperature reduction value can be changed in steps of 1 C by pressing the A and W keys as long as the night reduction function
190. crew connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 This sensor should not be exposed to rain or other water splashing To teach in in an actuator in teach in mode hold the supplied blue magnet or any other magnet at hand below the point on the side panel of the sensor marked by m This sends a teach in telegram The sensor transmits a message to the Eltako wireless network every 100 seconds if the brightness changes by min 10lux If the sensor detects motion it sends a signal twice im mediately The switch off signal is sent after the off delay which has a fixed setting of 1 minute If there is no change a status message is sent every 20 minutes When teaching in in actuators the switching threshold is defined for switching the light on off depending on the brightness Additional variables are also taught in on the FKR12 If a FABH63 detects motion then the device is switched on and only when all the FABH63s taught in in an actuator fail to detect motion for one minute the actuator return delay starts if this was previously set Wall mounting Ceiling mounting y Ceiling Ceiling The wireless sensor can be taughi in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software FADS60O FGM FHK12 14 FHK61 FHK70 FKR12 FKR70 FLC61 FLS12 FLS70 FSR12 14 FSR61 FSR70 FTN12 14 FIN61 FUAS5LED FUD61 FZK12 14 FZK61 FZK70 FABH63 rw Outdoor motion brightn
191. cted to the mains This heating cooling relay evaluates the information from wireless temperature controllers or sensors Possibly supplemented by window door contacts motion detector Hoppe window handles and wireless pushbuttons Bidirectional wireless and or a repeater function can be switched on Every change in state is confirmed by a wireless telegram Every change in state of the contact is confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegramc an be taught in into other actuators and the GFVS software Especially into a FSR61 to synchronously switch a heat circulating pump with the valves Left rotary switch for operating modes Typical connection H1 Heating operation with PWM control at T 4 minutes PWM pulse width modulation Suitable for valves with thermoelectric valve drive H2 Heating operation with PWM control at T 15 minutes Suitable for valves with motor driven valve drive H3 Operating mode with 2 point control K1 Cooling operation with PWM control at T 15 minutes K2 Cooling mode with 2 point control switchover is visualised by LEDs flashing Right rotary switch for adjustable hysteresis and PWM influence Left stop lowest hysteresis 0 5 Middle position hysteresis 2 5 Right stop largest hysteresis 4 5 Inbetween divisions in steps of 0 5 visualised by LEDs flashing Two point control mode The hysteresis rotary switch sets the required difference between the switch on and switch off tempe
192. ction The control push button is initially in static mode The relay is energised as long as the pushbutton is tapped so that the Venetian blind can be reversed in the opposite direction by short impulses GR Group relay As long as the wireless pushbutton is closed a contact is closed Then it reopens On reception of the next wireless signal the other contact closes etc Typical connection Shading scene control Up to 4 saved Down running times are retrievable using the control signal of a pushbutton and double rocker taught in as a scene button or taught in by a PC loaded with the FVS software lf a wireless outdoor brightness sensor FAH60 is also taught in in addition to a scene push button the taught in scenes 1 2 and 4 are executed automatically depending on the outdoor brightness Use the bottom rotary switch to set the time delay to the position Halt in seconds Select a delay time that is at least as long as the shading element or roller shutter needs to move from its end position to the other position When a wireless window door contact FTK or Hoppe window handle is taught in a lock out protection is set up while the door is open and disables a Central Down command The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator for shading elements
193. ction FMS14 standard setting ex works Further settings can be made and actuators configured using the PC Tool PCT14 FMS14 Multifunction impulse switch with integrated relay function 1 1 NO potential free 16A 250V AC incandescent lamps 2000W with DX technology Bidirectional Only 0 1 0 6 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep Connection to the Elftako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper Patented Eltako Duplex technology allows you to switch normally potential free contacts in zero passage switching when 230V A C voltage 50Hz is switched This drastically reduces wear To achieve this simply connect the N conductor to the terminal N and L to K L This results in an additional standby consumption of only 0 1 watt Maximum current over both contacts 16A for 230V If a power failure occurs the device is switched off in a defined sequence When both relays of the FMS14 are switched on 0 6 watt are required The upper and the middle rotary switches are for teaching in the sensors In normal mode the middle rotary switch is then set to AUTO and the bottom rotary switch to the required function 2S Impulse switch with 2 NO contacts 2xS 2 way impulse switch each with one NO relay WS Impulse switch with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact 0 3 watt standby loss SS Impulse multi circuit switch 1 1 NO contacts for switching sequenc
194. d controlled and visualised by servers GFVS Safe and installed software GFVS 3 0 The 4 stages on the Elfako Wireless Building Success ladder Stage 1 A few wireless sensors and wireless actuators to improve or expand an existing installation Generally with actuators installed decentrally Bu Stage 2 Several wireless sensors and wireless actuators to renovate an existing building or construct a new building but without centralised monitoring control or visualisation With actuators installed decentralised and centralised Smartphone access by app and GSM module ate 4 pA a nee _ OU oe G Stage 3 several wireless sensors and wireless actuators in a residential building with centralised monitoring control or visualisation With a server GFVS Safe the wireless antenna module FAM USB and the software license for GFVS 3 0 Actuators mainly installed centrally and supplemented by decentralised installation With internet access standard external access to smartphones over the mobile radio network Visualisation and control from tablet PCs mean AS f a Stage 4 Many wireless sensors and wireless actuators in a large building with centralised monitoring control or visualisation With the server GFVS Safe the software GFVS 3 0 the wireless LAN access points BSC BAP and gateways to the central computer Actuators partly installed centrally partly installed decentrally e g in false ceilings With internet access standard
195. d Switch or Smoke Alarm FZK61NP Ettako ELECTRONICS FZK61NP 230V _ 1 1 NO contacts not potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps 2000 watts Only 0 7 watt standby loss Off delay and response lag are adjustable for one contact Bidirectional wireless and with repeater function For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep supply voltage and switching voltage 230V This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and two bistable relays with zero passage switching 120 1180 By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode 1S LRN SA An automatic short synchronisation takes place after installation RV 30 Maximum current as the sum of both contacts 16A at 230V s Starting in production week 27 2011 with bidirectional wireless in addition a repeater function can be switched in Every status change and incoming central control telegrams are confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the FVS software and in FUA55 universal displays The upper rotary switch AV is required for teach in Then set here the response lag time AV between O and 180 seconds for Contact L 2 Use the bottom rotary switch RV fo set the time delay time RV between O and 180 seconds for Contact L 2 The AV and RV times permit the simple control of air cond
196. d held transmitter FHS12 contains three identical wireless modules the same as the cordless wireless pushbuttons FT4 and has 3 double rockers It can transmit 12 evaluable wireless telegrams This wireless hand held transmitter can be attached to the wall on glass or on furniture using an adhesive foil Enclosed are 2 labels for the rear and 1 adhesive foil Double rockers laser engraved page 1 29 WEEE registration number DE 30298319 Wireless hand held transmitter white with 3 double rockers EAN 4010312300312 99 90 pc Wireless hand held transmitter pure white HSW with 3 double rockers EAN 4010312300343 99 90 pe Wireless hand held transmitter pure white glossy FAST with 3 double rockers EAN 4010312300954 99 90 pe Wireless hand held transmitter black FHSS with 3 double rockers EAN 4010312300855 99 90 pe Wireless hand held transmitter anthracite wana double tocko EAN 4010312300831 99 90 pc Wireless hand held transmitter coated aluminium paint an double Tokers EAN 4010312300329 114 80 pc Wireless hand held transmitter anthracite chrome EAN 4010312300909 114 i with 3 double rockers anthracite soft painting EAN 4010312300909 SoSe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Mini Hand held Transmitters FMH8 Wireless mini hand held transmitter 45x85 mm 18 mm high Weighs only 60 grams The batteryless mini hand held transmitter FMH8 contains the same wireles
197. d output voltage 1 low residual ripple short circuit proof Overload protection and over temperature switch off by means of swichting off with automatic switching on after fault clearance Cautorecovery function The 24V DC output of these switch mode power supply units is located underneath to create a rapid link to the actuators FAEI4LPR for 24V DC actuators via the busbar SAS The SNT14 is always mounted on the far right next to the last actuator FAEI4LPR since no jumper is provided SNT14 24V 12W Switching power supply units 24V DC 12W EAN 4010312314395 35 50 pc SNT14 24V 24W _ Power input for 24V actuators Rated capacity 24W Standby loss 0 2 watt only Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH85 rail mounting 2 modules 36mm wide 58mm deep Input voltage 230V 20 up to 10 Efficiency 87 Stabilised output voltage 1 low residual ripple short circuit proof Overload protection and over femperature switch off by means of swichting off with automatic switching on after fault clearance autorecovery function The 24V DC output of these switch mode power supply units is located underneath to create a rapid link to the actuators FAEI4LPR for 24V DC actuators via the busbar SAS The SNT14 is always mounted on the far right next to the last actuator FAEI4LPR since no jumper is provided SNT14 24V 24W Switching power supply units 24V DC 24W EAN 4010312314401 44 90 pc SNT14 24V 48W Power input for 24V actuato
198. d with repeater function Only 0 9 watt standby loss Mounting in the 230V power supply cord e g in false ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 31 mm deep The integrated active power measurement measures power upwards of approx 10W when the contact is closed and transmits it to the Eltako wireless network Signal evaluated by the Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS or the power consumption displays FEA55 With bidirectional wireless in addition a repeater function can be switched in Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the FVS software and in FUA55 universal displays EAN 4010312302354 71 80 pe Wireless actuator Impulse switch with integr EAN 4010312312179 95 90 pc relay function with active power measurement Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Impulse Switch with integr relay function FSR61VA and Socket Switching Actuator FSVA Elt b with current measurement ELECTRONICS FSR61VA 10A 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts off delay with switch off early warning and switchable push button permanent light With integrated current measurement up to 10A Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable Only 0 7 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep
199. dard setting ex works sensor FAH acting as master Motion detection takes place inside the room by a FBH acting as Slave Dimmable energy saving lamps and LED require only a FBH inside the room for bright ness control and motion detection Operating modes BA are taught in 1 fully automatic ESL for brightness dependent and motion dependent switch on and switch off of ESL 2 semiautomatic ESL only for brightness dependent and motion dependent switch off of ESL 3 switch off of ESL is brightness dependent only for brightness dependent switch off of ESL the motion sensor inside the FBH is then inactive 4 fully automatic incandescent halogen lamps 5 semiautomatic incandescent halogen lamps 0 fully automatic 230V LED lamps dimming curve 1 10 semiautomatic 230V LED lamps dimming curve 1 20 fully automatic 230V LED lamps dimming curve 2 30 semiautomatic 230V LED lamps Gimming curve 2 With one wireless pushbutton or wireless hand held transmitter the automatic system can be overloaded to a preset value in order to dim the light for a beamer presentation for example several FBHs can be taught in in a constant light controller As long as one of the motion detection sensors detects activity the necessary lighting remains on and only after all FBHs report no acti vity for 1 minute does the adjustable time delay RV commence Only a FBH in operation mode BA 1 2 or 3 otherwise a FAH provides constant light control The FBHs a
200. dby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep This single phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and output and transmits the consumption and meter reading over the Elfako wireless network Accuracy class B 1 Evaluation on the computer with Eltako Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Soft ware GFVS or with energy consumption indicators FEASSLED or FEA55D GFVS Energy supports up fo 100 transmitter modules and GFVS 3 0 up to 250 transmitter modules The internal power consumption of max 0 5 watt active power is neither metered nor indicated Like all meters without PTB or MID approval in Germany not approved to levy electricity charges 1 phase conductor with a max current up to 16A can be connected The inrush current is 20mA The consumption is saved to a non volatile memory and is immediately available again after a power failure Wireless telegrams A telegram is transmitted within 20 seconds if the power status changes by min 10 percent A change in meter reading is transmitted immediately A full telegram com prising meter reading and power status is transmitted every 10 minutes When the power supply is switched on a teach in telegram is sent fo teach in the associated energy consumption indicator If the L input and the L output were interchanged when hooked up a normal rate HT off peak NT switchover telegram is transmitted to in
201. descent lamps up to 2000 watts ESL and LED up to 400W With integrated current measure ment up to 10A Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable Only 0 7 watt standby loss Adapter for German fused safety socket With increased shock protection This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable relay Apparent power is measured by the integrated current measurement from approx 1OVA to 2300VA when the contact is closed A wireless telegram is transmitted into the Eltako wireless network within 30 seconds after switching on the load or affer a change in power by min 5 and cyclically every 10 minutes Signal evaluated by the Wireless Visualisation and Control software GFVS 3 0 or the energy consumption indicators FEA55 Evaluation on the computer with Eltako Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS or with energy consumption indicators FEAS5LED or FEA55D GFVS Energy supports up to 100 transmitter modules and GFVS 3 0 up to 250 transmitter modules Bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched on Every change in state and incoming central command tele grams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught into other actuators the software GFVS 3 0 and universal displays FUA55 Up to 35 wireless pushbuttons are assigned with the left button LRN either as a unive
202. determine the dimming time max 60 minutes which can be reduced as required It can be switched off at any time by short time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down Light scenes on the PC are set and retrieved using the Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS A description of the FVS is in Chapter V One or several FUD70S devices must be taught in on the PC as dimming switches with percentage bright ness values Lights scenes with wireless pushbuttons are taught in on the FUD Up to four brightness values are retrievable using a direct light scene pushbutton pushbutton with double rocker top left light scene 1 top right light scene 2 bottom left light scene 3 and bottom right light scene 4 and or using a sequential light scene pushbutton pushbutton or one half of a double pushbutton press top next light scene press bottom previous light scene The LED on the side behind the left rotary switch performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation Technical data page T 1 FUD70S 230V rw Universal dimmer switch pure white EAN 4010312301395 88 30 pc FUD70S 230V sz Universal dimmer switch black EAN 4010312301401 88 30 pc FUD70S 230V an Universal dimmer switch anthracite EAN 4010312301418 88 30 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Impulse Switch with integr relay funct
203. dicate the hook up error Wireless single phase energy meter EAN 4010312303184 74 80 pe transmitter module Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module maximum current 65A Only 0 5 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep This single phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and output and transmits the consumption and meter reading over the Eltako wireless net work Accuracy class B 1 1 phase conductor with a max current up to 65A can be connected The inrush current is 4OmA The consumption is saved to a non volatile memory and is immediately available again after a power failure Evaluation internal power consumption and wireless telegrams see FWZ12 16A Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module 65A EAN 4010312311059 80 80 pc Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module maximum current 16A Only 0 5 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 35mm deep Accuracy class B 1 This single phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and output and transmits the consumption and meter reading over the Elfako wireless network Accuracy class B 1 1 phase conductor with a max current up to 16A can be connected The inrush current is 20mA The consumption is saved to a non volatile memory and is immediately available again affer a pow
204. difference the shorter the switch on time As a result of the settability of the 100 value the PWM can be adapted to the radiator size and inertia The signs are the opposite in cooling mode In heating mode the frost protection function is always enabled As soon as the actual temperature drops below 8 C the temperature is controlled in the selected operating mode to 8 C Two point control mode The upper rotary switch sets the required difference between the switch on and switch off temperatures When the actual temperature gt reference temperature the device is switched off When the actual temperature lt reference temperature hysteresis the device is switched on The signs are the opposite in cooling mode The type of connected actuators will be selected with the lower rotary switch SANC for actuator NC normally closed or SANO for actuator NO normally open When wireless window door contacts FTK or Hoppe window handles are taught in they are OR linked If one or more windows are open the output remains off In heating mode however the frost protection remains enabled When motion detectors FBH are taughi in they are AND linked If all FBHs signal No motion the device switches to standby setback mode In heating mode the reference temperature is set back by 2 in cooling mode it is raised by 2 As soon as a motion detector signals movement again the device is switched to normal mode When the FBHs and
205. digits of the serial number in DB2 and DB3 DB2 BB DBS CC FWz61 EEP 07 12 01 ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 to Data_bytel form a 24 bit binary coded number Data_byte3 Data Byte 3 MSB 0 16777215 Data_byte2 Data Byte 2 0 16777215 Data_bytel Data Byte 1 LSB 0 16777215 Data_byte0 DBO_Bit4 O fixed DBO_Bit3 LRN Button O teach in telegram 1 data telegram DBO_Bit2 switchover data content 1 momentary power in watts O meter status in 0 1 KW h DBO_Bitl 0 fixed DBO_BitO 1 fixed Possible values in data telegram DBO 0x09 gt meter status normal rate in 0 1 KW h DBO 0x19 gt meter status off peak rate in 0 1 KW h DBO OxOC gt momentary power in W normal rate active DBO OxIC gt momentary power in W off peak rate active Teach in telegram BD3 DBO 0x48 0x08 OxOD Ox80 is sent once on every power up FZS ORG Data_byte3 0x05 0x10 0x00 Contents of Eltako Wireless Telegrams Eitako ELECTRONICS Activation telegrams from the GFVS software FLC61 230V Direct switching command FUNC 38 Command 1 like EEP 07 38 08 There is the possibility to block the switching state with absolut priority so that it cannot be changed by other taught in pushbuttons ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 0x01 Data_byte2 no used Data_bytel no used Data_byte0 DBO_Bif8 LRN Button O teach in telegram 1 data telegram DBO_Bit2 1 block switching state O
206. ds during the lighting is dimmed down Light scenes on the PC are set and retrieved using the Wireless Visualisation and Control software FVS A description of the FVS is in Chapter V One or several FUD61NP devices must be taught in on the PC as dimming switches with percentage brightness values Lights scenes with wireless pushbuttons are taught in on the FUD6INP device Up to four brightness values taught in a light scene pushbutton with double rocker The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation Wireless actuator Universal dimmer switch without N EAN 4010312300183 90 70 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Universal Dimmer Switch FUD61INPN FUD61NPN 230V Standard setting ex works Typical connection Technical data page T 1 FUD6INPN 230V Universal dimmer switch 300W power MOSFET Automatic lamp detection Only 0 6 watt standby loss With adjustable minimum brightness or dimming speed With switching operation for light alarm clocks children s rooms and snooze function Additionally with light scene control Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 300W dependent on ventilation conditions Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL and dimmable 230V LE
207. e actual temperature lt reference temperature hysteresis the device is switched on at 100 If the actual temperature lies between the reference temperature hysteresis and the reference temperature the device is switched on and off with a PWM in steps of 10 depending on the temperature difference The lower the temperature difference the shorter the switch on time As a result of the settability of the 100 value the PWM can be adapted to the heater size and inertia The signs are the opposite in cooling mode In heating mode the frost protection function is always enabled As soon as the actual temperature drops below 8 C the temperature is controlled in the selected operating mode to 8 C If one or several windows are open the output remains off provided the window door contacts FTK or Hoppe window handles are taught in In heating mode however the frost protection remains enabled As long as all faught in motion detectors FBH detect no motion the device is switched to setback mode In heating mode the reference temperature is set back by 2 in cooling mode it is raised by 2 As soon as a motion detector signals movement again the device is switched to normal mode When a wireless pushbutton FT4 is taught in the assignment of the 4 keys is assigned with the following fixed functions Top right Normal mode can also be enabled by timer Bottom right Night setback mode by 4 in cooling mode raised by
208. e S E 2 amp x lt j faa EE m m at A Q 5 eS pa N N N N N N N 2AN DDID IDI I D O A A O O O O Modular device for mounting on DIN rail EN 60715 TH35 number of modules 4 4 18mm each Single phase energy meter Three phase energy meter Two way three phase energy meter Wih MID approva mm 5 6 Reference current Ter 1 1 1 Pt tT tT TT Tf fenton 42915125729 aii 5427 54 27 5427 542 549 549 549 549 any 6 1 641 6 1 6 1 641 641 641 641 64 641 Accuracy class MID inaccuracy 1 BB eje vn ee Omiyniminonwine HR RR Rw ee omamno RRR Re ee kasmay O RR Simonsen a pmm o e wc ee sas E Ee ee Display drum type register digits Display LC display digits o oO a 2 2s w o oO 1 CT operated energy meter 2 Switches over automatically from 5 2 to 6 Series 14 Series 61 70 The blue wireless network in the building When a FGSM14 GSM module is installed the user can monitor and control all functions remotely from any activated flat rate smartphone by mobile radio without requiring a computer or internet access Very simple and secure registration using Eltako quickcon technology An additional installed computer GFVS Safe installed with the Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 provides extra functions and permits modern visualisation and control via tablet or smartphone over the integr
209. e PCT14 from the Eltako website www eltako de is supplied with the FAM14 Gateways FGW14 will be connected to the terminals HOLD and GND when they connect a PC with a RS232 bus and or up to 3 wireless receiver modules FEM with a sub bus RS485 The operating mode rotary switch BA can set 10 different operating modes as described in the operating instructions The upper LED displays all perceived wireless commands in the reception area by short flickering The bottom LED lights up green if a connection from the PC tool PCT14 to the FAM14 was created When reading or writing date the LED flashes green The green LED goes out if the connection from the PC tool PCT14 to the FAM14 was terminated Wireless antenna module EAN 4010312313695 97 80 pe Wireless antennas with magnetic base The small enclosed wireless antenna of the wireless antenna modules FAM14 can be replaced by a larger antenna to feed wireless signals into metallic switching cabinets It is mounted on the magnetic base externally and the cable is routed inside the cabinet to the FAM14 Wireless antenna with 250cm cable EAN 4010312300244 19 90 pe High performance receive antenna with EAN 4010312303306 64 70 pe 200cm cable Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator Single Room Control Heating Cooling for 2 Zones with Solid State Relay FAE1I4SSR ELECTRONICS FAEI4SSR Noiseless 2 channel single room control 400 W 2 solid state relays
210. e 1 SS2 Impulse multi circuit switch 1 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 2 SS3 Impulse multi circuit switch 1 1 NO contacts for switching sequence 3 GS Impulse group switch 1 1 NO contacts 2R Switching relay with 2 NO contacts WR Switching relay with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact 0 3 watt standby loss RR Switching relay closed circuit current relay with 2 NC contacts 0 5 watt standby loss GR Group relay 1 1 NO contacts switching sequence SSI O contact 1 K 1 contact 2 K 2 contact 1 2 switching sequence S82 O contact 1 contact 1 2 contact 2 switching sequence SS3 O contact 1 contact 1 2 switching sequence GS O contact 1 O contact 2 GR Relay with alternating closing contacts The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach in process according to the operating instructions It shows control commands by short flickering during operation Connection example page 4 28 Technical data see page 4 30 Housing for operating instructions GBAI4 page 4 26 RS485 bus actuator MSR EAN 4010312313725 40 60 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator for shading elements and roller shutters FSB14 Eitako ELECTRONICS s 0 CLR AUTO 1 2 Standard setting ex works Further settings can be made and actuators configured using the PC Tool PCT14 Connection example page 4 28 Technical data see page 4 30 Housin
211. e 16A circuit breaker which protects up fo two circuits in the room to be protected by mains dis connection For example one circuit for the lighting and one circuit for the socket outlets The circuits are enabled and disabled manually using one or several stationary wireless push buttons or hand held wireless transmitters Contact L 2 can store a switch off delay of 10 to 90 minutes If a wireless pushbutton rocker is assigned to central ON for the mains disconnection relay and to ON for the lighting the mains disconnection relay is automatically cancelled when the lighting is switched on lf a wireless pushbutton rocker e g a bedside light is assigned with OFF for the lamp and central OFF for the mains disconnection relay the mains disconnection is automatically activated when the bedside lamp is switched off 10 teach in positions of the FFR14 plus the switch off delay give the user plenty of scope to define the settings the mains disconnection relay The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach in process according to the operating instructions It shows control commands by short flickering during operation Connection example page 4 28 Technical data see page 4 30 Housing for operating instructions GBAI4 page 4 26 RS485 bus actuator FR EAN 4010312313800 43 40 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator Time Relay for Card Switch or Smoke Alarm FZK14
212. e and the mounting base HP with plug in wireless transmitter module Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit two evaluable signals press rocker up and press rocker down Wireless pushbuttons with double rocker can transmit four evaluable signals press two rockers up or down The pushbutton lighting can be switched by means of a jumper The standby loss therefore increases by 0 1 watt and the opaque intermediate frame must be used Remove the opaque cover of the wireless transmitter module before remove the module from the mounting base and do not forget to replace it after making your settings otherwise there is the risk of electric shock The opaque intermediate frame lights up To reduce the lighting intensity replace the opaque cover with one of the two coloured covers Fitting using a 55mm switch box The wireless electronics only require an installation depth of 15mm The FT4G 230V has a black blue connecting wire that is 20cm long and is routed out to the rear The double rocker is snapped onto the pushbutton module at the factory If the double rocker Wireless pushbutton with is replaced by the large rocker remove the rocker halves by pulling off to the front Do not bend intermediate frame and towards the middle Then snap the large rocker so that the markings O and on the back line double rocker up with the same markings on the pushbutton module Fitting at first connect the 230V black and blue connecting wires in the
213. e bottom of the housing is mott Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Series S 1 B 7 Glas B 3 B 1 JOY RIVA with combined frame 55 SCALA with combined frame 55 FASHION with combined frame 55 Standard 55 Event E2 Esprit Esprit TX_44 Kallysto pur stil art A500 AS 500 A plus A creation M SMART M ARC M PLAN M PLAN ATELIER M Material Plastic matt and glossy polar white similar to RAL 9010 white similar to RAL 1013 Glass high gloss polar white matt similar fo RAL 9010 Metal aluminium neutral anodised Plastic matt polar white similar to RAL 9010 anthracite similar to RAL 7021 Matt painted aluminium similar to RAL 9006 blue metallic similar to RAL 5010 orange metallic similar to RAL 2011 green metallic special colour red metallic special colour Plastic Plastic glass aluminium Plastic Plastic Thermal unbreakable Thermoplastic Thermoplastic Thermoplastic Glass Aluminium E 1 EV1 ground anodised matt brass high gloss galvanised gold plated chrome high gloss wenge wood wood Thermoplastic Plastic glossy aluminium glass Thermoplastic thermosetting plastic Thermoplastic thermosetting plastic Thermoplastic thermosetting plastic metal Thermosetting plastic glass Thermoplastic thermosetting plastic Thermoplastic noble matt Thermoplastic safety glass 6mm Thermoplastic Colour variants White glossy polar w
214. e day reference temperature The slide switch is for function selection 3 normal mode ay O temperature control off the actual temperature continues to be sent however night reduction active The wireless sensor can be taught in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software F2L61 F2L70 FAH12 F4L12 FHK12 14 FHK61 FAK70 FTR55H ws FTR55H rw FTR55H an FTR55H sz FTR55H wg FTR55H al Temperature controller with hand wheel white EAN 4010312311189 90 80 pc Temperature controller with hand wheel pure white EAN 4010312311929 90 80 pc Temperature controller with hand wheel anthracite EAN 4010312311950 90 80 pc Temperature controller with hand wheel black EAN 4010312311936 90 80 pc Temperature controller with hand wheel pure white glossy EAN 4010312311943 90 80 pc Temperature controller with hand wheel coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312311981 99 60 pc The bottom of the housing is mott Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Temperature Controllers FT R55D Eitako ELECTRONICS FTR55D Wireless temperature controller with display for surface mounting or integration in the 55x55mm and 63x63 mm switch system Power supply with the integrated solar cell or a 12V DC power supply unit From production week 49 2012 also with batteries From 49 2012 the scope of supply includes a frame in Q Design QRR an attachment frame a batte
215. e is approx 5 hours at 1 400 Lux If there is not enough brightness a lithium battery 1 2AA 3 6V is used This provides y ihe sensor approx 5 10 years not included in the scope of delivery The protection class is IP65 the allowable ambient temperature is 25 C to 65 C Mounting with screws The cable sensor 6mm diameter may be connected to the measuring medium with thermal grease not included in the scope of delivery The wireless sensor can be taughi in into the wireless visualization and control software SR65TF251 Wireless cable temeperature sensor EAN 4010312313602 134 00 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Thermo Clock Hygrostat FUTH55D with Display FUTH55D Wireless clock thermometer and hygrostat with display for individual fitting and mounting in 55x55mm or 63x63 mm switch system Only 0 2 watt standby loss With adjustable day and night reference temperatures and relative humidity Preset ready to operate The scope of supply includes a frame R an intermediate frame ZR in the same colour and a mounting plate In addition an intermediate frame ZRF in the same colour is supplied for installation in an existing frame RIF R2F or RSF for flat pushbutions Power supply 12V DC A 20cm long black blue connecting wire is routed fo the rear Before screwing on remove the frame and intermediate frame from the mounting plate To do th
216. e it after making your settings otherwise there is the risk of electric shock The gap between the rocker and the frame lights up To reduce the lighting intensity replace the opaque cover with one of the two coloured covers Fitting using a 55 mm switch box The wireless electronics only require an installation depth of lomm The FT55G 230V has a black blue connecting wire that is 20cm long and is routed out fo the rear The double rocker is snapped onto the pushbutton module at the factory If the double rocker is replaced by the large rocker remove the rocker halves by pulling off to the front Do not bend towards the middle Then snap the large rocker so that the markings O and on the back line up with the same markings on the pushbutton module Fitting at first connect the 230V black and blue connecting wires in the switch box and screw the mounting base to the switch box The red plug socket has to be at top right and the straps of the mounting base at top and bottom After that pull the connecting wire of the wireless push button module through the frame and press the red plug into the red plug socket Place frame on mounting base and snap pushbutton module and attachment frame in latches on mounting base The marking O of the wireless pushbutton module is at the top Snap on the double rocker or rocker The marking O on the back line of the rocker has to be at the top We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for sc
217. e secondary part is not permitted The dimmer might be destroyed Therefore do not permit load breaking on the secondary part Operation in parallel of inductive wound and capacative electronic transformers is not permitted When calculating the load a loss of 20 for inductive wound transformers and a loss of 5 for capacitive electronic transformers must be considered in addition to the lamp load 5 Fluorescent lamps or LV halogen lamps with electronic ballast 6 Applies to one contact and the sum of both contacts 7 Capacity increase for all dimmable lamp types with Capacity Enhancer FLUD14 8 All actuators with 2 contacts Inductive load cos 0 6 as sum of both contacts 1000W max 9 Generally applies to energy saving lamps ESL and 230V LED lamps Due to different lamp electronics switch on off problems and a restriction in the maximum number of lamps however the dimming ranges may be limited depending on the manufacturer in particular when the connected load is very low e g with 5W LEDs The dimmer switch comfort settings EC1 EC2 LC LC2 and LC3 optimise the dimming range however the maximum power is then only up to 100W In these comfort settings no inductive wound transformers may be dimmed N on 5 3 N on 3 3 D N on 3 3 N on 3 D N on 3 3 NO on 3 3 2 N on 3 3 NO on 3 3 D N on 3 3 N on 3 3 D o w A If the RS485 bus lines are longer than 2m the second termin
218. e white glossy EAN 4010312302095 129 50 pc FBH55 al Motion brightness sensor coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312314692 136 90 pc The bottom of the housing is mott Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Motion Brightness Sensors FBH63AP Eitako ELECTRONICS FBHG63AP Wireless motion brightness sensor for surface mounting 84x84x39mm or integration in the 55x55mm and 63x63mm switch system Power supply with the integrated solar cell or a 12V DC power supply unit From production week 40 2012 also with batteries From 40 2012 the scope of supply includes a frame in Q Design QRR an attachment frame a battery mounting plate and an adhesive foil For mounting in frame with 55 or 63 neckline also an intermediate frame ZR in the same color and a mounting plate In the as delivered condition the energy storage is empty and needs to be charged before use Either via the red black 12V DC power cable for about 10 minutes or via the solar cell in broad daylight for about 10 hours or from 40 2012 by inserting two pieces AAA batteries not included in delivery for about 10 minutes In normal operation the power supply is either through the cable with a 12V DC power supply unit FSNT61 12V 6W in a flush mounted box under the sensor or from 40 2012 with AAA batteries supported by the solar cell or only with the solar cell under normal ambient light in a daily average of at least 200 lux If only the solar cell is ava
219. econds before time out This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals lf both switch off early warning and pushbutton permanent light L are switched on switch off early warning is activated before automatic switch off of the permanent light The function ESV on the bottom rotary switch sets the off delay from 2 to 120 minutes In setting CO normal impulse switch function ES without off delay without pushbutton permanent light and without switch off early warning In setting ER switching relay of the other rotary switch this 2nd rotary switch fulfils a safety and power saving function in the settings except OO If the switch off command is not recognised e g since the pushbutton is jammed or it was pressed too quickly the relay switches off automatically on expiry of a time adjustable between 2 and 120 seconds When a FTK is taught in this time function is turned off lf there are open flames waste air fans may only be switched on if the windows are open to ensure oxygen supply see combination FSR6INP 230V FTK below Twilight switch with taught in wireless outdoor brightness sensor FAH and then in function setting ESV In time setting 120 the contact opens with a delay of 4 minutes if the brightness level is sufficient In time setting CO the contact opens instantly The local and central push button control is still possible Motion detection with taught in wireless motion detector FBH in function setting ER The device switches on w
220. ector with without twilight switch or a FAH as a twilight switch according to the operating instructions The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows control commands by short flickering during operation 12 36V DC Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator Abs Constant current LED dimmer switch BAIN O Oco SULU e e Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator for shading elements and roller shutters FSBGINP FSBGINP 230V c 1 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC for roller blinds and shading systems Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable Only 0 7 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 833mm deep switching voltage and control voltage local 230V This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and two bistable relays with zero passage switching By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected to the mains In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna this wireless actuator can also GR 10s 00 GS1 10 200 min be controlled locally by a conventional 230V control switch previously mounted PARTEA From production week 39 2012 bidirectional wire
221. ed 2 Applies to lamps of max 150W 3 Per dimmer or capacity enhancer it is only allowed to use max 2 inductive wound transformers of the same type furthermore no load operation on the secondary part is not permitted The dimmer might be destroyed Therefore do not permit load breaking on the secondary part Operation in parallel of inductive wound and capacative electronic transformers is not permitted When calculating the load a loss of 20 for inductive wound transformers and a loss of 5 for capacitive electronic transformers must be considered in addition to the lamp load 5 Fluorescent lamps or LV halogen lamps with electronic ballast 6 Applies to one contact and the sum of both contacts 7 Capacity increase for all dimmable lamp types with Capacity Enhancer FLUD14 8 All actuators with 2 contacts Inductive load cos 0 6 as sum of both contacts 1000W max 9 Generally applies to energy saving lamps ESL and 230V LED lamps Due to different lamp electronics switch on off problems and a restriction in the maximum number of lamps however the dimming ranges may be limited depending on the manufacturer in particular when the connected load is very low e g with 5W LEDs The dimmer switch comfort settings EC1 EC2 LC LC2 and LC3 optimise the dimming range however the maximum power is then only up to 100W In these comfort settings no inductive wound transformers may be dimmed N on 5 3 N on 3 3 D
222. ed By laser engraving customised to text supplied Wireless flat pushbuttons FFT55Q Q Design frame pure white rw anthracite chrome ac With anthracite soft painting only hand held anthracite transmitters FHS an 84x84x9 mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 55x55mm 84x84x12 mm external dimensions Rocker 55x55mm 2mm projecting ae oun ee cane coated alu minium paint al pure white glossy wg aluminium paint anthracite With anthracite soft painting only remote control FF8 By laser engraving The New O Design Single Frames OR with floating front panel Eitako ELECTRONICS Q Design single frames Our wireless flat pushbutton FFT55Q in 84x84mm square design was the first representative of our new pushbutton series in the appropriately named Q design With an overall height of only 11mm it differs significantly from the other series with 15mm Mounted as a single switch it works particularly easily on the wall Now we amended the Q series with additional frames which are also available 2 fold and 3 fold Although the overall height is 15mm the design with the floating panel is as light as the 11mm high wireless flat pushbutton FFT55Q In addition both wire and batteryless EnOcean transmitter modules can be combined and the noiseless wireless pushbuttons the wireless sensor pushbuttons and the sensors of the 55 and 63 series
223. ee eS ae a i ae ee ee ee eS ee ee Eg A AE A FADS60 KKK KCE a ee eee ee eat Ee POM KKK KK EOE ae eel Te a ee ee es Se ee FHK61 8 24VUC XK KK Han SORE CNS OS e e FHK70 230V XK KK EAU Es ES es Se FKR70 110V KK FEKR7OUD 230V_ x J x S FLC6INP 230V X O X KR iO i a Sy a a a PFLS7OUD 230V 00 X XX o S CO Ss T SS Ss ee Se FMS6INP 230V XK O i gt Sie a SS Se a FSB6INP 230V_ 0 XK KKK iit SS et Se S SS gt FESCTO I IOV KK S S AOE SSS ee aN ae a ee ae gt lt D JS gt N w gt DDD FSR61 8 24VUC X X X X X X XX T a ee eS ee ee ee ea ee PFSROIN O X KKK KKK Pek ee i i Se ee E ee eee eS ee FSR6IVA XK X XX XX O Oy CA E AK S ee E ee ee Se E A A ee ae FSR70S 230V X X KK OK EE e O Ne ee ee T FSUD 230V XK x Se eS SSS SS SS SSS SS SS Se a i FTN6INP 230V 500 XK KK K i XxX ee ee eS f x Se ee eae e FUD6INP 230V 500 XK S A FUD6INPN 230V x J x l S S a S A FUD70 230V 0 XK KK a ae KEOS keen ek a en ee eee eee FUTH55D o l ASO A i EON Se ae N a a FZK70 230V KKK E i ai a a ae T ee ae ae ee O a F2L70 230V_ PX l A O es XK D Only FTR55H FTR55D FUT55D and FUTH55D Also controllable by activation telegrams from the FVS software 23 01 2013 3 thanos LSR LSRQ and SSR can be faught in in all actuators and in the FVS software Only motion detection Pushbutton Input Modules and Powernet Devices Pushbutton input m
224. eived With the integrated temperature measuring transducer actual value and the integrated control function of the actuator it will be regulated to a fixed setpoint of 20 C Without adapter on valves with M30x1 5 connection thread made by Heimeier Honeywell MNG Junkers TA Honeywell Bankmann Oventrop 2001 or later Cazzaniga etc FKS small actuator EAN 4010312311103 145 00 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Temperature Controllers FIR55H FTR5S5H Wireless temperature controller with hand wheel for surface mounting or integration in the 55x55mm and 63x63mm switch system Power supply with the integrated solar cell or a 12V DC power supply unit From production week 48 2012 also with batteries From 48 2012 the scope of supply includes a frame in Q Design QRR an attachment frame a battery mounting plate and an adhesive foil Designed to fit in the recesses of 55 and 63 frames without batteries additionally with one ZR and ZRF intermediate frame in the same colour and one mounting plate In the as delivered condition the energy storage is empty and needs to be charged before use Either via the red black 12V DC power cable for about 10 minutes or via the solar cell in broad daylight for about 5 hours or from 48 2012 by inserting two pieces AAA batteries not included in delivery for about 1 minute In normal operation the power supply is either through the cable with a 12
225. eless pushbutton when a movement is detected When bidirectional wireless is switched on the FHK6 sends a confirmation telegram containing its own ID and current operating mode to the Elfako wireless network PWM setpoint function When a PWM data telegram is taught in the control function selected at the rotary switch is switched off Only PWM commands are executed When bidirectional wireless is switched on the FHK61 sends a received PWM data telegram as confirmation telegram containing its own ID to the Eltako wireless network The 230V control input acts as a dew signalling input When a voltage of 230V is applied the solid state relay is switched off Every change in state of the control input is immediately sent as a button telegram cyclically every 15 minutes The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation Technical data page T 1 Typical connection FHK61SSR 230V Wireless actuator Heating cooling relay EAN 4010312314906 76 90 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Fan Relay F2L61NP Eitako ELECTRONICS F2L61NP 230V 2 speed fan actuator 1 1 NO contacts not potential free 10 A 250V AC Only 0 9 watt standby loss Activates passive and active sensors For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep supply voltage and switching voltage 230V This wir
226. eless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and two bistable relays with zero passage switching By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode An automatic short synchronisation takes place after installation Maximum current as the sum of both contacts 16A at 230V When the two contacts are switched in parallel the 2 speed actuator for 2 fan speeds becomes an actuator for one fan The top rotary switch must be set to position LRN for teach in Standard setting ex works The bottom rotary switch selects the later function in operation during teach in Up to 34 passive sensors are taught in e g wireless pushbuttons window door contacts Hoppe window handles or wireless transmitter modules A single active sensor for CO humidity or temperature can be taught in additionally or individually A wireless switch with double rocker is faught in in rotary switch position 1 if the 2 contacts are supposed fo remain individually closed in the two speeds exclusive or in position 7 if contact 2 is supposed to cut in for Speed 2 accumulative The double rockers are programmed 5 19 automatically as follows top left Speed 1 top right Speed 2 Bottom left and bottom right OFF the two contacts open If the two contacts are switched in parallel it is sufficient to have one wireless switch with 1 rocker Here top is
227. emergency can only be received with another taught in switch with central off For display we recommend the universal display FUA55LED with 10 LEDs Wireless mini hand held transmitter with grey carry strap for FMS calling systems pure white with red lettering EAN 4010312303337 44 90 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Window Door Contacts FIK Wireless window door contact 75x25x12 mm pure white silver grey anthracite The batteryless window door contact FTK powers itself from a solar cell and stores the energy for night operation A signal is transmitted when the contact is opened or closed Every 15 minutes a signal indicating the current status is also transmitted Adhesive foil mounting Protection class IP54 therefore suitable for outdoor mounting Window door contact dimensions Ixwxh 75x25x12 mm magnet dimensions Ixwxh 37x10x6 mm Solar powered energy accumulator For testing porposes or for operating the device the FTK needs to be charged several hours at daylight or at artificial light The device is then ready for immediate operation in compliance with the actuator operating instructions Here the magnet need only be briefly halted at the point marked m after the actuator to be taught in is activated After window door contacts FTK are taught in in switching actuators FSA12 it is possible to link up to 32 FTKs Please refer to the actuator operating instructions When
228. en minor changes There are 5 ranges to choose from starting on the left with 1 3 7 15 and 30kW On the energy consumption indicator a maximum of 5 out of 10 LEDs light up simultaneously and the last clockwise LED lights up the brightest If one range setting is exceeded the last LED flashes A light sensor controls LED brightness depending on the ambient brightness FEA55LED ws Energy consumption indicator with LED white EAN 4010312302750 74 90 pe FEAS5LED rw Energy consumption indicator with LED pure white EAN 4010312302774 74 90 pe FEA55LED an Energy consumption indicator with LED anthracite EAN 4010312302828 74 90 pe FEA55LED sz Energy consumption indicator with LED black EAN 4010312302798 74 90 pe FEA55LED wg Energy consumption indicator with LED pure white glossy EAN 4010312302804 74 90 pe FEA55LED al Energy consumption indicator with LED coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312310779 83 70 pe The bottom of the housing is mott Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Direct display with the Wireless Energy Consumption Indicator FEA55D FEA55D Wireless energy consumption indicator with display for individual fitting and integration in the 55x55mm or 63x63 mm switch system For up to 20 wireless single phase energy meters and wireless three phase energy meters as well as energy meter transmitter modules Standby loss 0 2 wait only The scope of supply incl
229. ener EW fleeting NO contact AW fleeting NC contact ARV operate and release delay ON Permanent ON OFF Permanent OFF The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach in process according to the operating instructions If shows control commands by short flickering during operation standard setting ex works The maximum load can be used starting at a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes The maximum load will be reduced for shorter times as follows up to 2 seconds 15 up to 2 minutes 30 up to 5 minutes 60 Further settings can be made and actuators configured using the PC Tool PCT14 Connection example page 4 28 Technical data see page 4 30 Housing for operating instructions GBA14 page 4 26 FMZ14 RS485 bus actuator MZ EAN 4010312313787 40 60 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator Staircase Off delay Timer FTN14 om Standard setting ex works Further settings can be made and actuators configured using the PC Tool PCT14 FTN14 Staircase off delay timer 1 NO contact not potential free 16 A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts switch off early warning and switchable pushbutton permanent light Also for energy saving lamps ESL up to 200 Watt Bidirectional Only 0 2 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 modul 18mm wide 58mm deep Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wir
230. energy meter transmitter module FWZ12 16A and FWZ12 65A 7 1 Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module FWZ61 16 A and 7 8 impulse switch with integr relay function with active power measurement FSR7OW 16A Wireless actuator with current measurement FSRG6IVA 10 A 7 9 Socket switching actuator with current measurement FSVA 230V 7 9 Selection table single phase energy meters WSZ and three phase energy meters DSZ 7 10 You will find the product descriptions of single phase energy meter WSZ and three phase energy meter DSZ in the Catalogue Switchgear power supply units and electronic energy meters Switching on the future Smart Metering with the Eltako Wireless Building Observing power consumption is a recognised way to sharpen awareness about energy consumption and to realise how consumers are driving up costs at what time of the day If automatic countermeasures are taken e g appliances with high consumption are only switched on at low tariff periods this knowledge and the corresponding efforts take on a practical ecological and economic purpose Eltako Wireless Building offers Smart Metering in several stages From a low cost solution in the home up to a professional solution in large buildings for genuine energy management Stage 1 in a home A single phase energy meter transmitter module FWZ in a circuit measures power consumption and sends wireless telegrams to the Eltako wireless network We manufacture transmitter
231. epeated three times at decreasing time intervals If both switch off early warning and pushbutton permanent light LS are switched on switch off early warning is activated before automatic switch off of the permanent light The function ESV on the bottom rotary switch sets the off delay from 2 to 120 minutes In setting CO normal impulse switch function ES without off delay without pushbutton permanent light and without switch off early warning In setting ER switching relay of the other rotary switch this 2nd rotary switch fulfils a safety and power saving function in the settings except Oo If the switch off command is not recognised e g since the pushbutton is jammed or it was pressed too quickly the relay switches off automatically on expiry of a time adjustable between 2 and 120 seconds When a FTK is taught in this time function is turned off Twilight switch with taught in wireless outdoor brightness sensor FAH and then in function setting ESV In time setting 120 the contact opens with a delay of 4 minutes if the brightness level is sufficient In time setting CO the contact opens instantly The local and central pushbutton control is still possible Motion detection with taught in wireless motion detector FBH in function setting ER The device switches on when motion is detected If no more motion is detected the contact opens after the time delay setting t 2 to 255 seconds Position CO Outdoor brightness sensor and motion detect
232. er Hoppe window handles are taught in different functions can be set with the middle rotary switch in position AUTO 1 to AUTO 4 and linked to maximum 116 FTKs AUTO 1 window closed then output active AUTO 2 window open then output active In settings AUTO 3 and AUTO 4 the FIKs taught in to a single channel are linked automatically With AUTO 3 all FTKs must be closed so that the N O contact closes e g for climate control With AUTO 4 one open FTK is sufficient to close the N O contact e g for an alarm signal or to switch on the power supply for an extractor hood One or several FTKs can be taughi in in several channels to allow several simultaneous functions Further settings can be made in each FIK eae and actuators configured using After a power failure the link is restored by a new signal to the FTK and a signal on the next the PC Tool PCT14 status message 15 minutes later An additionally set RV time is not taken into account Connection example page 4 28 The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach in process according Technical data see page 4 30 to the operating instructions It shows control commands by short flickering during operation Housing for operating instructions GBAI4 page 4 26 FSR14SSR RS485 bus actuator SSR EAN 4010312313893 57 50 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator Multifunction Impulse Switch with Integrated Relay Fun
233. er approx 30 seconds before time out This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals If both switch off early warning and pushbutton permanent light LI are switched on switch off early warning is activated before automatic switch off of the permanent light A response delay AV delay can be set with the lower rotary switch at setting NLZ or when controlled with a switch Setting AUTO 1s AUTO2 30s AUTOS 60s AUTO4 90s and AUTO5 120s Clockwise Also permanent light function can be set manually When teaching in wireless motion brightness sensors FBH the switching threshold is defined on the last FBH taught in to switch the light on off depending on the brightness provided motion is detected The off delay set on the FTN14 is prolonged by a setting of 1 minute fixed in the FBH When teaching in window door contacts FTK a NC or NO can be taught in as required Accordingly the timing period starts when opening or closing the window or the door lf switches for permanent operation are taught in for example wireless transmitter modules or FTS12EM it is switched on when pressing and the time will be started when releasing The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach in process according to the operating instructions If shows control commands by short flickering during operation Connection example page 4 28 Technical data see page 4 30 Housing for operating instructions GBAI4 page 4 26
234. er failure Evaluation internal power consumption and wireless telegrams see FWZ12 16A Wireless single phase energy meter i EAN 4010312302354 71 80 pc transmitter module Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Weather Data Transmitter Module FWS6I1 FW S61 24V DC Wireless weather data transmitter module for the seven weather items sent by the multisensor MS Only 0 3 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 18mm deep Power 24V DC is supplied by the switch mode power supply unit FSNT61 24V 6W 83mm deep 45mm long 55mm wide This switching power supply unit simultaneously supplys the multisensor MS including the heating of the rain sensor It is possible to use a deep UP box for the two devices This weather data transmitter module receives the seven momentary readings of the weather items brightness from three cardinal points twilight wind rain and ambient temperature by cable J Y ST Y 2x2x0 8 from the multisensor MS attached to the outside of the building The readings are sent in the form of wireless telegrams over the Eltako wireless network with the priorities listed below Evaluation is carried out by the FVS Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS the wireless multifunction sensor relay FMSR14 the wireless weather data display FWA5SD and the wireless actuator FSB14 When the supply voltage is applied a teach in telegram is sent immediately and two status teleg
235. esis of 25 At the same time a wireless telegram EIN or AUS is transmitted Lock settings Press MODE and SET together briefly and lock the flashing LCK in Field 1 by pressing SET To unlock press MODE and SET together for 2 seconds and confirm the flashing UNL in Field 1 by pressing SET Wireless telegrams Within 20 seconds a power telegram is sent if the power changes by minimum 10 A switchover from HT to NT is transmitted immediately in the same way as a meter reading change A full telegram comprising meter reading HI meter reading NT and power is transmitted 20 seconds after the power supply is switched on and then every 10 minutes The LED lights up briefly when a telegram is transmitted The power display in Field 2 depends on the number of SO pulses per kWh of the meter The minimum load displayed is 14 watts at 2000 pulses per kWh 28 watts at 1000 pulses kWh 35 watts at 800 pulses kWh 56 watts at 500 pulses kWh 140 watts at 200 pulses kWh 280 watts at 100 pulses kWh and 2800 watts at 10 pulses kWh Typical connection FSS12 12V DC Wireless energy meter transmitter module EAN 4010312301944 79 80 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Single phase Energy Meter Transmitter Modules FWZ12 and FWZ61 Eltako FW Z12 16A FWZ12 16A FW Z12 65A FWZ12 65A FV Z61 16A FWZ61 16A ELECTRONICS Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module maximum current 16A Only 0 5 watt stan
236. ess pushbuttons FT4F FT4 and FT4CH Supply voltage 8 to 24V UC Only 0 04 0 1 watt standby loss The scope of supply contains an opaque intermediate frame for wireless pushbutton FT4 or FT4CH Fitted using a 55mm switch box the LED lighting requires an installation depth of only 15mm A 20cm long red black connecting wire is routed to the rear The gap between the rocker and the frame lights up on the wireless pushbuttons FT4F and FT55 the opaque intermediate frame lights up on FT4 and FT4CH To reduce the lighting intensity replace the opaque cover with one of the two enclosed coloured covers Caution You must fit one of these covers otherwise there is the risk of electric shock FT4F an with FTB FT4 an with ZR op FTB 8 24V UC Pushbutton lighting EAN 4010312303757 18 40 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Frames for Flat Pushbuttons Internal dimensions 63x63 mm R1F R2F and R3F Single frame for flat pushbuttons RIF 80x80 mm external dimensions double frame R2F 80x151 mm external dimensions and triple frame R3F 80x222mm external dimensions Internal frame dimensions 63x63mm 12mm high For the flat range 68x63 mm Double frame R2F with DSS SDO and BLF Single frame for flat pushbuttons white EAN 4010312904299 3 90 pc Single frame for flat pushbuttons coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312905715 6 30 pc R2F ws Double frame for flat pushbuttons white EAN 4010312904367 4
237. ess control commands by short flickering during operation Wireless actuator Universal dimmer switch EAN 4010312300299 91 70 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Constant Current LED Dimmer Switch FKLD61 Ettako ELECTRONICS FKLD61 DC constant current source for LEDs up to 1000 mA or 30 watts Only 0 3 watt standby loss With adjustable minimum brightness and dimming speed With switching operation for children s rooms and snooze function Also with light scene control by PC or wireless pushbuttons Bidirectional wireless and with repeater function For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep The nominal output current can be set with a jumper on the circuit board no connection 350mA flush right Pin 2 3 connected 700 mA flush left Pin 1 2 connected 1000 mA Factory settings 7OOmA The input voltage ranges from 12V DC to 36V DC maximum The input voltage must be selected to the sum of the LED at the output voltage so that the current control can operate This deviation must be at least 6 volts The total power output current x out put voltage should not exceed 30 watis A pulse resistant DC power supply unit is required which provides the necessary voltage and required current of the LED light s Universal control voltage input 8 to 230V UC electrically isolated from the 230V supply voltage and switching voltage The brightness level is stored on switch off memory In case of a po
238. ess pushbuttons wireless touch pushbuttons and Series 55 sensors They require an additional intermediate frame ZR which is included in the scope of supply The Q frames are supplied as an accessory the pushbuttons FT55 FT55G or FT55S as well as the 55 sensors with standard frames must be ordered separately These frames are prepared fo receive sensors with additional battery power supply Q frame single white plastic 3 90 pc Q frame single pure white plastic Q frame single pure white glossy plastic EAN 4010312906507 QREI sz Q frame single black plastic Q frame single anthracite plastic QRE1 al Q frame single coated alu minium painted plastic EAN 4010312906487 6 50 pc Q Design single frames positioned vertically chamfered Same as QRE but with a chamfered frame QRAI ws Q frame single white plastic EAN 4010312906521 3 90 pc QRAI rw Q frame single pure white plastic EAN 4010312906545 3 90 pc QRAI wg Q frame single pure white glossy plastic EAN 4010312906569 3 90 pc QRAI sz Q frame single black plastic EAN 4010312906552 3 90 pc QRAI an Q frame single anthracite plastic EAN 4010312906576 3 90 pc QRAI al Q frame single coated alu minium painted plastic EAN 4010312906538 6 50 pc Design single frames positioned vertically round Same as QRE but with a round frame Q frame single white plastic EAN 4010312906583 3 90 pe
239. ess receiver modules FEM with a sub bus RS485 The operating mode rotary switch BA can set 10 different operating modes as described in the operating instructions The upper LED displays all perceived wireless commands in the reception area by short flickering The bottom LED lights up green if a connection from the PC tool PCT14 to the FAM14 was created When reading or writing date the LED flashes green The green LED goes out if the connection from the PC tool PCT14 to the FAM14 was terminated Wireless antenna module EAN 4010312313695 97 80 pe Wireless receiver antenna module for the RS485 sub bus SMA socket for small enclosed antenna The reception range can be increased by placing a larger wireless antenna FA250 in the optimised position Housing dimensions LxWxH 78x40x22 mm Up to three wireless receiver modules in a separate mini housing can be installed at any point in the building in addition to an FAM14 and connected via a Gateway FGW14 to the main bus by a 4 wire screened sub bus line e g telephone line Wireless receiver antenna module EAN 4010312313848 70 80 pe Wireless antennas with magnetic base The small enclosed wireless antenna of the wireless antenna modules FAM14 can be replaced by a larger antenna to feed wireless signals into metallic switching cabinets It is mounted on the magnetic base externally and the cable is routed inside the cabinet to the FAM14 Wireless antenna with 250cm cable EAN 401
240. ess sensor pure white EAN 4010312312056 133 70 pe FABH63 an Outdoor motion brightness sensor anthracite EAN 4010312312087 133 70 pe FABH63 sz Outdoor motion brightness sensor black EAN 4010312312063 133 70 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Wireless Indoor Brightness Sensors FIH63AP FIH63AP Wireless indoor brightness sensor for individual fitting and mounting in Dr ee 55x55mm or 63x63mm switch system The electronic requires no intrinsic power supply so there is no standby loss The scope of supply includes a frame R an intermediate frame ZR in the same colour and a mounting plate The installation in an existing frame RIF R2F or R3F for flat pushbuttons takes place with the intermediate frame ZR The wireless indoor brightness sensor FIH63AP powered by a solar module covers the range from O to 30000 Lux From approx 300 Lux it transmits a wireless telegram to the Eltako wireless network every time there is a brightness change of more than approx 500 Lux within approx 10 seconds If the brightness does not change a control signal is sent approx every 100 seconds New actuators FSR and FSB can cover the range from 0 to approx 30 Lux using the twilight switch function A wireless telegram is sent about every 100 seconds within this range In as delivered state the energy accumulators are empty and must be charged in bright daylight for about 5 hours or connected to a charger for
241. ess window door contacts with the function N O contact or N C contact while the window is open The required function of the impulse switch with integrated relay function can then be selected ER switching relay ESV impulse switch Possibly with off delay then amp ESV with pushbutton permanent light U ESV with switch off early warning L amp ESV with pushbutton permanent light and switch off early warning If the permanent light function is switched on the function can be activated by pressing the pushbutton for longer than 1 second This function switches off automatically after 2 hours or by pressing the pushbutton If the switch off early warning LI is switched on the light starts to flicker approx 30 seconds before time out This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals If both switch off early warning and pushbutton permanent light LS are switched on switch off early warning is activated before automatic switch off of the permanent light The function ESV on the bottom rotary switch sets the off delay from 2 to 120 minutes In setting CO normal impulse switch function ES without off delay without pushbutton permanent light and without switch off early warning In setting ER switching relay of the other rotary switch this 2nd rotary switch fulfils a safety and power saving function in the settings except Oo If the switch off command is not recognised e g since the pushbutton is jammed or it was pressed
242. etting LRN up to 30 push buttons can be assigned of which one or more central pushbuttons The dimming speed is adjustable using the right dimming speed rotary switch on the side At the same time the soft ON and soft OFF periods are changed The wireless pushbuttons can be taught in either as direction switches or universal switches When installed as a direction switch one side is then switch on and dim up and the other side is switch off and dim down A double click on the switch on side activates automatic dim up to full brightness at dim speed A double click on the switch off side activates the snooze function The children s room function is implemented on the switch on side As a universal switch change the direction by briefly releasing the pushbutton Light scene control light wake up switching switching operation for children s rooms and snooze function according to the operating instruction The LED on the side below the left rotary switch accompanies the teach in process as described in the operation manual It indicates control commands by short flickering during operation Wireless actuator Universal dimmer switch EAN 4010312301524 88 30 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Controller FSG7 0 for electronic ballast units 1 10 V Efttako ELECTRONICS FSG70 1 10V Dimming actuator 1 channel 1 NO contact not potential free 600 VA and 1 10 V control output 40 mA With ad
243. ff by applying 230V to terminals E1 E2 On the right next to the display are the keys MODE and SELECT Press them fo scroll through the menu according to the operation manual First the background lighting switches on The display then shows the total active energy per tariff the active energy per resettable memory RSI or RS2 and the instantaneous values of consumption voltage and current per phase Error message false When the phase conductor is missing or the current direction is wrong false and the corresponding phase conductor are indicated on the display Typical connection A4 wire connection 3x230 400V N DSZ14DRS 3x65A Three phase energy meter MID approval EAN 4010312501443 289 00 pc FW Z14 65A Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module maximum current 65A Only 0 5 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep Accuracy class B 1 With RS485 interface Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output The internal power consumption of 0 5 watt active power is not metered 1 phase conductor with a max current up to 65A can be connected The inrush current is 40mA The meter reading and the current power will be handed over to the bus eg for forwarding to an ex
244. formers C load 3 Generally applies to energy saving lamps ESL and 230V LED lamps Due to different lamp electronics switch on off problems and a restriction in the maximum number of lamps however the dimming ranges may be limited depending on the manufacturer in particular when the connected load is very low e g with 5W LEDs The dimmer switch comfort settings EC EC2 LC LC2 and LC3 optimise the dimming range however the maximum power is then only up to 100W In these comfort settings no inductive wound transformers may be dimmed 4 Fluorescent lamps or LV halogen lamps with electronic ballast 5 All actuators with 2 contacts Inductive load cos 0 6 as sum of both contacts 1000W max EVG electronic ballast units KVG conventional ballast units Standby loss active power FUD61NPN 0 5 W FSUD 0 6W 0 6W 0 3W 0 9W 1 7W Eltako Wireless is based on the EnOcean wireless standard for 868 MHz frequency 868 3 MHz data rate 125kbps modulation mode ASK max transmit power 7dBm lt 10mW Compliance with EN 61 000 6 3 EN 61000 6 1 and EN 60 669 eZ Caridi Wireless Sensors that can be taught in in Wireless Actuators Temperature Control from controller a PC using sensors software FTR55H pa FIRSoD FTF55 FUTS55D Pushbuttons Trans Card switch Window Hoppe Motion Brightness and hand held mitter pull switch and door window brightness sensors transm
245. g for operating instructions GBAI4 page 4 26 FSB14 Switch actuator for shading elements and roller shutters with 2 channels for two 230V motors 2 2 NO contact 4A 250V AC potential free from power supply 12V Bidirectional Only 0 1 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper Zero passage switching fo protect contacts and motors A motor is connected to 1 2 and N a second motor may be connected fo 3 4 and N If both relays of the FSB14 are switched on a power of 0 4 watts is required If a power failure occurs the device is switched off in a defined sequence The pushbuttons can be taught in either as direction switches or universal switches Local control with universal pushbuttons Each impulse causes the FSB14 to change its position in the UP Stop DOWN Stop sequence Local control with direction pushbutton A top impulse by pushbutton directly activates the UP switch position A bottom impulse by pushbutton directly activates the DOWN switch position A further impulse from one of the two pushbuttons stops the sequence immediately Central control dynamic without priority A control signal from a pushbutton which was taught in as a central control pushbutton without priority directly activates the switch position Up with a scanning pulse up and the switch position Down with a
246. g times of all channels are shifted at random by up to 15 minutes Switch on times to earlier and switch off times to later Lock settings Briefly press MODE and SET together and at ock press SET to lock This is displayed by an arrow next to the lock symbol Unlock settings Press MODE and SET together for 2 seconds and at unlock press SET to unlock The wireless sensor can be taught in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software all actuators except for FZK12 14 FZK61 FZK70 and FUTH55D FSU55D ws Timer with display white EAN 4010312303740 84 90 pc FSU55D rw Timer with display pure white EAN 4010312303764 84 90 pc FSU55D an Timer with display anthracite EAN 4010312303795 84 90 pe FSU55D sz Timer with display black EAN 4010312303771 84 90 pe FSU55D wg Timer with display pure white glossy EAN 4010312303788 84 90 pc FSU55D al Timer with display coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312305454 93 70 pe The bottom of the housing is mott Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Temperature Controllers Energy Consumption Indicator and Timer Swiss Design Eltako ELECTRONICS FTR55H CH w Wireless temperature controller with hand wheel for surface mounting or integration in the 55x55mm and 63x63mm switch system Power supply with the integrated solar cell or a 12V DC power supply unit For Swiss cover frames from ABB Normelec Feller and Hager The sc
247. ghtness stage are stored and may be switched on when the power supply is restored Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper The minimum brightness fully dimmed is adjustable with the amp rotary switch The dimming speed is adjustable using the dimming speed rotary switch The load is switched on and off by a bistable relay at output EVG Switching capacity for fluorescent lamps or LV halogen lamps with EGV 6OOVA By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected to the mains The pushbuttons can be taught in either as direction switches or universal switches As a direction switch press up is brighter and press down is darker respectively above short pressing means switch ON and below short pressing switch OFF A double click above activates automatic updimming until full brightness with dim speed A double click below activates snooze function The children s room function will be realized with the upper switch As a universal switch change the direction by briefly releasing the pushbutton With switching operation for children s rooms and snooze function Switching for light alarm clocks A wireless signal of a time clock which was taught in accor dingly starts the wake up function by switching on the light at the lowest brightness level and dims up slo
248. gram by flashing briefly The sensor measures from O to 2000 lux and transmits a message to the Eltako wireless network every 100 seconds if the brightness changes by min 10 lux If fhe sensor detects motion it sends a signal twice immediately The switch off signal is sent after the off delay which has a fixed setting of 1 minute If there is no change a status message is sent every 20 minutes When teaching in in actuators the switching threshold is defined for switching the light on off depending on the brightness Additional variables are also taughi in on the FKRI12 If a FBH55 detects motion then the device is switched on and only when all the FBH55s taught in in an actuator fail to detect motion for one minute the actuator return delay starts if this was previously set Wall mounting Ceiling mounting a Ceiling Ceiling Foo Foo The wireless sensor can be taught in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software FADS6O FGM FHK12 14 FHK61 FHK70 FKR12 FKR70 FLC61 FLS12 FLS70 FSR12 14 FSR61 FSR70 FTN12 14 FTNG1 FUA55LED FUD61 FZK12 14 FZK61 FZK70 FBH55 ws Motion brightness sensor white EAN 4010312302033 129 50 pc FBH55 rw Motion brightness sensor pure white EAN 4010312302064 129 50 pc FBH55 an Motion brightness sensor anthracite EAN 4010312314708 129 50 pc FBH55 sz Motion brightness sensor black EAN 4010312302088 129 50 pc FBH55 wg Motion brightness sensor pur
249. gs EC EC2 LCI Ss CZ and LO3 Also for capacity increase with additional lamps Otherwise there is a risk of Capacity increase with additional lamps in settings EC1 2 and LCI 2 3 destruction of the electronics 8 FLUDI4 up to 100W to further each FUD14 5 9 800W FLUD14 i L p L ral a Housing for operating instructions GBA14 page 4 26 FLUD14 Capacity enhancer EAN 4010312313763 62 20 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator Dimmer Switch Controller FSG14 for Electronic Ballast 1 10 V FSG14 1 10V ea D SS 6 standard setting ex works Typical connection Further settings can be made and actuators configured using the PC Tool PCT14 FSG14 1 10V Dimmer switch controller for electronic ballast 1 10V 1 NO contact not potential free 600 VA and 1 10 V control output 40 mA Bidirectional Only 0 9 watt standby loss With adjustable minimum brightness and dimming speed With light scene control and constant light regulation Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 modul 18mm wide 58mm deep state of the art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control Zero passage switching to protect contacts The power consumption of the 12V DC power supply is only 0 1 W The brightness level is stored on switch off memory In case of a power failure the switch position and the bri
250. gy meter MID approval EAN 4010312501443 289 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Three phase Energy Meter with display MID approval DSZ14WDRS 3x5A Eitako DSZ14 W DRS 3x5A Typical connection A wire connection 3x230 400V JUMPER DSZI2WDRS 3x5A ELECTRONICS mo GE GC CY Two way three phase energy meter with settable CT ratio and MID Maximum current 3x5A Standby loss 0 4 watt per path only Modulair device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting in distribution cabinets with IP51 protection class 4 modules 70mm wide and 58mm deep Accuracy class B 1 With RS485 interface This three phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and output The internal power consumption of 0 4 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated 1 2 or 3 phase conductors with max currents up to 5A can be connected The inrush current is 10 mA The terminals tL and N must always be connected Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus by means of a 2 wire screened bus line e g tele phone line The meter reading and the momentary capacity are transferred to the bus e g for transfer to an external computer of the GFVS 3 0 Software and is also transferred to the wireless network via the FAM14 Display also using FEA55D and FEA
251. h The scope of supply comprises the frame R one large rocker W55 one double rocker DW55 all same colour the mounting base HP and the pushbutton module Fitted using a 55mm switch box We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25 mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 The unprinted double rocker is snapped onto the pushbutton module at the factory If the double rocker is replaced by the large unprinted rocker remove the rocker halves by pulling off to the front Do not bend towards the middle Then snap the large rocker so that the markings O and on the back line up with the same markings on the pushbutton module The Eltako frame can be replaced on installation at any time by a design frame with internal dimensions 55x55 mm from other manufacturers short stroke pushbutton 55x55 mm white 25 10 pe Short stroke pushbutton 55x55 mm pure white 25 10 pe Short stroke pushbutton 55x55 mm pure white glossy 25 10 pe Short stroke pushbutton 55x55 mm black 25 10 pe Short stroke pushbutton 55x55 mm anthracite 25 10 pe Short stroke pushbutton 55x55 mm coated aluminium paint 32 30 pe Currently supplied colours of the short stroke pushbuttons KT55 and their order abbreviations JJ M Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Short stroke Pushbuttons KT4 Eltako ELECTRONICS KT4 O amp K Short stroke pushbutton 4 NO contacts 8 A 250V AC
252. h FSR14 4x 4 5 Actuator 2 channel impulse switch FSR14 2x 4 6 Actuator 2 channel impulse switch noiseless FSRI4SSR 4 7 Actuator multifunction impulse switch with integrated relay function FMS14 4 8 Actuator for shading elements and roller shutters FSB14 4 9 Universal dimmer switch FUD14 and FUD14 800W 4 10 Capacity enhancer FLUD14 for universal dimmer switch FUD14 800W 4 12 Actuator controller FSG14 for electronic ballast 1 10V 4 14 Actuator multifunction time relay FMZ14 4 15 Actuator staircase lighting time delay switch FIN1I4 4 16 Actuator mains disconnection relay FFRI4 4 17 Actuator time relay for card switch or smoke alarm FZK14 4 18 Actuator heating cooling relay FHK14 Actuator 4 channel heating cooling relay F4HK14 4 19 Display timer FSU14 4 21 Multifunction sensor relay FMSR14 4 22 Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module FWZ14 4 23 Three phase energy meter DSZ14DRS Two way three phase energy meter DSZ14WDRS 4 24 Wireless repeater FRP14 housing for operating instructions GBA14 and spacer DS14 4 26 Maximum configuration with 4 gateways and 3 wireless receiver modules 4 27 Connection example wireless antenna module with downstream wireless switch actuators 4 28 Pushbutton Input Module FTS12EM combined with Series 14 RS485 bus actuators 4 29 Technical data switching actuators and dimming actuators for the Eltako RS485 bus 4 30 Power requirement 4 3 Switching on the future Series 14 components A Big and little
253. h frequency field strength that is 100 times smaller than the switching sparks of a 100W bulb Energy efficient Most sensors and buttons draw their energy from mechanical operation or from a light source Actuators have a very low standby loss Sustainable Eltako has been one of the leading manufacturers of switchgear on the market from over 63 years this means that Elfako Wireless will still be sold on the European market in decades to come Needs oriented Installation compared with conventional systems is cost neutral and even young home owners can equip their homes early on Additional convenient solutions and expansions can be installed without structural modifications to the building Standardised With over 300 EnOcean Alliance members world wide the EnOcean wireless protocol has become established in many sectors and industries and has therefore become a standard Smartphone link A smartphone can control consumers and functions provided there is an internet access Camera shots and consumer data are sent in parallel to the smartphone on request Smart Home Central Unit GF VS Touch The Smart Home Central Unit Switch on configure and use 15 6 monitor PC GVS Touch for continuous duty with integrated wireless antenna module and ready installed Wireless Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 for all the necessary sensors and actuators 5 clients 3 cameras and any number of sensors actuators and timers Smartphone li
254. hbuttons wireless touch pushbuttons and Series 55 sensors They require an additional intermediate frame ZR which is included in the scope of supply These frames can only be used for vertical mounting The Q frames are supplied as an accessory the pushbuttons FT55 FT55G or FT55S as well as the 55 sensors with standard frames must be ordered separately These frames are prepared to receive sensors with additional battery power supply This type of sensor can be fitted at the top bottom top and bottom or in the middle on triple frames The mounting plate of a wireless pushbutton mounted beneath or upon it needs to be cut then EAN 4010312906828 4 30 pc Q frame triple pure white glossy plastic ee Se ae ee E Q frame triple black plastic EAN 4010312906859 4 30 pc EAN 4010312906873 4 30 pc i Q Design triple frames positioned vertically chamfered same as QRES but with a chamfered frame QRA3 ws Q frame triple white plastic EAN 4010312906880 QRA3 rw Q frame triple pure white plastic EAN 4010312906903 4 30 pc QRA3 wg Q frame triple pure white glossy plastic EAN 4010312906927 4 30 pc QRA3 sz E frame triple black plastic EAN 4010312906910 4 30 pc QRA3 an Q frame triple anthracite plastic EAN 4010312906934 4 30 pc QRA3 al Q frame triple coated alu minium painted plastic EAN 4010312906897 11 50 pe
255. he bottom pushbutton like other Eltako actuators MWC432 socket strip EAN 4010312314821 143 80 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Technical data Teaching in Guide Operating Distances and Contents of Eltako Wireless Telegrams Eitako ELECTRONICS settings modular devices settings built in devices L N 230V Technical data switching actuators for the Elfako RS485 bus T O Technical data switching actuators for installation T Chart wireless sensors that can be taught in in wireless actuators T 2 Contents of Elfako wireless telegrams T 3 Switching on the future Technical Data Switching Actuators and Dimming Actuators for the Eltako RS485 Bus FSR14 2x FSRI4SSR FMS14 FTN14 FSR14 4x FSB14 FUD14 FSG14 1 10V FHK14 F4HK14 FUD14 800W FFR14 FMZ14 FZK14 Contact material contact gap Agsn02 0 5mm Power MOSFET Agsn02 0 5mm Agsn02 0 56mm Opto Triac Test voltage control connections contact Rated switching capacity each contact 4A 250V AC i 6OOVA 5 up to 400W FUD14 800 W up to 800W 8 4 Fluorescent lamp load with KVG ee 500VA in lead lag circuit or non compensated Fluorescent lamp load with KVG 250VA shunt compensated or with EVG lon lt 10A 1lOms Compact fluorescent lamps with EVG 9 9 1 and energy saving lamps ESL a up to 200W up to 400W 1 Inductive load cos 0 6 230V AC 8 inrush current lt 35A a 9 230V LED
256. he contact opens immediately When teaching in the switching threshold is also taught in between break of twilight and complete darkness The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation standard setting ex works Typical connection Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator FSR61 8 24V UC Impulse switch with integr relay function EAN 4010312301357 70 50 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Impulse Switch with Integrated relay function FSR61 230 V Eitako ELECTRONICS FSR61 230V 1 NO contact potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts off delay with switch off early warning and switchable push button permanent light Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable Only 0 6 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep supply voltage and if necessary control voltage locally 230V This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics with a bistable relay In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna this universal impulse switching relay can also be controlled locally by a conventional control switch if fitted previously Glow lamp current is not permitted ESV Z t min From production wee
257. he internal power consumption of 0 4 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated 1 2 or 3 phase conductors with max currents up to 65A can be connected The inrush current is 40mA The terminals tL and N must always be connected Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus by means of a 2 wire screened bus line e g tele phone line The meter reading and the momentary capacity are transferred to the bus e g for transfer to an external computer of the GFVS 3 0 Software and is also transferred to the wireless network via the FAM14 Display also using FEA55D and FEAS5LED The 7 segment LC display is also legible twice within a period of 2 weeks without power supply The power consumption is displayed with a LED flashing 1000 times per kWh next to the display Designed as standard for using as double tariff meter Switch over to a second tariff by applying 230V to terminals E1 E2 On the right next to the display are the keys MODE and SELECT Press them fo scroll through the menu according to the operation manual First the background lighting switches on The display then shows the total active energy per tariff the active energy per resettable memory RSI or RS2 and the instantaneous values of consumption voltage and current per phase Error message false When the phase conductor is missing or the current direction is wrong false and the corresponding phase conductor are indicated on the display Three phase ener
258. he markings O and on the back line up with the same markings on the wireless module Adhesion First adhere the set comprising the mounting base frame and infermediate frame with the latches pointing at the top and bottom Then snap on the set comprising the wireless Wireless pushbutton with module and rocker with the marking O on the back always pointing up intermediate frame and Before screwing remove the mounting base from the frame and the intermediate frame double rocker To do this press the latches on the mounting base outwards Then screw the mounting ba se with the latches at top and bottom snap on the frame with the intermediate frame and snap on the set comprising the wireless module and rocker with the marking O on the back always pointing to the top We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 The Eltako frame can be replaced on installation at any time by a design frame with internal dimensions 55x55mm from numerous manufacturers Rockers and double rockers laser engraved page 1 29 off nira ca Wireless pushbutton without battery or wire white Wireless pushbutton without battery or wire pure white Wireless pushbutton without battery or wire pure white glossy ee pushbutton without battery or wire EAN 4010312300442 37 50 pe Wireless pushbutt
259. hen motion is detected If no more motion is detected the contact opens after the time delay setting t 2 to 255 seconds Position 00 Outdoor brightness sensor and motion detector can be used together with function setting ER to evaluate motion only in darkness If the FAH detects brightness the contact opens immediately When teaching in the switching threshold is also taught in between break of twilight and complete darkness The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation standard setting ex works Typical connection Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator FSR6INP 230V Impulse switch with integr relay function EAN 4010312300190 73 60 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Impulse Switch with integr relay function FSR6INP with Wireless Sensor FTK rw Eitako ELECTRONICS FSR6INP 230 V FTK rw ca For the control of extractor hoods etc 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable Only 0 7 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep switching voltage and control voltage local 230V This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable relay with zero passage switching
260. hing threshold switches the lighting on or off depending on the brightness also motion from approx 30lux in position O to approx 300 lux in position 90 If fhe FBH is taught in in position 120 it is only evaluated as a motion detector A off delay of 1 minutes is a fixed setting in the FBH An additionally set RV time is not taken into account When wireless motion detector and brightness sensors FBH are taught in define the switching threshold separately for each channel using the top rotary switch The switching threshold switches the lighting on or off depending on the brightness also motion from approx 30 lux Standard setting ex works in position O to approx 300lux in position 90 If the FBH is taught in in position 120 it is only evaluated as a motion detector A off delay of 1 minutes is a fixed setting in the FBH An additionally set RV time is not taken into account When wireless brightness sensors FAH60 are faught in define the switching threshold separately for each channel using the top rotary switch The switching threshold switches the lighting on or off depending on the brightness from approx Olux in position O to approx 50 lux in position 120 A hysteresis of approx 300 lux is permanently set for switch on off An additionally set RV time is not taken into account Only one FBH or FAH is taught in per channel However one FBH or FAH can be taught in in several channels When wireless window door contacts FTK od
261. his rotary switch fulfils a safety and power saving function in the settings except Oo If the switch off command is not recognised e g since the pushbutton is jammed or it was pressed too quickly the relay switches off automatically on expiry of a time adjustable between 2 and 120 seconds When a FTK is taught in this time function is turned off Twilight switch with taught in wireless outdoor brightness sensor FAH and then in function setting ESV In time setting 120 the contact opens with a delay of 4 minutes if the brightness level is sufficient In time setting Co the contact opens instantly The local and central pushbutton control is still possible Motion detection with taught in wireless motion detector FBH in function setting ER The device switches on when motion is detected If no more motion is detected the contact opens after the time delay setting t 2 to 255 seconds Position Co Outdoor brightness sensor and motion detector can be used together with function setting ER to evaluate motion only in darkness If the FAH detects brightness the contact opens immediately When teaching in the switching threshold is also taught in between break of twilight and complete darkness The LED under the left rotary switch on the side performs during the teach in process as described in the instructions below It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation Function rotary switches on the side
262. hite glossy polar white matt red glossy anthracite matt Polar white Aluminium polar white aluminium anthracite Polar white polar white anthracite anthracite aluminium aluminium polar white blue metallic polar white orange metallic polar white green metallic polar white red metallic polar white aluminium polar white anthracite anthracite blue metallic anthracite orange metallic anthracite green metallic anthracite red metallic anthracite aluminium aluminium blue metallic aluminium orange metallic aluminium green metallic aluminium red metallic aluminium polar white aluminium anthracite Pearl white pure white Pearl white pure white stainless steel effect aluminium effect Pearl white pure white stainless steel effect aluminium effect Pearl white pure white Cream white glossy pure white glossy pure white silky matt Pure white aluminium colour anthracite opaque orange opaque red Opaque amber opaque dark brown opaque white opaque mint opaque blue Pure white glossy pure white silky matt aluminium colour anthracite Glass white glass mint glass black Aluminium brass chrome wenge wood Pure white anthracite aluminium colour Brilliant white silver anthracite cream aluminium nature brush finished aluminium anthracite brush finished glass white glass mint glass anthracite Alpine white aluminium White alpine white White alpine white aluminium anthracite aluminium blue a
263. hort flickering during operation RS485 bus actuator SR EAN 4010312313718 51 90 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator Noiseless 2 channel Impulse Switch FSR1I4SSR ELltako ELECTRONICS FSRIASSR Noiseless 2 channel impulse switch with integrated relay function 400 W 2 solid state relays not potential free Bidirectional Only 0 1 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper If both relays of the FSR14 are switched on a power of 0 4 watts is required The rated switching capacity of 400W is applied for one contact and also for the sum of the two contacts The parallel connection of multiple devices to increase power is allowed If a power failure occurs the device is switched off in a defined sequence The channels can be taught in as ES and or ER channel separately from each other Scene control several channels of one or several FSRI4SSR devices can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the four signals of a pushbutton with double rocker taught in as a scene button Central commands on PC are sent using the FVS Wireless Visualisation and Control Software To do this teach in one or several FSRI4SSR devices Use the rotary switches are faught in define the switching threshold separately for each channel using the top rotary switch The switc
264. hover is visualised by LEDs flashing a Right rotary switch for adjustable hysteresis and PWM influence Left stop lowest hysteresis 0 5 Middle position hysteresis 2 5 Right stop largest hysteresis 4 5 Inbetween divisions in steps of 0 5 visualised by LEDs flashing Two point control mode The hysteresis rotary switch sets the required difference between the switch on and switch off temperatures When the actual temperature gt reference temperature the device is switched off When the actual temperature lt reference temperature hysteresis the device is switched on The signs are the opposite in cooling mode PWM control mode The hysteresis rotary switch set the required temperature difference at which the device is switched on at 100 When the actual temperature gt reference temperature the device is switched off When the actual temperature lt reference temperature hysteresis the device is switched on at 100 If the actual temperature lies between the reference temperature hysteresis and the reference temperature the device is switched on and off with a PWM in steps of 10 depending on the temperature difference The lower the temperature difference the shorter the switch on time As a result of the settability of the 100 value the PWM can be adapted to the heater size and inertia The signs are the opposite in cooling mode In heating mode the frost pro
265. ht in here as scenes and labelled accordingly Wireless infrared converter pure white EAN 4010312303252 88 90 pc Wireless infrared converter black EAN 4010312303269 88 90 pe Wireless infrared converter anthracite EAN 4010312303283 88 90 pe Wireless infrared converter white EAN 4010312303238 88 90 pe eee SS SES0808080E Eas l ss FIWS5 wg Wireless infrared converter pure white glossy EAN 4010312303276 88 90 pc FIWS5 al Wireless infrared converter coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312308820 97 70 pe The bottom of the housing is mott Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensor Remote Control FF8 Eftako ELECTRONICS FF8 Wireless remote control 185x50mm 17mm high The batteryless remote control FF8 contains two identical wireless modules the same as the cordless wireless pushbuttons FT4 and has 2 double rockers It can transmit 8 evaluable wireless telegrams The top is painted in aluminum and the bottom and the rockers have an anthracite soft paint The rockers can be easily removed and replaced with laser engraved rockers Compared to the wireless pushbuttons and hand held transmitters the wireless modules are rotated 90 fo the left Therefore the upper half of the rocker corresponds fo the right half of the pushbutton and the hand held transmitter This must be considered when feaching in in wireless actuators lf wireless modules will be exchanged the la
266. ht in in other actuators in the FVS software and in FUA55 universal displays This mains disconnection relay is fitted in the circuit distributor which branch off to max two 16A protected circuits in the room to be protected by mains disconnection For example one circuit for the lighting and one circuit for the socket outlets The circuits are enabled and disabled manually using one or several stationary wireless push buttons or hand held wireless transmitters Contact L 2 can store a switch off delay of 10 fo 90 minutes If a wireless pushbutton rocker is assigned to central ON for the mains disconnection relay and fo ON for the lighting the mains disconnection relay is automatically cancelled when the lighting is switched on If a wireless pushbutton rocker e g a bedside light is assigned with OFF for the lamp and central OFF for the mains disconnection relay the mains disconnection is automatically activated when the bedside lamp is switched off 7 teach in positions of the FFR61 plus the switch off delay gives the user plenty of scope to define the settings for the mains disconnection relay The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation Wireless actuator mien EAN 4010312303221 77 30 pe Mains disconnection relay Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Time Relay for Car
267. hus limiting the setting range of the wireless temperature controller Top rotary switch for adjustable hysteresis Left stop lowest hysteresis 0 5 Middle position hysteresis 2 5 Right stop largest hysteresis 4 5 Inbetween divisions in steps of 0 5 Middle rotary switch for regulation types AUTO 1 With PWM control at T 4 minutes PWM pulse width modulation suitable for valves with thermoelectric valve drive AUTO 2 With PWM control at T 15 minutes Suitable for valves with motor driven valve drive AUTO 3 With 2 point control Bottom rotary switch for operating modes H heating mode Contact 1 2 and Contact 3 4 K cooling mode Contact 1 2 and Contact 3 4 HK heating mode Contact 3 4 and cooling mode Contact 1 2 In heating mode the frost protection function is always enabled As soon as the actual temperature drops below 8 C the temperature is controlled in the selected operating mode to 6 If one or several windows are open the output remains off provided the window door contacts FTK or Hoppe handles are taught in In heating mode however the frost protection remains enabled As long as all taught in motion detectors FBH detect no motion the device is switched to setback mode In heating mode the reference temperature is set back by 2 in cooling mode it is raised by 2 As soon as a motion detector signals movement again the device is switched to normal mode When a wireless pushbutton FT4 i
268. hysteresis are selectable up to 200 lux When the upper rotary switch is in ESV position the twilight function is switched off and the actuator operates as an impulse switch The lower rotary switch can be used fo set a time delay 46 30 60 50 7 35 FADS60 Wireless outdoor twilight sensor with actuator EAN 4010312311233 88 40 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Indoor Humidity Temperature Sensors FIFT63AP FIFT63AP Wireless indoor humidity temperature sensor for individual fitting and Dr ee mounting in 55x55mm or 63x63 mm switch system The electronic requires no intrinsic power supply so there is no standby loss The scope of supply includes a frame R an intermediate frame ZR in the same colour and a mounting plate The installation in an existing frame RIF R2F or R3F for flat pushbuttons takes place with the intermediate frame ZR The power supplied wireless indoor humidity temperature sensor FIFT63AP with a solar module measures constantly the relative humidity between O and 100 45 and the temperature between 20 and 60 C 0 5 C A wireless telegram will be sent fo the Eltako wireless network in case of a humidity change of 2 and temperature change of 0 6 C A control signal follows every 100 to 3000 seconds at Stable values depending on the state of charge of the sensor In as delivered state the energy accumulators are empty and must be
269. ic shock It is therefore prohibited to sell to other customers for this reason otherwise the risk passes fo the seller Special models and non standard control voltages are only supplied ex works Any return is excluded Subject to change The product descriptions on the internet are valid only for newly manufactured devices at that time Also this print catalogue is only a snap shot Older and newer devices might differ from them Therefore only the operation instructions enclosed with the devices are binding Terms of delivery see page S 3 All articles are available with Declarations of Conformity that document compliance of the devices with the Low Voltage Directive 2006 95 EC and or the EMC Directive 2004 108 EC The mark is affixed fo the devices and the packaging All articles comply with EU Directives 2002 95 EC ROHS and 1907 2006 EC REACH and contain no substances that are on the candidaie list Supply and invoice only through wholesalers Eltako The Wireless Building Passive Wireless Sensors Ettako ELECTRONICS The shapes and colours of the pushbuttons 1 0 ia The Q Design Single double and triple frames plastic glass and stainless steel 1 1 Pushbuttons without battery or wire FT4F FT55 and FI4 flat pushbuttons FFT55Q and 1 6 wireless mini pushbuttons FMT55 Noiseless pushbuttons FT4GF FT55G and FI4G 1 13 Pushbuttons with sensor key FT2SF FT55S and FT2S 1 17 Pushbutton lighting FTB 1 2 Frames R blind c
270. idity temperature sensor pure white EAN 4010312311844 108 40 pce FIFT63AP an Humidity temperature sensor anthracite EAN 4010312311899 108 40 pc FIFT63AP sz Humidity temperature sensor black EAN 4010312311851 108 40 pc FIFT63AP al Humidity temperature sensor coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312311868 115 60 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensor Wireless Outdoor Humidity Temperature Sensor FAFTGO Eltako ELECTRONICS FAFT60 Wireless outdoor humidity temperature sensor 60x46 mm 30mm deep The electronic requires no intrinsic power supply so there is no standby loss The wireless outside humidity temperature sensor FAFT60 powered by a solar module continuously measures the relative air humidity between O and 100 45 and temperature between 20 and 60 C 0 5 C Of course it performs these functions not only outdoors but also indoors provided the brightness is sufficient A wireless telegram is sent to the Eltako wireless network when humidity changes by 2 and in case of a temperature change of 0 6 C If readings remain constant a control message is sent every 100 to 3000 seconds depending on the charge state of the sensor To teach in in an actuator in teach in mode or the FVS Software hold the supplied blue magnet or any other magnet at hand below the point on the side panel of the sensor marked by m 46 This sends a teach in telegram Solar powered energy accumulator
271. ilable the energy storage must first be charged for several days with daylight If the connecting cable is not needed it can be cut off This means the sensor requires no installation depth behind the mounting plate It can be screwed or affixed to any flat surface An adhesive foil is supplied We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 To teach in in an actuator in teach in mode hold the supplied blue magnet or any other magnet at hand below the point on the side panel of the sensor marked by m This sends a teach in telegram A red LED behind the Fresnel lens confirmes transmitting of the teach in telegram by flashing briefly The sensor measures from O to 2000 lux and transmits a message to the Elfako wireless network every 100 seconds if the bright ness changes by min 10 lux If fhe sensor detects motion it sends a signal twice immediately The switch off signal is sent after the off delay which has a fixed setting of 1 minute If there is no change a status message is sent every 20 minutes When teaching in in actuators the switching threshold is defined for switching the light on off depending on the brightness Additional variables are also taught in on the FARI2 lf a FBH63 detects motion then the device is switched on and only when all the FBH63s taught in in an actuator fail to detect motion for one minute
272. in cold condition when dimmed down EC2 is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which will not be switched on again when dimmed down dependent on the construction Memory is switched off in this position LCI is a comfort position for LED lamps which are not being dimmed down enough when set to AUTO trailing phase angle dependent on the construction and must therefore be forced to leading phase angle LC2 and LC3 are comfort positions for LED lamps like LCI but with different dimming curves In positions EC EC2 LC1 LC2 and LC3 no inductive wound transformers should be used In addition the maximum number of dimmable LED lamps can be lower than in the AUTO position dependent on the construction The pushbuttons can be either taught in as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuttons As direction button switch on and dim up is on one side and switch off and dim down on the other side A double click on the switch on side triggers the automatic dimming up fo full brightness with dim speed time A double click on the switch off side triggers the snooze function The children s room function is triggered on the switch on side As a universal pushbutton the direction change is made by briefly releasing the pushbutton For light scene control light alarm circuit children s room circuit and sleep timer refer to the operator manual The LED performs during the teach in process accord ing to the operation manual It shows wirel
273. ined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable relay with zero passage switching In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna this wireless actuator can also be controlled locally by a conventional 230V control pushbutton mounted upstream Glow lamp current is not approved 0 With bidirectional wireless in addition a repeater function can be switched in Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the FVS software and in FUA55 universal Standard setting ex works displays With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned therefrom one ore more central control pushbuttons In addition wireless motion and bright Typical connection ness sensors Then select the required operating mode ES V ILZ In this mode the normal impulse switch function with buttons is active Use the lower rotary switch RV to set a time delay between O and 60 minutes for the ESV function Press the universal buttons to switch on and off The staircase time switch function TLZ results from the Central ON buttons and a time delay set using the rotary switch RV AUTO1 In AUTO mode Semi automatic motion only switch off motion controlled switch on off takes place by means of universal buttons or central control buttons Switch off takes place by means of
274. ing and power supply with jumper switching voltage 230V Zero passage switching to protect contacts and consumers the function TLZ is set the lighting is switched on again after a power failure provided the set time has not yet elapsed In addition to the bus control input this staircase off delay timer can also be controlled locally by a conventional 230V control switch Glow lamp current up fo 5mA dependent on the ignition voltage of the glow lamps The upper rotary switch LRN is required for teach in Then the off delay 1 fo 30 minutes can be set Wireless pushbuttons and or wireless motion brightness sensors FBH will be taught in with the middle rotary switch in the setting LRN of which one or more are central control push buttons The required function of this staircase off delay timer can then be selected NLZ off delay timer with adjustable operate delay TLZ staircase time switch ESL staircase time switch for energy saving lamps ESL with pushbutton permanent light only TLZ U with switch off early warning TLZ ESL U with pushbutton permanent light and switch off early warning TLZ ESL If the permanent light function is switched on the function can be activated by pressing the pushbutton for longer than 1 second This function switches off automatically after GO minutes or by pressing the pushbutton for longer than 2 seconds If the switch off early warning L is switched on the light starts to flick
275. ion the device is switched to setback mode In heating mode the reference temperature is set back by 2 in cooling mode it is raised by 2 As soon as a motion detector signals movement again the device is switched to normal mode When a wireless pushbutton FT4 is taught in the assignment of the 4 keys is assigned with the following fixed functions Top right Normal mode can also be enabled by timer Bottom right Night setback mode by 4 in cooling mode raised by 4 can also be enabled by timer Top left Setback mode by 2 in cooling mode raised by 2 Bottom left Off in heating mode frost protection enabled in cooling mode permanent off If the motion detector and wireless pushbutton are taught in at the same time the last telegram received is always the one that is valid A motion detector therefore switches off a setback mode selected by wireless pushbutton when a movement is detected The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation March 2013 standard setting ex works Technical data page T 1 FHK61U 230V Wireless actuator Heating cooling relay EAN 4010312315118 70 50 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Heating Cooling Relay FHK61 8 24V UC ELtako ELECTRONICS 1 NO contact potential free 10A 250V AC Only 0 3 0 8 watt standby loss
276. ion FSR7O FSR70 230V c 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts Off delay with switch off early warning and switchable push button permanent light Bidirectional wireless and with repeater function Only 0 6 watt standby loss Mounting in the 230V power supply cord e g in false ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 31mm deep This wireless actuator is an impulse switch with integrated relay function and features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable relay with zero passage switching By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode l l Starting in production week 15 2012 with bidirectional wireless in addition a repeater Function rotary switches function can be switched in Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams on the side are confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the FVS software and in FUA55 universal displays Scene control several FSR Os can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the four con trol signals of a double rocker pushbutton taught in as scene pushbutton eR t With the middle rotary switch on the side in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned of which one or more central control pushbuttons In addition wireless Standard setting ex works window
277. irectional wireless in addition a repeater function can be switched in Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are con firmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taughi in in other actuators in the 9 13 FVS software and in FUA55 universal displays With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up fo 35 wireless pushbuttons and or wireless motion brightness sensors FBH can be assigned of which one ore more central pushbuttons The required function of this staircase off delay timer can then be selected The flashing of the LED as soon as a new setting range has been reached when turning the rotary switch helps to find the desired position reliably NLZ off delay timer TLZ staircase time switch O TLZ with pushbutton permanent light U TLZ with switch off early warning L TLZ with pushbutton permanent light and switch off early warning If the permanent light function is switched on the function can be activated by pressing the pushbutton for longer than 1 second This function switches off automatically after 60 minutes or by pressing the pushbutton for longer than 2 seconds If the switch off early warning LI is switched on the light starts to flicker approx 30 seconds before time out This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals If both switch off early warning and pushbutton permanent light LI are switched on switch off early warning is activated before auto
278. is press out the catches on the mounting plate Then screw on the mounting plate with the catches at the top and bottom snap on the frame and the intermediate frame and connect and snap on the clock thermostat hygrostat We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes see Accessories on page Z6 Up fo 60 timer memory locations are freely assigned to the channels With date and automatic summer winter time changeover Ca 14 days power reserve without battery With slide switch for normal operation night mode and control out The wireless clock thermostat sends a message to the Eltako wireless network every 50 seconds when there is an actual temperature change of minimum 0 3 C or a change in humidity of 5 A change in reference temperature or relative humidity is sent immediate ly If there is no change a status report is sent every 10 minutes Queries of a wireless small actuator FKS which are received approximately every 10 minutes will be answered immediately Settings are made with the buttons MODE and SET and can be locked A complete switching programme is preset and can be very easily changed day reference temperature 22 C Monday to Thursday from 6 00 to 22 00 Friday from 6 00 to 23 00 Saturday from 7 00 to 23 00 and Sunday from 7 00 to 22 00 The preset night reference temperature is 18 C Set language Every time the power supply is applied press SET within 10 seconds
279. istributed arrangement of Series 14 actuators so that sensor wireless telegrams can reach the wireless antenna module safely if one FEM is insufficient The 3 modules wide GSM receiver links smartphones directly fo the bus over the mobile radio network Actuators can therefore be easily addressed by encrypted text messages sent from an Elfako app spacer 1 2 module width for keeping the ventilation distance at very hot DIN rail devices e g dimmers and power supplies Housing for operating instructions module wide service program PC Tool for PC to acquire edit save and reimport the settings of the Eltako Wireless Building actuators of Series 14 B Actuators for switching dimming controlling and regulating FSRI4 4x FSRI4 2x FSRI4SSR FMS14 FSB14 FUD14 FUD14 800W FLUDI4 FSG14 1 10V FMZ14 FTN14 FFR14 FZK14 FHK14 FAHK14 FSU14 FMSR14 FWZ14 DSZI4DRS DSZI4WDRS Impulse switch with four 4A channels 1 module wide Impulse switch with two 16A channels 1 module wide Noiseless impulse switch 400 W with two solid state relays 1 module wide Multifunction impulse switch with integrated relay function 1 1 NO contact 16A 1 module wide Universal actuator for shading elements with two 230V channels for motors 1 module wide also Multisensor MS directly evaluatable by weather data tranmistter module FWS61 Universal dimmer switch up to 400 W automatic lamp detection 1 module wide with light scene control and c
280. ite glossy EAN 4010312903728 4 10 pc Double frame for pushbuttons anthracite EAN 4010312903711 4 10 pc Double frame for pushbuttons coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312903742 8 90 pc Triple frame for pushbuttons pure white Triple frame for pushbuttons pure white glossy 4 30 pc Double frame for pushbuttons black EAN 4010312903698 4 10 pc Triple frame for pushbuttons anthracite EAN 4010312903797 4 30 pc Triple frame for pushbuttons coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312903827 11 50 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Blind Covers Blind cover BLF for RIF R2F and R3F An attachment frame BRF a mounting plate HP and an adhesive foil are enclosed The blind cover snaps flush in the frame after the mounting plate frame and attachment frame are fitted Blind cover BLF for RIF R2F and R3F black Blind cover BLF for RIF R2F and R3F anthracite Blind cover BLF for RIF R2F and R3F white EAN 4010312904213 3 10 pe Blind cover BLA55 for R R2 and R3 as well as all Q frames An attachment frame BRF a mounting plate HP and an adhesive foil are enclosed The blind cover snaps flush in the frame after the mounting plate frame and attachment frame are fitted Blind cover BLA55 for R R2 and R3 white EAN 4010312905869 3 10 pe BLAS5 wg Blind cover BLA for R R2 and R3 as well as all Q frames An intermediate frame ZR ame colour a mounting base HP and one adhesive foil
281. ith one rocker and A3 such as Press bottom rocker The telegram on opening the two control contacts is identical to Release wire less pushbutton Severel wireless transmitter modules must not be switched at the same time There is a screw joint M12 at the bottom for the waterproof connection IP54 Connection to a 5 fold inside terminal for the control input Al A2 and A3 A2 Loosen the 2 screws on the front and remove lid lf the terminals Al and A3 are connected with a bridge the wireless telegram is transmitted once per minute by A3 provided the control voltage is applied e g for central commands with priority The universal control voltage processes control commands of 8 to 253V AC or 10 to 230V DC with periods lasting min 0 2 seconds Max parallel capacitance of the single control leads separately installed at 230V 3nF this corresponds to a lenght of approx 10 meters Parallel control leads jointly installed at 230V O 5nF approx 2 meters Max parallel capacitance approx length of control lead at 12 24 V UC 0 03 uF this corresponds to a lenght of approx 100 meters No permanent power supply required therefore no standby losses Typical connection SS x sheaf 8 230V UC 3 46 P a 30 F 3 fa i 36 FASM60 UC Outdoor transmitter module 2 channels EAN 4010312311998 57 40 pe FSM61 UC 10 230V D0 Wireless 2 fold transmitter module With internal antenna No standb
282. itioning systems with the wireless card switches FKF and FKC The response lag AV starts as soon as the hotel card key card is inserted in the wireless card switch FKF and the time delay RV starts after the card is removed In addition to the wireless card switch FKF wireless window door contacts FTK Hoppe window handles and motion brightness sensor FBH can also be taught in Opening a monitored window also starts the RV time When the RV time expires Contact L 2 opens Closing all monitored windows starts the AV time When the AV time expires Contact L 2 closes Contact L 1 is provided for light switching and always switches immediately without AV RV To increase the switching capacity for one channel outputs 1 and 2 can be bridged provided no air conditioning control is required Then AV and RV must be set fo O When motion detectors are taught in the two channels switch on immediately motion is detected If no motion is detected for 15 minutes the two channels are switched off Several wireless smoke alarms FRW ws are logically linked with this switch actuator time relay so that the RV time only starts after all FRW ws devices have signalled alarm end Card switches and smoke alarms can not be operated together with an FZK device The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation Standard setting ex works Typical connection
283. itted within 20 seconds if the power status changes by min 10 percent A change in meter reading is transmitted immediately A full telegram comprising meter reading and power status is transmitted every 10 minutes When the power supply is switched on a teach in telegram is sent to teach in the associated energy consumption indicator lf the L input and the L output were interchanged when hooked up a normal rate HT off peak NT switchover telegram is transmitted to indicate the hook up error Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module 16A EAN 4010312303184 74 80 pe Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module maximum current 65A Only 0 5 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep This single phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and output and transmits the consumption and meter reading over the Eltako wireless network Accuracy class B 1 Evaluation on the computer with Eltako Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Soft ware GFVS or with energy consumption indicators FEAS5LED or FEA55D GFVS Energy supports up fo 100 transmitter modules and GFVS 3 0 up to 250 transmitter modules The internal power consumption of max 0 5 watt active power is neither metered nor indicated Like all meters without PTB or MID approval in Germany not approved to levy electricity charges 1 phase conductor with a max c
284. itters modules smoke alarm contact handle sensors FT2S RAF RESMI FKF FTK FHF FBH63 FAH6O a N KC FABH63 FAH63 FMT55 FHS4 FSM61 FZ SR MDSBAT FIH63AP FHS6 FHS8 FTS12EM FHS12 FMH2 FTS12FA FUTH55D FAFT60 FIFT63 FMH4 FMH8 FSU55D thanos NN NN ae ee ae ae a ee eee eee eee Sa ee TSEC ce ea as ee ae ee ee Se oe eee ee ee eS ee FSR14 2x KKK KKK ESRI Sie ay E 0 eel a ee ee ee ee ee ees ee eee FSRIASSR KKK KK KK ei ee ie ee ene ee ee eee Ee ee ae FUDI4 BOOW XK KK KK ia as ee eS ae a i ae ee ee ee eS ee ee Eg A AE A FADS60 KKK KCE a ee eee ee eat Ee POM KKK KK EOE ae eel Te a ee ee es Se ee FHK61 8 24VUC XK KK Han SORE CNS OS e e FHK70 230V XK KK EAU Es ES es Se FKR70 110V KK FEKR7OUD 230V_ x J x S FLC6INP 230V X O X KR iO i a Sy a a a PFLS7OUD 230V 00 X XX o S CO Ss T SS Ss ee Se FMS6INP 230V XK O i gt Sie a SS Se a FSB6INP 230V_ XK iit T a Se a SS gt FESCTO I IOV KK S S AOE SSS ee aN ae a ee ae FSR61 8 24VUC X X X X KK FSREIG 230V ES ae E E E ae es FSR6ILN X X XX KKK EONA a ae a E a N FSR6IVA X X XX KK ESRO 20V E EE en SS ee aa a as FSR70S 230V_ X O X KR o S ii a S SS a Se FSUD 230V KK In SS SS Sa SS SSS ss FTN6INP 230V XX i SS E SS FUD6INP 230V XK S AS S FuD6INPN 230V x x TT S T a FUD70 230V XK iCute S i i aa FUTH55D KK ACN F202 Ss e ee ee SS ae Se eee FZK70 230V_ _ KKK APs a a Ee
285. ivalent to button released is never sent FSB61NP 230V FSB70 When the top or bottom end position is reached on expiry of the RV time set on the device a PTM telegram containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM300 after approx 300 400 ms ORG 0x05 Data_byte3 0x70 top end position 0x50 bottom end position 0x00 motor running or roller shutter stopped at some indefinite position since it was stopped manually Remark The RV time must be set on the device so that the end position is always reached If the roller shutter is already at an end position the relay is switched on receipt of a drive command anyway 0x00 is sent and it is switched off on expiry of the RV 0x70 or 0x50 is sent FSR6INP 230V FSR61 230V FSR61 8 24V FSR6ILN 230V FSR61VA 10A FSR70 230V FSR70W 16A FIN6INP 230V FLC61NP 230V FSSA 230V FSVA 230V Every time the the internal switching relay state changes a PTM200 tele gram containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM300 is sent after approx 300 400 ms With central commands ZE ZA the relay state is also sent if the state already corresponds fo the required state ORG Ox05 Data_byte3 0x70 relay ON 0x50 relay OFF Remark ON 0x00 would be equivalent to button released is never sent FUD61NP 230V FUD61NPN 230V FUD70 FSG70 1 10V FSUD 230V Every time the dimmer is switched on or off a PTM200 telegram containing the unique ID of the integrated TCM300 is sent after approx 300 4
286. jumper installation tool are also part of the scope of supply The module cover 5 parts is plugged Before mounting the base unit into the mounting rail of the heating circuit distributor the module cover is removed the locking Slides are opened until it snaps into place and after mounting closed again until it slots into place Only then can the busbars be inserted in the lower and terminals of the actuators which are opened ex works in the switch mode power supply unit and secured by tightening the terminal screws This means the 230V connection is only required once at the top of the switch mode power supply unit SNT14 One or two 24V actuators can be connected to each of the 8 zone connections above the busbar After the room temperature controller s is are taught in as described in the operating instructions the parts of the module cover can be fitted Housing GBAI4 is snapped onto the carrier rail to house the operating instructions Types FTR55H FTR55D FUTH55D and the thanos room control units LSR SSR and LSRQ can be used as wireless room temperature controllers FME14 8Z 24V Basic unit 8 zones 24V EAN 4010312314548 361 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Temperature Controllers FIR55H FTR55H Wireless temperature controller with hand wheel for surface mounting or integration in the 55x55mm and 63x63mm switch system Power supply with the integrated solar cell or a 12V DC po
287. justable minimum brightness and dimming speed With switching operation for light alarm clocks children s rooms and snooze function Bidirectional wireless and with repeater function 1 7 watts standby loss Mounting in the 230V power supply cord e g in false ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 25mm deep From production week 38 2012 bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the FVS soft ware and in FUA55 universal displays Function rotary switches State of the art hybrid technology combines advantages of nonwearing electronic control on the side Zero passage switching to protect contacts The brightness level is stored on switch off memory In case of a power failure the switch position and the brightness stage are stored and may be switched on when the power supply is restored The minimum brightness fully dimmed is adjustable with the amp rotary switch on the Standard setting ex works side In the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned of which one or more central pushbuttons The dimming speed is adjustable using the dimming speed rotary switch on the side The load is switched on and off by a bistable relay at output EVG Switching capacity for fluorescent lamps or LV halogen lamps with EVG 600VA By using a bista
288. k 41 2012 bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched eee on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the FVS soft ware and in FUA55 universal displays Scene control several FSR6Is can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the four control signals of a double rocker pushbutton taught in as scene pushbutton With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned of which one or more central contro pushbuttons In addition wireless window door contacts with the function N O contact or N C contact while the window is open wireless outdoor brightness sensors FAH and wireless motion brightness sensors FBH The required function of the impulse switch with integrated relay function can then be selected ER switching relay ESV impulse switch Possibly with off delay then ESV with pushbutton permanent light U ESV with switch off early warning L ESV with pushbutton permanent light and switch off early warning If the permanent light function is switched on the function can be activated by pressing the pushbutton for longer than 1 second This function switches off automatically after 2 hours or by pressing the pushbutton If the switch off early warning LI is switched on the light starts to flicker approx 30 seconds before time out This is r
289. ko ELECTRONICS Power MOSFET up to 400W ESL up to 100W and LED up to 100W Only 0 6 wait standby loss Motion dependent and brightness dependent light control of dimmable energy saving lamps ESL and 230V LED lamps incandescent and halogen lamps with the wireless motion brightness sensor FBH or wire less outdoor brightness sensor FAH Mounting in the 230V power supply cord e g in false ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 25mm deep Universal dimmer switch for R L and C loads up to 400 watts depending on ventilation conditions Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL up to 100 watts and dimmable 230V LED lamps up to 100 watis Automatic detection of load R L or R C ESL and LED manually settable Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect lamps The brightness level is stored on switch off memory Function rotary switches In case of a power failure the switch position and the brightness stage are stored and may be on the side switched on when the power supply is restored Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch off The wireless constant light controller receives its information from one or several wireless sen sors FAH or FBH and then controls the output or switches the light on or off Since incandescent lamps and halogen lamps have a large infrared percentage like daylight these lamps can only be controlled by measuring the brightness outside the building by a wireless outdoor brightness Stan
290. ks With the middle rotary switch on the side in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned of which one or more central control pushbuttons In addition wireless window door contacts with the function N O contact or N C contact while the window is open The required function of the impulse switch with integrated relay function can then be selected ER switching relay ESV impulse switch Possibly with off delay then ESV with pushbutton permanent light LI ESV with switch off early warning L ESV with pushbutton permanent light and switch off early warning If the permanent light function is switched on the function can be activated by pressing the pushbutton for longer than 1 second This function switches off automatically after 2 hours or by pressing the pushbutton If the switch off early warning LI is switched on the light starts to flicker approx 30 seconds before time out This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals lf both switch off early warning and pushbutton permanent light LI are switched on switch off early warning is activated before automatic switch off of the permanent light The function ESV on the right rotary switch on the side sets the off delay from 2 to 120 minutes In setting CO normal impulse switch function ES without off delay without pushbutton permanent light and without switch off early warning In setting ER switching relay of the middle rotary switch t
291. l commands by short flickering during operation standard setting ex works Technical data page T 1 FHK70 230V Wireless actuator FAN 4010312304303 79 60 pe Heating cooling relay Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Fan Relay F2L 0 F2L70 230V 2 speed fan actuator 1 1 NO contacts not potential free 10A 250 V AC Only 0 9 watt standby loss Activates passive and active sensors Mounting in the 230V power supply cord e g in false ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 25mm deep This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and two bistable relays with i zero passage switching k By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected to the mains This fan relay evaluates the information of up to 23 passive sensors e g wireless push buttons window door contacts Hoppe window handles or wireless transmitter modules Function rotary switches A single active sensor for CO humidity or temperature can be taught in additionally or on the side individually When the two contacts are switched in parallel the 2 speed actuator for 2 fan speeds becomes an actuator for one fan The middle rotary switch must be set to position LRN f
292. l connection wireless series 14 without FAM14 12V power supply series 14 actuators 12v 12v 12v 12v 12v 12v 12v 12V A2 A 4A3 84 45 86 A2 41 43 84 4A5 A6 A2 A 43 4041445 86 A2 A1 43 04 45 86 ne ais aa ls als 8 230V UC E2 E1 E3 E4 E5 E6 E2 E1 E3 E4 E5 E6 E2 E1 E3 E4 E5 E6 E2 E1 E3 E4 E5 E6 RSA 4RSB RSA RSB ARSA 4RSB RSA RSB ARSA 4RSB YRSA RSB 4 RSA 4RSB RSA RSB 8 230V UC RSA RSB Possibly by a To other FTS12EMs or FTS12FAs wireless antenna or FSU12Ds and then to the module FAM12 RS485 bus actuators FTSI2EM UC Pushbutton input module EAN 4010312301203 55 30 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Output Module FISI2ZFA ELltako ELECTRONICS Wireless output module for FTS12 systems without FAM12 or FAM14 Only 0 5 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58 mm deep Connection to the output terminals RSA and RSB of the last FTS12EM Possibly followed by FSU12D and RS485 bus actuators With a rotary switch you can select between two operating modes Rotary switch on the FTS12FA set to position 1 Every pushbutton telegram of the FTS12EM will be sent to the Eltako wireless network with an own ID Rotary switch on the FTS12FA set to position 2 Pushbutton telegrams of the FTS12EM wi
293. lamps up to 200W 9 up to 400W 9 1 Max switching current DC1 12V 24V DC 2000V 4000V 16A 250V AC FMZI4 10A 250V ac UP fo 400W 2000W lon lt 7OA 1Oms Incandescent lamps and halogen lamp load 1000W up to 400W 8 230V 2 lon lt 10A 10ms m mwe up to 400W 9 up to 400W 8 9 8A not FTN14 and FZK14 Life at rated load cos z 5 5 Service life at rated load cos 0 6 at 100 h Max operating cyles 103 h 103 h 10 h 10 h Maximum conductor cross section 2 7 2 7 2 7 2 7 2 3 fold terminal 6mm 4mm 6mm 44mm 6mm 4mm 6mm 4mm 6mm Two conductors of same cross section 3 fold terminal i i i Saraw head Slotted crosshead slotted crosshead _ slotted crosshead slotted crosshead slotted crosshead pozidriv pozidriv pozidriv pozidriv pozidriv Type of enclosure terminals IP50 IP20 IP50 IP20 IP50 IP20 IP50 IP20 IP50 IP20 ae Max min temperature at mounting location 50 C 20 C Standby loss active power 0 1W 0 9W Local control current at 230V control input i Max parallel capacitance approx length of FTNI4 local control lead at 230 V AC O 3uF 1000M EVG electronic ballast units KVG conventional ballast units Bistable relay as relay contact After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before teaching in the wireless pushbuttons 1 f the load exceeds 200W a ventilation clearance of 1 2 pitch unit to adjacent devices must be maintain
294. lass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil Use the sleeves in the 55mm socket box for screw mounting Then the wireless switch lighting FTB can be snapped into the mounting plate from the rear The double rocker is snapped onto the wireless module at the factory If the double rocker is replaced by the large rocker remove the rocker halves by pulling off fo the front Do not bend towards the middle Then snap the large rocker so that the markings O and I on the back line up with the same markings on the wireless module Adhesion First adhere he mounting base and intermediate frame with the latches pointing at the top and bottom Then snap on the set comprising the wireless module and rocker with the marking O on the back always pointing up Before screwing remove the mounting base from the intermediate frame To do this press the latches on the mounting base outwards Then screw the mounting ba se with the latches at top and bottom snap on the frame with the intermediate frame and snap on the set comprising the wireless module and rocker with the marking O on the back always pointing to the top We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 Wireless pushbutton with intermediate frame and double rocker without frame Rockers laser engraved page 1 29 Wireless pushbutton without battery or wire
295. lay FMZ14 Eitako ELECTRONICS Multifunction time relay with 10 functions 1 CO contact potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps 2000 watts with DX technology Bidirectional Only 0 4 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 modul 18mm wide 58mm deep Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper Wireless window contacts FTK at opened windows with the function NO or NC can be taught in lf a direction switch is taught in a function e g TI can be started using the top switch START and stopped with the bottom switch STOP Patented Eltako Duplex technology allows you to switch normally potential free contacts in zero passage switching when 230V A C voltage 50Hz is switched This drastically reduces wear To achieve this simply connect the N conductor to the terminal N and L to K L This results in an additional standby consumption of only 0 1 watt During a power failure both relays are shut down When power returns contact 1 closes Time setting between 0 5 second and 20 hours Teach in takes place using the top and middle rotary switches and then the time is set T is the time base and xT the multiplier The function is selected using the bottom rotary switch RV off delay AV operate delay TI clock generator starting with impulse TP clock generator starting with pause IA impulse controlled operate delay e g automatic door op
296. ld condition FUD70S 230 V rw when dimmed down ESL is a comfort position for energy saving lamps which will not be switched on again when dimmed down dependent on the construction Memory is switched off in this position Function rotary switches LED1 is a comfort position for LED lamps which are not being dimmed down enough when set on the side to R L C trailing phase angle dependent on the construction and must therefore be forced to leading phase angle LED2 and LED3 are comfort positions for LED lamps like LEDI but with different dimming curves on In positions ESL ESL LEDI LED2 and LED3 no inductive wound transformers should be used In addition the maximum number of dimmable LED lamps can be lower than in the max dim speed R L C position dependent on the construction The minimum brightness fully dimmed down or maximum brightness fully dimmed up is Standard setting ex works adjustable with the middle rotary switch In the setting LRN up to 30 pushbuttons can be assigned of which one or more central pushbuttons The dimming speed is adjustable using the right dimming speed rotary switch on the side At the same time the soft ON and soft OFF periods are changed The pushbuttons can be taught in either as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuttons When installed as a direction pushbutton one side is then switch on and dim up and the other side is switch off and dim down A double click
297. leased Sensor telegrams FABH63 FBH55 FBH63 FIBH63 EEP similar to 07 08 01 EEP similar to 07 08 01 expanded brightness range no Occupancy Button in DBO_BitO ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 Data_byte2 brightness O 2048 lux linear n 0X00 OxFF Data_bytel Data_byteO DBO_Bif8 LRN Button O teach in telegram 1 data telegram DBO_Bitl motion 0 motion 1 no motion for data telegram OxOD motion OxOF no motion for teach in telegram Ox85 Teach in telegram BD3 DBO 0x20 0x08 OxOD 0x85 FAFT60 FIFT63AP EEP 07 04 02 plus Data_byte3 ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 charge state of energy accumulator e g 2 5V 0x59 4V Ox9B rel humidity O 100 linear OxOO OxFA i e 0 250 dez Actual temperature 20 C 60 C linear Ox00 OXFA i e 0 250 dez DBO_Bit3 LRN Button O teach in telegram 1 data telegram for data telegram OXOF for teach in telegram 0x87 Teach in telegram BD3 DBO 0x10 0x10 OxOD 0x87 FAH60 FAH63 FIH63 EEP 07 06 01 plus Data_byte3 ORG 0x07 Data_byte3 brightness O 100 lux linear n 0X00 OxFF only valid if DB2 0x00 brightness 300 30 000 lux linear n 0x00 OxFF Data_byte2 Data_bytel Data_byteO Data_byte2 Data_bytel Data_byteO DBO_Bit8 LRN Button O teach in telegram 1 data telegram for data telegram OxOF for teach in telegram 0x87 Teach in telegram BD3 DBO 0x18 Ox08
298. less and repeater function can be switched on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a Standard setting ex works wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the FVS soft ware and in FUA55 universal displays This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the FVS software and in FUA5S universal displays With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned of which one ore more central pushbuttons The required function of this impulse group switch can then be selected GS1 Group switch with pushbutton control and off delay in seconds Both a wireless push button with the function Up Hold Down Hold as well as the local pushbutton can be taught in or a wireless pushbutton like a roller Venetian blind double pushbutton with pressing above Up and pressing below Down Tap briefly to interrupt the movement immediately Dynamic central control with and without priority can be implemented GS2 Group switch same as GSI central switch always without priority GS3 Group switch same as GS2 in addition with double click reverse function for the local pushbutton and a wireless pushbutton as universal switch taught in appropriately After double clicking the Venetian blind moves in the opposite direction until it is stopped by a brief tap GS4 Group switch same as GS2 in addition with tip reverse fun
299. less source The Eltako RS485 bus connects the wireless antenna modules FAM14 FEM and or pushbutton input modules FTSIZEM with the RS485 bus actuators in the switchboard or distribution box It is an offen used and very safe 2 wire bus Zero passage switching of the mains voltage sinusoidal wave prolongs contact lifetime This provides very high switching capacities and the shallow current flow curve protects the connected consumers This prolongs in particular the lifetime of energy saving lamps ESL With the patented Elfako Duplex technology DX the normally potential free contacts can still switch in zero passage when switching 230V AC 50Hz and therefore drastically reduce wear Simply connect the neutral conductor to the terminal N and L to the contact input terminal L This gives an additional standby consumption of only 0 1 Watt Universal dimmer for R L and C loads Our universal dimmer switches recognize automatically the connected load and adjust their dimmer function accordingly Other dimmers have to be replaced when luminaires with different kind of loads will be used later on Only universal dimmer switches with the added ESL marking and added LED marking have the associated comfort settings Encrypted wireless system The internet connections from the FVS software to smartphones and or energy suppliers are highly encrypted Only a trained electrician may install our devices otherwise there is a risk of fire or electr
300. ll be 3 1 sent to the Eltako wireless network in pairs with the same ID 4 direction pushbuttons Al A3 send 70 50 wireless pushbutton right half up down aCe Le A4 A5 send 30 10 wireless pushbutton left half up down base and cable F1 E3 send 70 50 wireless pushbutton right half up down E4 E5 send 30 10 wireless pushbutton left half up down 2 universal pushbuttons AG sends 0x70 E6 sends 0x50 The green LED under the rotary switch will flash shortly when a wireless telegram is sent Rotary switch on the FTSI2FA set fo position 10 OFF The FTS12FA is switched off The enclosed small antenna January 2012 FTSI2FA 12V DC Wireless output module EAN 4010312314913 62 30 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Powernet Connector for Input and Output FPV12 FPV12 12V DC ae FPV12 12V DC FPV12USB 12 V DC FPV12USB 12V DC Wireless Powernet connector to input and output wireless telegrams into and out of the 230V power system With 32 data channels Only 0 7 watt standby loss Also settable as repeater If required a wireless antenna FA250 or FA200 can be connected Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH85 rail mounting 2 modules 36mm wide 58mm deep FPV12s are used fo input wireless telegrams into the power mains and output them to the Eltako wireless network at another location An FPV12 can operate in both directions Up to four FPV12s and FPVI2USBs can
301. ll need to move from one limit position to the other The LED indication for the delay time RV is located behind the rotary switch RV When one or several wireless window door contacts FTK or Hoppe window handles are taught in a lock out protection is set up while the door is open and disables a Central Down command The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach in process according to the operating instructions It shows control commands by short flickering during operation RS485 bus actuator B R EAN 4010312313732 51 90 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator Universal Dimmer Switch FUD14 zB LA LRN 23 1 4 2 EC AUTO Standard setting ex works Further settings can be made and actuators configured using the PC Tool PCT14 Connection example page 4 28 Technical data see page 4 30 Housing for operating instructions GBAI4 page 4 26 FUD14 Universal dimmer switch Power MOSFET up to 400W Automatic lamp detection Bidirectional Only 0 3 watt standby loss With adjustable minimum brightness or maximum brightness and dimming speed With switching operation for light alarm clocks children s rooms and snooze function Also with light scene control and constant light regulation Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep The delivery includes a spacer DS14 1 short jumper 1 module up to 200 W lo
302. ll other modes additional functions can be selected as described in the operating instructions The wireless pushbuttons can be either taught in as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuttons As direction pushbutton switch on and dim up is on one side and switch off and dim down on the other side A double click on the switch on side triggers the automatic dimming up to full brightness As a universal pushbutton the direction change is made by briefly releasing the pushbutton With switching operation for children s rooms and snooze function For light scene control constant light control children s room function and snooze function see operating instructions The LEDs on the side below the left rotary switch accompany the teach in process as described in the operating instructions and indicate the commands in operation by lighting up briefly Wireless actuator Master universal dimmer switch EAN 4010312314074 103 50 pe Recommended retail price plus statutory VAT Wireless Actuator Slave Universal Dimmer Switch FSD70 Ettako FSD70 230V ELECTRONICS G in a a ON Function rotary switches on the side standard setting ex works FSD70 230V Slave universal dimmer switch Power MOSFET up to 400W Automatic lamp detection Only 0 7 watt standby loss With switching operation for children s rooms and snooze function Also with light scene control or constant light control Switcha
303. location can either be used with astro function automatic turn on after sunrise or sunset or the time function The astro switch on and off time can be shifted 2 hours and in addition an influence of the solstices time lag of up to 2 hours can be entered The timer is set using the MODE and SET buttons and the settings can be interlocked Set language Every time the power supply is applied press SET within 10 seconds to set the language and press MODE to confirm D German GB English F French IT Italian and ES Spanish The normal display then appears weekday time day and month Rapid scroll In the following settings the numerals scroll rapidly when you press and hold down Enter Release then press and hold down to change the scroll direction Set clock Press MODE and search for the function CLK with SET and select with MODE Press MODE to set In H press SET to select the hour and press MODE to confirm In M proceed in the same way to set the minute Set date Press MODE and search for the function DAT with SET ans select with MODE Press MODE to select At Y press SET to select the year and press MODE to confirm Proceed in the same way at M to set the month and at D to set the day The last setting in the sequence is MO weekday blinking Press SET to set it Set position coordinates if the astro function is required Press MODE and search for the function POS with SET and select with MODE For LAT press SET to select the la
304. luminium sun yellow dluminium aluminium alpine white anthracite alpine white blue alpine white sun yellow alpine white bright chrome aluminium bright chrome alpine white Thermosefting plastic alpine white aluminium black Glass black red alpine white bluegrey matt white silver coated Thermoplastic brilliant white glossy polar white glossy active white glossy Thermoplastic noble matt white polar white Thermosetting plastic highly scratchproof white polar white White polar white sand night blue anthracite aluminium Thermoplastic brilliant white glossy polar white glossy active white glossy Thermoplastic noble matt white polar white anthracite aluminium Brilliant white onyx black diamond silver sapphire blue ruby red mahogany brown White polar white active white 1 Not all colour variants can be supplied in Eltako design Even same colour terms can slightly differ from each other Eltako The Wireless Building Active Wireless Sensors and Transmitter Modules Ettako ELECTRONICS Our colour range for wireless sensors pure white pure white rw glossy wg black anthracite coated alu sz an minium point al Not all sensors are available in all colours Please note the color names in the data sheets Transmitter modules FSM12 and F8S12 2 0 Outdoor transmitter module FASM60 and transmitter module FSM61 2 Wireless energy meter transmitter module FSS12 wireless single
305. m switch boxes see Accessories on page Z6 Up fo 60 timer memory locations are freely assigned to the channels With date and automatic summer winter time changeover Ca 14 days power reserve without battery With slide switch for normal operation night mode and control out The wireless clock thermostat sends a message to the Eltako wireless network every 50 seconds when there is an actual temperature change of minimum 0 3 C or a change in humidity of 5 A change in reference temperature or relative humidity is sent immediately If there is no change a status report is sent every 10 minutes Queries of a wireless small actuator FKS which are received approximately every 10 minutes will be answered immediately Settings are made with the buttons MODE and SET and can be locked A complete switching programme is preset and can be very easily changed day reference temperature 22 C Monday to Thursday from 6 00 to 22 00 Friday from 6 00 to 23 00 Saturday from 7 00 to 23 00 and Sunday from 7 00 to 22 00 The preset night reference temperature is 18 C Set language Every time the power supply is applied press SET within 10 seconds to set the language german or english and press MODE to confirm The normal display then appears Weekday date time actual temperature from 0 C to 40 C fo one decimal point and relative humidity Through self heating the correct actual temperature will only be displayed 30 minutes after connecting of the supply volt
306. maintained with the spacers DS12 on both sides Input voltage 230V 20 up to 10 Efficiency 83 stabilised output voltage 1 low residual ripple Short circuit proof Overload protection and over temperature switch off by means of swichting off with automatic switching on after fault clearance Cautorecovery function For redundant operation 2 switching power supply units can be connected in parallel switching power supply unit EAN 4010312313151 35 50 pe Rated capacity 24 W Standby loss 0 2 wait only Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 2 modules 36mm wide 58mm deep At a load of more than 50 of the rated capacity and always if there are adjacent switching power supply units from 12W rated capacity and if there are dimmers a ventilation clearance of 1 2 module must be maintained with the spacers DS12 on both sides Input voltage 230V 20 up to 10 Efficiency 83 stabilised output voltage 1 low residual ripple Short circuit proof Overload protection and over iemperature switch off by means of swichting off with automatic switching on after fault clearance autorecovery function For redundant operation 2 switching power supply units can be connected in parallel switching power supply unit EAN 4010312313176 44 90 pc Rated capacity 6W Standby loss 0 1 watt only For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep Input voltage 230V 20 up to 10 Efficiency 81 Stabilised output
307. matic switch off of the permanent light With the bottom rotary switch the off delay is adjusted from 1 fo 20 minutes When motion brightness sensors FBH are faught in use the last FBH that was taught in to define the switching threshold at which the lighting is switched on or off depending on the brightness or motion detected The off delay set on the FINGINP is prolonged by a setting of 1 minute fixed in the FBH The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation Typical connection Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator FINGINP 230V Staircase off delay timer EAN 4010312300206 69 30 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Multifunction Time Relay FMZ61 FMZ61 230V 1 NO contact potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts Bidirectional wireless and with repeater function Only 0 6 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep supply voltage and if necessary control voltage locally 230V This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics with a bistable relay By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched c
308. mation Teach in channels in wireless actuators Press MODE and search for the function LRN with SET and select with MODE Select the channel at CH with SET and confirm with MODE It can be switched between ON and OFF with SET If ON is confirmed with MODE LRN flashes and the function ON will be taught in in the learning actuator with SET Likewise it will be taught in at OFF See the operating instructions for more information Enter switching programs press MODE and select one of the 60 memory locations from POI to P60 with MODE and SET at the function PRG See the operating instructions for more information FSU14 Display timer EAN 4010312313831 55 70 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Multifunction Sensor Relay FMSR14 FMSRI4 Multifunction sensor relay with display and 5 channels brightness twilight wind rain and frost for the Eltako RS485 bus Only 0 1 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 modul 18mm wide 58mm deep Connection fo the Elfako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper This multifunction sensor relay evaluates the wireless telegrams of the wireless weather data transmitter module FWS61 and dependent on the setting issues switching commands directly to the RS485 bus and also to the wireless network in the display by means of the MODE and SET buttons This also allows control over wireless actuators installed at decentralised
309. mbination with the 2 and 3 switch frames QRE QRA and QRR Wireless flat pushbutton with rocker HW FFT55Q HW FFT55 in preparation Rockers laser engraved page 1 29 caine of Wireless flat pushbutton 59x99 mm without battery or wire EAN 4010312312650 32 90 pc anthracite only 11 mm high Wireless flat pushbutton 55x55 mm without battery or wire EAN 4010312312698 41 10 pe coated aluminium paint only 11 mm high Wireless flat pushbutton 55x55 mm without battery or wire EAN 4010312312605 32 90 pc white only 11 mm high f Wireless flat pushbutton 55x55 mm without battery or wire FFT55Q rw pure white only 11mm high EAN 4010312312636 32 90 pc Wireless flat pushbutton 99x59 MM without battery or wire EAN 4010312312667 32 90 pe pure white glossy only 11 mm high Wireless flat pushbutton 55x55 mm without battery or wire EAN 4010312312643 32 90 pe eee Oe black only 11 mm high Te ey High rocker for wireless flat pushbutton FFT55Q are Pa HWAFFTSEQ WS rw wg Sz an EAN 4010312906453 3 30 pe High rocker for wireless flat pushbutton FFT55Q HW FFT55 al coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312906446 5 30 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Flat Pushbuttons without battery or wire FI4F ELtako ELECTRONICS FT4F Wireless flat pushbutton 80x80 mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 63x63 mm 15mm high Generates the power for wi
310. minutes Suitable for valves with motor driven valve drive AUTO 3 With 2 point control Right rotary switch for operating modes H heating mode Contacts L 1 and L 2 K cooling mode Contacts L 1 and L 2 HK heating mode Contact L 2 and cooling mode Contact L1 Two point control mode The hysteresis rotary switch sets the required difference between the switch on and switch off temperatures When the actual temperature gt reference temperature the device is switched off When the actual temperature lt reference temperature hysteresis the device is switched on The signs are the opposite in cooling mode PWM control mode The hysteresis rotary switch set the required temperature difference at which the device is switched on at 100 When the actual temperature gt reference temperature the device is switched off When the actual temperature lt reference temperature hysteresis the device is switched on at 100 If the actual temperature lies between the reference temperature hysteresis and the reference temperature the device is switched on and off with a PWM in steps of 10 depending on the temperature difference The lower the temperature difference the shorter the switch on time As a result of the settability of the 100 value the PWM can be adapted to the heater size and inertia The signs are the opposite in cooling mode In heating mode the frost protection fu
311. mperature controller normal mode setback off is confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in into the GFVS software Left rotary switch for operating modes H1 Heating operation with PWM control at T 4 minutes PWM pulse width modulation Suitable for valves with thermoelectric valve drive H2 Heating operation with PWM control at T 15 minutes Suitable for valves with motor driven valve drive H3 Operating mode with 2 point control K1 Cooling operation with PWM control at T 15 minutes K2 Cooling mode with 2 point control switchover is visualised by LEDs flashing Right rotary switch for adjustable hysteresis and PWM influence Left stop lowest hysteresis 0 5 Middle position hysteresis 2 5 Right stop largest hysteresis 4 5 Inbetween divisions in steps of 0 5 visualised by LEDs flashing Two point control mode The hysteresis rotary switch sets the required difference between the switch on and switch off temperatures When the actual temperature gt reference temperature the device is switched off When the actual temperature lt reference temperature hysteresis the device is switched on The signs are the opposite in cooling mode PWM control mode The hysteresis rotary switch set the required temperature difference at which the device is switched on at 100 When the actual temperature gt reference temperature the device is switched off When th
312. nally 8 more status messages for example for temperatures and error messages are possible A status overview takes place immediately when the app is activated in the smartphone Very simple and secure registration using Eltako quickcon technology Download the app from the Google Android Store The iPhone app is undergoing certification Power is supplied by an integrated switch mode power supply unit independent from the bus power supply This requires a 230V supply voltage If the GSM receiver is not installed at the same place in a distributor containing Series 14 actuators the bus is connected to a bus coupler FBA14 using a 2 wire screened bus line e g telephone line The price includes a data flat rate for 2 years An enclosed application form for commissioning has to be completed and submitted The activation takes place within a few hours Access contracts are offered automatically February 2013 standard setting ex works FGSM14 Wireless GSM module EAN 4010312314098 419 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Additional Licenses FVS Client Communication Packet FVS Comm FVS Client FVS Client 1 FVS Client 5 FVS Comm FVS Comm Additional licenses FVS Client 1 or FVS Client 5 permit the expansion of GFVS Safe by external access clients In basic equipment level GFVS 3 0 already supports 5 clients to connect a tablet PC as well as up to four smartphones For iPhone iPad and
313. nction is always enabled As soon as the actual temperature drops below 8 C the temperature is controlled in the selected operating mode to 8 C If one or several windows are open the output remains off provided the window door contacts FTK or Hoppe window handles are taughi in In heating mode however the frost protection remains enabled As long as all faught in motion detectors FBH detect no motion the device is switched to setback mode In heating mode the reference temperature is set back by 2 in cooling mode it is raised by 2 As soon as a motion detector signals movement again the device is switched to normal mode When a wireless pushbutton FT4 is taught in the assignment of the 4 keys is assigned with the following fixed functions Top right Normal mode can also be enabled by timer Bottom right Night setback mode by 4 in cooling mode raised by 4 can also be enabled by timer Top left Setback mode by 2 in cooling mode raised by 2 Bottom left Off in heating mode frost protection enabled in cooling mode permanent off If the motion detector and wireless pushbutton are taught in at the same time the last telegram received is always the one that is valid A motion detector therefore switches off a setback mode selected by wireless pushbutton when a movement is detected The LED on the side below the left rotary switch accompanies the teach in process as described in the operation manual It indicates contro
314. nd Update device list and read device memory from the context menu After the query for the RS485 bus all the available devices are displayed Other actions can be carried out by executing context menu commands Right click to display the context menu The status line is located at the lower border of the program window and contains information on the context menu commands Click on Help for more information Included in the scope of PCT14 PC tool for Series 14 EAN 4010312314104 Supply of the FAM14 Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator 4 channel Impulse Switch FSR14 Eitako FSR14 4x standard setting ex works Further settings can be made and actuators configured using the PC Tool PCT14 Connection example page 4 28 Technical data see page 4 30 Housing for operating instructions GBAI4 page 4 26 FSR14 4x ELECTRONICS 4 channel impulse switch with integrated relay function 1 NO contact per channel 4A 250V AC incandescent lamps 1000 watts potential free from the power supply with DX technology Bidirectional Only 0 1 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep Connection to the Eltako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper Patented Eltako Duplex technology allows you to switch normally potential free contacts in zero passage switching when 230V A C voltage 50Hz is switched Thi
315. nd FAHs can also be taught in in several constant light controllers This not only allows an increase in the total switching capacity but also the set up of zones with different brightness settings by setting different basic brightness values GH Several independent constant light controller systems can be installed simultaneously To teach in wireless pushbuttons and wireless hand held transmitters one rocker is taught in as direction switches Tap the bottom part to switch the light off Press the top or bottom fo dim up or down This shifts the control automatic towards brighter or darker A double tap on the bottom part dims down to the taught in value Beamer Presentation When the light is switched off and the top part is held down the light is dimmed up from the lowest brightness level until the rocker is released Resetting to automatic control is effected either by automatic light switch off or by double tapping the top direction switch The beamer brightness can additionally be taught in in a further universal switch In addition to the beamer brightness the minimum brightness can be set and stored The left rotary switch LRN is required for teach in and for setting the base brightness The middle rotary switch RV is set after teach in to the required delay time from O to 10 minutes provided a FBH is available There is also an additional 1 minute of FBH The base brightness GH dependent on use of the room is set with the right rotary switch
316. nd one adhesive foil Wireless pushbutton with Function switch lighting and montage see FTS5R rocker without frame Wireless pushbutton with double rocker without frame Wireless pushbutton without battery or wire without frame EE _ rocker and double rocker laser engraved individually FT55R LGI Wireless pushbutton without battery or wire without frame alpine white rocker and double rocker laser engraved individuall EAN 4010312314005 50 30 pe EAN 4010312314012 50 30 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Pushbuttons without battery or wire FT4 CH and BLA CH Swiss Design Wireless pushbutton for internal frame dimensions 60x60 mm 15mm high Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself when the button is pressed therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby loss For Swiss cover frames from ABB Normelec Feller and Hager The scope of supply comprises one large rocker one double rocker one intermediate frame all same colour the mounting base the wireless module and one adhesive foil Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit two evaluable signals press rocker up Wireless pushbutton with and press rocker down Wireless pushbuttons with double rocker can transmit four evaluable intermediate frame and rocker Signals press two rockers up or down without frame The mounting base can be screwed onto a flat surface or glued to the wall on g
317. ng lower rotary switch RV In addition switch on off takes place by means of universal buttons or central control buttons One FBH in the room is sufficient to measure brightness when the lighting comprises fluorescent lamps energy saving lamps or LED lamps If lighting consists of electric light bulbs or halogen lamps an outdoor brightness sensor must be taught in as Master e g FAH6O or FAH63 for operating modes AUTO2 and AUTO4 If several sensors are taught in switch off only takes place when all sensors report no motion or sufficient brightness The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual If shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator FLC61NP 230V Light controller EAN 4010312312032 75 50 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Universal Dimmer Switch without N FUD61NP Eltako FUD61NP 230V ELECTRONICS Function rotary switches Standard setting ex works Typical connection Technical data page T 1 FUD6INP 230V Without N connection power MOSFET up to 300W Only 0 7 watt standby loss With adjustable minimum brightness and dimming speed With switching operation for children s rooms and snooze function Light scenes can be taught in Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep
318. ngeover is automatic Teaching in actuators according to the operating manual Different actuators as well as small actuators FKS kieback amp peter type MD15 FtL HE can be taught in Teaching in window door contacts FTK and Hoppe window handles can be taught in for FKS in this clock thermostat FUTH55D otherwise in the actuators mentioned If window door contacts FTK or Hoppe window handles were taught in the setting is lowered to frost protection temperature 8 C as long as one or several windows are open Lock settings Briefly press MODE and SET together and at ock press SET to lock This is displayed by an arrow next to the lock symbol Unlock settings Press MODE and SET together for 2 seconds and at unlock press SET to unlock The wireless sensor can be taughi in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software FZL61 F2E70 FARIZ F412 GFHKI2 14 FARKA FAKSI FAKYO EMETA FUTH55D ws Clock thermometer with display white EAN 4010312314272 122 30 pc FUTH55D rw Clock thermometer with display pure white EAN 4010312314296 122 30 pe FUTH55D an Clock thermometer with display anthracite EAN 4010312314326 122 30 pc FUTH55D sz Clock thermometer with display black EAN 4010312314302 122 30 pc FUTH55D wg Clock thermometer with display pure white glossy EAN 4010312314319 122 30 pc FUTH55D al Clock thermometer with display coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312314289 134 70 pe The bottom
319. ni From production week 38 2012 bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched ER xt s on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the FVS soft ware and in FUA55 universal displays Scene control several FSR61s can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the four control signals of a double rocker pushbutton taught in as scene pushbutton With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttfons can be assigned of which one or more central control pushbuttons In addition wireless window door contacts with the function N O contact or N C contact while the window is open wireless outdoor brightness sensors FAH and wireless motion brightness sensors FBH The required function of the impulse switch with integrated relay function can then be selected ER switching relay ESV impulse switch Possibly with off delay then ESV with pushbutton permanent light U ESV with switch off early warning L ESV with pushbutton permanent light and switch off early warning If the permanent light function is switched on the function can be activated by pressing the pushbutton for longer than 1 second This function switches off automatically after 2 hours or by pressing the pushbutton If the switch off early warning LI is switched on the light starts to flicker approx 30 s
320. nk over WLAN With stand for standalone installation or for mounting on the wall The VESA mount for wall mounting can be ordered separately Smart Home Central Unit Touch PC with GFVS Touch CEVS 30 EAN 4010312315033 698 00 pc VESA mounts For mounting GFVS Touch on the wall EAN 4010312312629 26 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Accessories Eltako ELECTRONICS i EnOcean KNX gateway KNX ENO 63 Wireless repeater FRP61 230V Wireless repeater FRP61 8 24 VV UC ial Wireless socket repeater FSRP 230V Wireless repeater FRP70 230V Outdoor wireless repeater FARP6O 230V switching power supply units FSNT12 and FSNT61 Wireless antennas FA250 FA200 HF ground FHM175 and extension cables FAVS and FAV1O Wireless antenna FAG63 Level meter EPM300 screws and rawl plugs S D 25 Housing for operating instructions GBA14 Short stroke pushbuttons KT Socket strips MWC my mS NINI RNIN IN INE NG INQ I NI IOIO OO AI OINI NI O N Poy IN O Switching on the future EnOcean KNX Gateway KNX ENO 634 KNX ENO 634 Bidirectional gateway between EnOcean and EIB KNX bus from Weinzierl The KNX ENO 634 acts as a bidirectional gateway between EnOcean Wireless and the KNX EIB bus Telegrams can be transmitted by EnOcean wireless sensors to the KNX bus for example to control KNX actuators Similarly EnOcean wireless actuators can be controlled by KNX In addition the
321. nnected to the FAM14 Previously fitted Series 12 actuators are connected to the sub bus terminals RSA2 and RSB2 of an additional FGW14 There is no Hold connection in this case The settings of the operating mode rotary switch BA are carried out as described in the operating instructions Gateway EAN 4010312313855 56 60 pc Bus coupler for wire connections of bus and power supply jumpers Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper Bus coupler FBAI4 can connect various bus parts as well as feed power supplies Bus parts on different DIN rails or in other distributors or switch cabinets are each connected to an FBAI4 and a 4 wire screened bus line e g a telephone line The total length of all connecting lines should not exceed 100m A 9mm wide second terminating resistor supplied with the FAM14 must be plugged into the last actuator The bus coupler may be positioned at any point in a Series 14 device row The 4 wires of the bus line are connected to the 12V 12V RSA and RSB terminals of the two FBAI4s The jumper plugged in ex works fo the lower terminal block must remain fitted to lt 12V This jumper also remains fitted if a switch mode power supply unit FSNT12 12V 12 W is connected to the 12V and 12V terminals to produce power supply redundancy lf the power supply of the switch mode power supply unit in the FAM14 is insufficient
322. nod 2 i Tet 5 6 The additional title Ol will do for O off top and Gon down Other prints with a maximum of 6 lines must be characterized and then we engrave it in Arial font Maximum of two lines at the top middle and bottom If we receive an E mail to LGI eltako de with an Adobe Illustrator or Corel Draw file with the extension ai or cdr we engrave individual customer requirements Rockers Double rockers W FT4F 4GF 2SF W FT55 55G 55S W FT4 4G 2S W FMT55 2 DW FT4F 4GE DW FT55 55G DW FT4 4G DW FMT55 4 DW FHS W FT4CH W FHS FMH2 DW FHS FMH4 add nomenclature add nomenclature according to add nomenclature add nomenclature according to O 2P individual customer 10 t2P individual customer specifications specifications Rockers Double rockers Double rockers W HWG FFT55Q DW FF8 DW FT2SF DW FT558 DW FT2S according to add nomenclature according to add nomenclature add nomenclature according to individual customer 2P individual customer 10 a 2P individual customer specifications specifications specifications Lian Rocker for wireless flat pushbuttons W FFT55Q ws rw wg sz an al p EAN 4010312906255 5 90 pc High rocker for wireless flat pushbuttons E Isz an jal p EAN 4010312906439 6 30 pc W FT4F AGR 2SF Rocker aE pushbuttons EAN 4010312906262 5 90 pc DW FT4F 4GF 2SF a a ae ae EAN 4010312906279 6 30 pc RESE ci ean cey ry a aie 5 90 pc DW FT55 55G 55S Ponne a or S3 pushbutto
323. ns 55x55mm 6 30 pc W FT4 4G 2S ne ee De options with intermediate frame 5 90 pe DW FT4 4G 2S ae ja ieee pushbutions with intermediate frame 6 30 pe W FMT55 2 SOTA SeT cH Clee Cea eee EAN 4010312906323 5 90 pc Rocker for wireless pushbutions Swiss Design W FT4CH ws 61 hg 65 sz 60 9 EAN 4010312906347 6 30 pc DW FT4CH EAN 4010312906385 6 70 pc Poue estas wees remote control 6 30 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Universal Remote Control UFB Hand held Trans mitters FHS and Mini Hand held Transmitters FMH Ettako ELECTRONICS Universal remote control Universal remote control UFB 1 3 Wireless infrared converter FIW USB 1 32 Wireless infrared converters FIW55 1 33 Hand held transmitters Remote control FF8 1 34 Wireless hand held transmitters FHS8 1 35 Wireless hand held transmitters FHS12 1 36 Mini hand held transmitters Wireless mini hand held transmitters FMH8 1 37 Wireless mini hand held transmitters FMH8 laser engr individually 1 37 Wireless mini hand held transmitters FMH2 and FMH2S key ring 1 38 Wireless mini hand held transmitters FMH4 FMHAS key ring 1 39 Wireless mini hand held transmitter for calling systems FMH2S wr 1 40 Switching on the future Wireless Sensor Universal Remote Control UFB UFB Harmony One E Control Eltako wireless actuators and entertainment electronics with only one remote control
324. nstalled in the building Passive and active wireless sensors The batteryless wireless pushbuttons comprise an enocean wireless module It is available with inner frame dimensions of 55x55mm standard 60x60 mm Swiss design and 63x63mm flat pushbutton They are combinable with the frames of many other manufacturers Using the same system we manufacture flat pushbuttons mini pushbuttons hand held transmitters remote controls pull switches and hotel key card switch With its own solar cell power supply we manufacture window door contacts motion brightness sensors brightness sensors twilight sensors humidity temperature sensors temperature controllers and temperature sensors Other sensors require an external power supply Receivers switchgear actuators For centralised wireless systems with DIN rail mounted actuators we manufacturer wireless antenna modules which are linked to the associated actuators over the Eltako RS485 bus in the switchboard or distribution box For decentralised wireless systems we manufacture wireless actuators for the 55mm switch socket and for mounting e g in false ceilings with integrated wire less receivers and internal antennas Accessories For difficult reception conditions we manufacture 2 level wireless repeaters as well as connectors for external antennas For metal switching cabinets the standard antenna of the wireless antenna module and
325. nt FSR7OW ELltako ELECTRONICS FSR70W 16A c EB 1 NO contact not potential free 16 A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts With integrated active power measurement up to 3680 watts Bidirectional wireless and with repeater function Only 0 9 watt standby loss Mounting in the 230V power supply cord e g in false ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 31 mm deep 1 This wireless actuator is an impulse switch with integrated relay function and features I state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable relay with zero passage switching xi By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode Power is measured by the integrated active power measurement from approx 10W when the z contact is closed A wireless telegram is transmitted into the Eltako wireless network within 20 seconds after switching on the load or after a change in power by min 5 and cyclically every 10 minutes Signal evaluated by the Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS or the energy consumption indicators FEA55 With bidirectional wireless in addition a repeater function can be switched in Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taughi in in other actuators in the software GFVS and in FUA5S universal displays Standard setting ex wor
326. nt frame and snap in the transmitter module with the mark O pointing up Insert the assembled card guide in the hook in recesses of the frame and screw tight in the bottom of the mounting plate using the supplied screw We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25 mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 Worn card guides can be easily replaced without changing the transmitter module Fitting actuators The wireless timers for card switches FZK12 14 FZK6INP and FZK70 were specially developed to activate the wireless card switches FKF and FKC A release delay and a response delay are adjustable on this 16A switching relay To switch higher loads than specified in the technical data the actuator must switch a contactor In this case do not activate the zero cross contactor at the FZK12 14 A guesitcard KCG and service card KCS is enclosed free of charge to every FKC as a master for encoding A Guest card encoding KCG B Service card encoding KCS The wireless sensor can be taught in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software FGM FLC61 FMS12 14 FMZ12 14 FMZ61 FSR12 14 FSR61 FSR70 FZK12 14 FZK61 FZK70 KCG Keycard white unprinted encoded as guest card EAN 4010312906187 2 00 pc KCS Keycard white unprinted encoded as service card EAN 4010312906194 2 00 pc
327. ntegration in the 55x55 mm and 63x63 mm switch system Standby loss 0 8 watt only The scope of supply includes a frame R an intermediate frame ZR in the same colour a mounting plate and an adhesive film In addition an intermediate frame ZRF in the same colour is supplied for installation in an existing frame RIF R2F or R3F for flat pushbuttons Power supply 230V A 20cm long black blue connecting wire is routed to the rear Before screwing on remove the frame and intermediate frame from the mounting plate To do this press out the catches on the mounting plate Then screw on the mounting plate with the catches at the top and bottom snap on the frame and the intermediate frame and connect and snap on the energy consumption indicator We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z6 The energy consumption indicator evaluates the information received from the wireless energy meter transmitter module FSS12 or the wireless single phase energy meters FWZ12 or FWZ61 16A or from a wireless impulse switch with integrated relay function with active current meter FSR7OW 16A respectively with power measurement FSRG6IVA 1OA and indicates the current energy consumption by a row of LEDs The normal rate and off peak status are also displayed by the FSS12 The 15W to 30kW reading is adaptable to maximum expected consumption using a rotary switch to visualise ev
328. o 400W With integrated current measure ment up to 10A Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable Only 0 7 watt standby loss Adapter for German fused safety socket With increased shock protection This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable relay Apparent power is measured by the integrated current measurement from approx 1OVA to 2300VA when the contact is closed A wireless telegram is transmitted into the Eltako wireless network within 30 seconds after switching on the load or after a change in power by min 5 and cyclically every 10 minutes Signal evaluated by the Wireless Visualisation and Control software GFVS 3 0 or the energy consumption indicators FEA5S Evaluation on n the computer with Eltako Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS or with energy consumption indicators FEA55LED or FEA55D GFVS Energy supports up to 100 transmitter modules and GFVS 3 0 up to 250 transmitter modules Bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched on Every change in state and incoming central command tele grams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught into other actuators the software GFVS 3 0 and universal displays FUA55 Up to 35 wireless pushbuttons are assigned with the left button LRN either as a universal pushbutton direction pushbutton or centr
329. o 400W 8 9 8A not FINI4 and FZK14 Life at rated load cos z 5 5 4 30 Service life at rated load cos 0 6 at 100 h gt 4x104 Max operating cyles 103 h 103 h 103 h 103 h Maximum conductor cross section 2 7 2 7 2 7 2 7 2 3 fold terminal 6mm 4mm 6mm 44mm 6mm 4mm 6mm 4mm 6mm Two conductors of same cross section 3 fold terminal i i Saraw head slotted crosshead slotted crosshead slotted crosshead slotted crosshead slotted crosshead pozidriv pozidriv pozidriv pozidriv pozidriv Type of enclosure terminals IP50 IP20 IP50 IP20 IP50 IP20 IP50 IP20 IP50 IP20 Time on 100 100 100 100 100 Max min temperature at mounting location 50 C 20 C 50 C 20 C 50 C 20 C 50 C 20 C 50 C 20 C Standby loss active power 0 9W 0 05 0 5W 0 1W Local control current at 230V control input a Max parallel capacitance approx length of FTNI4 local control lead at 230 V AC O 3uF 1000M EVG electronic ballast units KVG conventional ballast units Bistable relay as relay contact After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before teaching in the wireless pushbuttons 1 f the load exceeds 200W a ventilation clearance of 1 2 pitch unit to adjacent devices must be maintained 2 Applies to lamps of max 150W 3 Per dimmer or capacity enhancer it is only allowed to use max 2 inductive wound transformers of the same type furthermore no load operation on th
330. o status telegrams containing the momentary values are sent approx 60 seconds later At least every 10 minutes but also Brightness values West South and East each from O to 150 kLux if a change of minimum 10 occurs Twilight values from O to 999 Lux if a change of minimum 10 occurs Wind speeds from O to 0m s From 4m s to 16m s the momentary values are sent immediately 3 times at intervals of 1 second After that further value increases are sent within 20 seconds Dropping wind speeds are sent progressively delayed by 20 seconds Rain values at the start are sent immediately 3 times After the rain stops a telegram is sent within 20 seconds Temperature values from 40 0 C to 80 0 C are sent every 10 minutes together with all the other values in a status telegram Monitoring multisensor function and line break If the weather data message from multisensor MS is not sent for 5 seconds the FWS61 immediately sends an alarm telegram which is repeated every 30 seconds The alarm telegram can be taught in as a switch telegram in an actuator to initiate further action as required In addition the two status telegrams containing the values brightness O Lux twilight O Lux temperature 40 C frost wind 70m s and rain are sent When a message is again detected from the multisensor MS the alarm stops automatically FWS61 24V DC Wireless weather data transmitter module EAN 4010312301937 58 60 pc The MS multi sensor sends the current weather det
331. odule FTS12EM Wireless output module FTS12FA Wireless Powernet connector FPV12 Wireless Powernet meter connector FPZ12 Wireless Powernet repeater FPR12 and wireless Powernet phase coupler FPP12 Switching on the future Eitako ELECTRONICS 3 0 3 1 3 3 3 4 Pushbutton Input Module FTS12EM xja Pushbutton input module for the Eltako RS485 bus 10 control inputs for universal control voltage Only 0 3 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 railmounting 2 modules 36mm wide 58mm deep Direct connection to Eltako series 12 RS485 bus terminals RSA and RSB or to Eltako series 14 RS485 bus by means of Gateway FGWI14 5 conirol inputs may be connected to different potentials since they are electrically isolated Control voltage 8 to 253V AC or 10 to 230V DC A 12V DC voltage is supplied from a switching power supply unit FSNT12 12V 12W which has a width of only 1 module Series 12 One FAM12 wireless antenna module and up to 10 FTSI2EM switch input modules and FSU12D timers may be switched in series with the RS485 bus The FAM12 wireless antenna module must then be connected upstream of the FTS12EM Series 14 Up to 10 FTS12EM devices can be connected to the FGW14 The rotary switch assigns a separate ID range to a maximum of 10 FTSI2EM s ID 1 10 11 ID 11 20 21 ID 21 30 etc An ID from the above listed range is assigned to each pushbutton during teach in as specified in the user s m
332. off LRN 120 T Use the right rotary switch AV to set the response lag time AV between O and 120 seconds for 5 Contact L 2 30 AUTO 1 av 20 10 s s The AV and RV times permit the simple control of air conditioning systems with the wireless card switches FKF and FKC standard setting ex works The response lag AV starts as soon as the hotel card key card is inserted in the wireless card switch FKF and the time delay RV starts after the card is removed In addition to the wireless card switch FKF wireless window door contacts FTK and Hoppe window handles can also be taught in Opening a monitored window also starts the RV time When the RV time expires Contact L 2 opens Closing all monitored windows starts the AV time When the AV time expires Contact L 2 closes Contact L 1 is provided for light switching and always switches immediately without AV RV To increase the switching capacity for one channel outputs 1 and 2 can be bridged provided no air conditioning control is required Then AV and RV must be set fo O When motion detectors are taught in the two channels switch on immediately motion is detected If no motion is detected for 15 minutes the two channels are switched off Several wireless smoke alarms FRW ws are logically linked with this switch actuator time relay so that the RV time only starts after all FRW ws devices have signalled alarm end Card switches and smoke alarms can not be operated together with
333. ology Communication packet for GFVS Safe EAN 4010312314265 398 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT The low cost entry level start to a Smart Home Central Unit Eitako ELECTRONICS Eltako Smart Home is not a standalone solution like many smart home systems on the market All components are genuine parts from the successful Eltako Wireless product line They communicate within the Elfako Wireless Building by means of telegrams that are formatted using the world wide standard of the EnOcean Alliance EnOcean manufactures the transmitter modules and wireless chips in Germany The Eltako Wireless catalogue of over 200 pages contains sensors and actuators for all applications For more details visit www eltako de Installation by a trained electrician guarantees proper functioning smart Home means a house which is fast and clever But what is the purpose Does it only mean fast and clever operation The Elfako Smart Home solution is a complete sustainable system that includes everything from installation start up through fo later retrofitting and expansion Wireless No wires fo lay when installing switch points and sensors no plaster or paint work needed Simple retrofitting and expansion Thanks to decentralised switch actuators additional functions can be integrated in the building installations Biologically harmless Wireless signals are only sent when a sensor is operated The wireless signals has a hig
334. om numerous manufacturers Wireless sensor button with intermediate frame and one touch surface Rockers and double rockers laser engraved page 1 29 lamp 1 lamp 2 Wireless sensor button white Wireless sensor button pure white Wireless sensor button pure white glossy Wireless sensor button black Wireless sensor button anthracite Wireless sensor button coated aluminium paint Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Pushbutton Lighting FTB Eitako ELECTRONICS FTB 230V Wireless pushbutton lighting with LED for rear latching to cordless wireless pushbuttons Supply voltage 230V Only 0 1 watt standby loss The scope of supply contains an opaque intermediate frame for the wireless pushbutton FT4 or FT4CH Fitted using a 55mm switch box the LED lighting requires an installation depth of only 15 mm A 20cm long black blue connecting wire is routed to the rear The gap between the rocker and the frame lights up on the wireless pushbuttons FT4F and FT55 the opaque intermediate frame lights up on FT4 and FT4CH To reduce the lighting intensity replace the opaque cover with one of the two enclosed coloured covers Caution You must fit one of these covers otherwise there is the risk of electric shock FT4 with ZR op FTB 230V Pushbutton lighting EAN 4010312303313 21 20 pc FTB 8 24 V UC Wireless pushbutton lighting with LED for rear latching to cordless wirel
335. om other repeaters are ignored to reduce the data volume switchover to 2 level mode is carried out by removing the cover loosen two screws on the front panel and repositioning the jumper flush right In this setting wireless signals from other level repeaters are also processed A signal may therefore be received and amplified twice A red LED blinks briefly to indicate all the wireless signals detected Wireless repeaters need not be taught in They receive and amplify signals from all wireless sensors within their reception area On the underside there is an M12 screw for a waterproof mains connection The protection class is IP54 the allowable ambient temperature is 20 C to 55 C For screw mounting 30 m Outdoor wireless repeater EAN 4010312310137 65 70 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Accessories Switching Power Supply Units FSNT12 and FSNT61 Eitako FSNT12 12V 12W FSNT12 12V 12W FSNT12 12V 24W FSNT12 12V 24W FSNT61 12V 6W FSNT61 12V 6W FSNT61 24V 6W Only required for the weather data transmitter module FWS61 FSNT61 24V 6W ELECTRONICS Rated capacity 12W Standby loss 0 2 watt only Modular device for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep At a load of more than 50 of the rated capacity and always if there are adjacent switching power supply units from 12W rated capacity and if there are dimmers a ventilation clearance of 1 2 module must be
336. on the PC are set and retrieved using the Wireless Visualisation and Control software FVS One or several FLS70 devices must be taught in on the PC as dimming switches with percentage brightness values Lights scenes with wireless pushbuttons are taught in on the FLS O device Either four sequentially retrievable brightness values press up next light scene press down previous light scene and or up to four brightness values taught in a light scene pushbutton with double rocker The LED on the side below the left rotary switch accompanies the teach in process as described in the operation manual It indicates control commands by short flickering during operation Dimming actuator Controller for electronic ballast units EAN 4010312304334 91 10 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Light Scene Controller FLS70UD with Universal Dimmer Switch Eitako ELECTRONICS FLS70UD 230V Power MOSFET up to 400W ESL up to 100 W and LED up to 100W Only 0 6 watt standby loss Stores up to 40 light scenes for a group of dimmable energy saving lamps ESL 230V LED lamps incandescent lamps and halogen lamps Also with light scene control by PC or wireless pushbutions Mounting in the 230V power supply cord e g in false ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 25mm deep Universal dimmer switch for R L and C loads up to 400 watts Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL H up to 100 watts and dimmable 230V LED lamps up to 10
337. on the switch on side activates automatic dim up to full brightness at dim speed A double click on the switch off side activates the snooze function The children s room function is implemented on the switch on side As a universal pushbutton change the direction by briefly releasing the pushbutton With switching operation for children s rooms and snooze function Switching for light alarm clocks A wireless signal of a time clock which was taught in accordingly starts the wake up function by switching on the light at the lowest brightness level and dims up slowly until the maximum level is reached Dependent on the set dim speed the wake up time is between 30 and 60 minutes The dimming process is stopped by tapping briefly e g on the hand held transmitter At setting ESL the switching for light alarm clocks is not possible Switching operation for children s rooms universal pushbutton or direction pushbutton on the switch on side If the light is switched on by holding down the pushbutton it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down The last saved brightness level is not modified Snooze function universal pushbutton or direction pushbutton on the switch off side With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level
338. on without battery or wire EAN 4010312300817 37 50 pe anthracite 7 tata Tao Ta aaa a ala g Wireless pushbutton without battery or wire EAN 4010312300138 44 70 pe coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312300121 37 50 pc EAN 4010312300350 37 50 pc EAN 4010312300459 37 50 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Mini Pushbuttons without battery or wire FM1T55 2 FMT55 2 Wireless mini pushbutton 55x55mm external dimensions 15mm high with rocker Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself when the button is pressed therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby loss The scope of supply comprises the frame R55 one rocker W55 the wireless module and Wireless mini pushbutton one adhesive foil with rocker Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit two evaluable signals press rocker up and press rocker down The mounting base can be screwed onio a flat surface or glued to the wall on glass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil Before screwing on the device press the wireless module and rocker from the rear out of the frame Afterwards screw on the frame with the right and left safety latches and click the wireless module with rocker the marking O on the back is always up into place Rockers laser engraved page 1 29 FMT55 2 ws ee mini pushbutton without battery or wire with rocker EAN 4010312312445
339. one or several wireless motion sensors e g FBH63 or FABH63 in case of no motion on expiry of the time delay set between O and 60 minutes using the lower rotary switch RV AUTO 2 In AUTO2 mode semi automatic motion and brightness only switch off motion and brightness controlled switch on off takes place by means of the universal buttons or central control buttons Switch off takes place by means of one or several wireless motion brightness sensors e g FBH63 in case of no motion or insufficient brightness on expiry of the time delay set between O and 60 minutes using the lower rotary switch RV AUTO3 In AUTO3 mode fully automatic motion switch on and off motion controlled switch on takes place in case of brightness threshold undershoot by means of one or several wireless motion brightness sensors e g FBH63 or FABH63 and switch off takes place in case of no motion on expiry of time delay set between O and 60 minutes using lower rotary switch RV In addition switch on off takes place by means of universal buttons or central control buttons AUTO 4 In AUTO4 mode fully automatic motion and brightness switch on and off motion and brightness controlled switch on takes place in case of brightness threshold undershoot by means of one or several wireless motion brightness sensors e g FBH63 and switch off takes place in case of no motion or sufficient brightness on expiry of time delay set between O and 60 minutes usi
340. onstant light regulation Universal dimmer switch up to 800 W ESL and LED lamps up to 400W automatic lamp detection 2 modules wide switching capacity up to 3400W with capacity enhancers Capacity enhancer for FUD14 800W additionally up to 400 W depending on circuit type 1 module wide Dimming actuator controller for electronic ballast GOOVA 1 10V control output 1 module wide with light scene control and constant light regulation Multifunction time relay with 10 functions 1 changeover contact 10A 1 module wide Staircase lighting time delay switch 16A 1 module wide Mains disconnection relay for 2 circuits 1 1 NO contact 16A 1 module wide Time relay for card switch or smoke alarm 16A 1 module wide Heating cooling relay with 2 channels 1 1 NO contact 4A 1 module wide Heating cooling relay with 4 channels 1 NO contact 4A per channel 1 module wide Display timer with astro function 8 channels 1 module wide Multifunction sensor relay 5 channels module wide evaluates wireless telegrams from the wireless weather data transmitter module FWS61 Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module maximum current 65A 1 module wide Three phase energy meter 3x65A with MID 4 modules wide Two way three phase energy meter 3x5A with MID 4 modules wide Wireless Antenna Module FAM14 and Wireless Receiver Antenna Module FEM Ettako Jews 1 En oof L The enclosed small antenna can be replaced with a wireless antenna FA
341. onsumer is connected to the mains In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna this wireless actuator can also be controlled locally by a conventional control switch if fitted previously t LRN 1 Glow lamp current is not permitted starting in production week 18 2011 with bidirectional wireless in addition a repeater function Standard setting ex works can be switched in Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators in the FVS software and in FUA55 universal displays Typical connection With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned of which one or more central control pushbuttons In addition wireless window door contacts FTK may have a NO or NC function when the window is open If a direction switch is taught in a function e g Tl can be started using the top switch START and stopped with the bottom switch STOP The required function can then be selected Switching will be visualised by flashing of the LED RV off delay AV operating delay TI clock generator starting with impulse IA impulse controlled operating delay EW fleeting NO contact The bottom rotary switch sets the time from 0 5 seconds to 60 minutes The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by sho
342. onto the pushbutton module at the factory If the double rocker is replaced by the large rocker remove the rocker halves by pulling off to the front Do not bend Flat pushbutton towards the middle Then snap the large rocker so that the markings O and on the back line with double rocker up with the same markings on the pushbutton module Fitting at first connect the 230V black and blue connecting wires in the switch box and screw the mounting base to the switch box The red plug socket has to be at top right and the straps of the mounting base at top and bottom After that pull the connecting wire of the wireless push button module through the frame and press the red plug into the red plug socket Place frame on mounting base and snap pushbutton module and attachment frame in latches on mounting base The marking O of the wireless pushbutton module is at the top Snap on the double rocker or rocker The marking O on the back line of the rocker has to be at the top We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z6 ii The Eltako frame can be replaced on installation at any time by a design frame with internal dimensions 63x63 mm from numerous manufacturers Rockers and double rockers laser engraved page 1 29 ETAGF 230V ws i noiseless flat pushbutton FAN 4010312304884 75 20 pe FTAGF 230V rw bane ails flat pushbutton FAN 4010312304891 75 20 pe
343. oom Control Units thanos L SRO Eltako ELECTRONICS thanos L SRO Wireless multifunction room control unit thermokon horizontal for fitting to a flush mounted box Standby loss only 4 watts The multifunction room control unit with a 3 5 touch display detects the temperature and humidity at the place of installation It transmits these parameters to the wireless network as well as key commands on the touch display The aluminium function brace contains a further touch sensor which is parameterisable using a wireless function In addition there are another 8 touch buttons which are user definable A labelling foil can be printed and inserted here The front panel is made of glass The housing behind it is made of ABS plastic white or black Itis 82mm high 197 mm wide and 18 5 mm deep to the wall the connection part projects 34mm into the flush mounted box The 24V DC source is a switch mode power supply unit FSNT61 24 V 6W in a deep flush mounted box behind the room control unit or in a second flush mounted box The actual temperature is measured in a range from O to 50 C 0 5K Relative humidity is measured in a range from O to 100 rh or 3 rh in the range 20 to 80 rh The reference temperature is directly set on the display Startup and parameterisation are carried out using the thanos software which is downloadable from thermokon de The wireless sensor can be taughi in into all actuators and the wireless visu
344. ope of supply comprises the FTR55H and one intermediate frame with mounting base in white 61 and one adhesive foil Description see FTR55H Also available in light grey hg 65 and black sz 60 without frame FTR55H CH w Temperature controller with hand wheel white 61 EAN 4010312312155 90 80 pce FTR55D CH w Wireless temperature controller with display for surface mounting or integration in the 60x60 mm switch system Own power supply from integrated solar cell For Swiss cover frames from ABB Normelec Feller and Hager The scope of supply comprises the FTR55D and one intermediate frame with mounting base in white 61 and one adhesive foil Description see FTRO5D Also available in light grey hg 65 and black sz 60 FEA55D CH w Wirless energy consumption indicator with display for individual fitting or integration in the 60x60 mm switch system Standby loss 0 8 watt only For Swiss cover frames from ABB Normelec Feller and Hager The scope of supply comprises the FEA55D and one intermediate frame with the mounting base in white 61 Description see FEA55D Also available in light grey hg 65 and black sz 60 without frame FEA55D CH w Energy consumption indicator with display weiss 61 EAN 4010312304419 84 90 pc FSU55D CH w Wireless timer with display and with 8 channels for individual fitting or integration in the 60x60 mm switch system With a
345. operating modes EC 2 and LC 2 3 see next page __ FUD14 800W pa 1 8 FLUDI4 up to 200W Standard setting ex factory af ae each The switching mode one lamp C or additional lamps Bolh 6 6 is set with a rotary switch on the front 4 i f This setting must be same as the actual installation otherwise alfred ath there is a risk of destruction of the electronics Capacity increase for additional lamps 6 8 in dimmer switch operating modes AUTO LC4 LC5 and LC6 For operating modes EC 2 and LCl 2 3 see next page FUD14 800W to futher 7 FLUDI4 up to 400W FLUDI4 eae N FUDI4 FLUD14 800W pz p L P L etl 8 L Housing for operating instructions GBA14 page 4 26 FLUD14 Capacity enhancer EAN 4010312313763 62 20 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Capacity Enhancer FLUD14 for Universal Dimmer Switch FUD14 800 W Ettako ELECTRONICS This setting must be made on the front panel for ESL and 230 V LED lamps if the FUD14 800W is operated in comfort settings EC1 EC2 LC1 LC2 or LC3 Function rotary switch Capacity increase of a lamp in settings EC 2 and LC 2 3 Z2 1 8 FLUDI4 up fo 100W ace ior N FUD14 FLUD 14 Fe wt az 800W O Q a S p p i Capacity increase with capacity ie enhancers FLUD14 for dimmable energy saving lamps ESL and Eiei eh dimmable 230V LED lamps in comfort settin
346. operation January 2013 Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator FSUD 230V A TaRenenitan EAN 4010312314791 108 20 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Universal Display with LED FUA55LED FUAS5LED Universal display with 10 LEDs for individual fitting and integration in the 55x55mm and 63x63 mm switch system Standby loss 0 8 watt only The scope of supply includes a frame R an intermediate frame ZR in the same colour and a mounting plate In addition an intermediate frame ZRF in the same colour is supplied for installation in an existing frame RIF R2F or R3F for flat pushbuttons supply voltage 230V A 20cm long black blue connecting wire is routed to the rear Before screwing on remove the frame and intermediate frame from the mounting plate To do this press out the catches on the mounting plate Then screw on the mounting plate with the catches at the top and bottom snap on the frame and the intermediate frame and connect and snap on the universal indicator We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z6 since all LED displays can be taught in individually or together universal displays are possible Up to 4 sensors can be taught in in an LED display Position display with single LED The numbered LEDs can be taught in individually to indicate the position of up to 10 window
347. operation the rotary switch must be set to AUTO The meter reading the current power and the serial number will be handed over fo the bus eg for forwarding to an external computer the software GFVS 3 0 or GFVS Energy and also to the wireless network via FAM14 To be displayed also with FEA55D and FEA55LED Power consumption is indicated using a LED lf the L input and the L output were interchanged when hooked up a normal rate HT off peak NT switchover telegram is transmitted to indicate the hook up error If the anticipated load exceeds 50 maintain an air gap of 12 pitch unit to the devices mounted adjacently Thereto included are 2 spacers DS14 a short jumper and two long jumpers Wireless single phase energy meter ane node EPA EAN 4010312501511 59 90 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Three phase Energy Meter with display MID approval DSZ14DRS 3x65 A DSZ14DRS 3x65A mo E o GL Typical connection N 4 wire connection 3x230 400V L DSZ14DRS 3x65A Three phase energy meter Maximum current 3x65A Standby loss 0 4 watt per path only Modulair device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting in distribution cabinets with IP51 protection class 4 modules 70mm wide and 58mm deep Accuracy class B 1 With RS485 interface It measures active energy by means of the current between input and output T
348. or by 10m using FAV10 HF ground FHM175 for the HF wireless antenna FA250 aluminium disc anodized 4mm thick 175mm diameter _ This HF ground optimizes the receiver and transmitter performance of the HF antenna FA250 _ Since the diameter has twice the length of the antenna plus ifs bar diameter A deepened steel disc with the diameter of the magnetic antenna coil is pressed into the center Thereby the FA250 can easily be centered The aluminium disc is formed with a hole and a slot to be fixed to the wall High performance receive antenna FA200 with magnetic base and 200cm cable This antenna has a radial gain of up to 7dBi and therefore has a much greater range than wireless antenna FA250 As a trade off the receive power along the antenna axis is consi derably lower This must be taken into consideration when positioning the antenna It may only be used as a receive antenna Antenna height 45 cm With SMA screw terminal Extension by 5m using wireless antenna extension FAV5 or by 10m using FAV1O FA250 Wireless antenna with 250cm cable EAN 4010312300244 19 90 pc FHM175 HF ground for FA250 EAN 4010312313121 34 00 pc FA200 High performance receive antenna EAN 4010312303306 64 70 pc with 200cm cable FAV5 Antenna extension 5m EAN 4010312302897 23 90 pe FAV10 Antenna extension 10m EAN 4010312302903 26 80 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Antenna FAG63 Efttako ELECTRON
349. or can be used together with function setting ER to evaluate motion only in darkness If the FAH detects brightness the contact opens immediately When teaching in the switching threshold is also taught in between break of twilight and complete darkness The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation Standard setting ex works Typical connection Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator Fei Impulse switch with integr relay function BAN OUO O AOUS EREA afk Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Impulse Switch with integrated relay function noiseless FSR61G FSR61G 230V Noiseless solid state relay not potential free 400 Watt off delay with switch off early warning and switchable pushbutton permanent light Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable Only 0 7 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep switching voltage and control voltage local 230V At a load of lt 1W a GLE has fo be switched parallely to the load This wireless actuator offers the latest in hybrid technology developed by us we combined wear free receiver and evaluation electronics with zero passage switching solid state relays In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna this wireless actuator can also be controlled locally by a conventional
350. or for surface mounting 84x84x39 mm or mounting in 55x55 mm or 63x63 mm switch system Power supply with a 12V DC power supply unit or with batteries The scope of supply includes a frame in Q Design QRR an attachment frame a battery mounting plate and an adhesive foil For mounting in frame with 55 or 63 neckline also an intermediate frame ZR in the same color and a mounting plate In the as delivered condition the energy storage is empty and needs to be charged before use Either via the red black 12V DC power cable for about 10 minutes or by inserting two pieces AAA batteries not included in delivery for about 10 minutes In normal operation the power supply is either through the cable with a 12V DC power supply unit FSNT61 12V 6W in a flush mounted box under the sensor or with AAA batteries Then the 12V DC connecting cable may be cut off if necessary The sensor then requires no installation depth behind the mounting plate It can be screwed or stuck to any flat surface An adhesive film is supplied We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 To teach in in an actuator in teach in mode hold the supplied blue magnet or any other magnet at hand below the point on the side panel of the sensor marked by m This sends a teach in telegram A red LED behind the Fresnel lens confirmes transmitting of the teach in tele
351. or teach in Set the required operating mode when the fan actuator is in operation During the teach in process adjust the left rotary switch to set the sensor type A double rocker wireless pushbutton is taught in in rotary switch position 1 The double rockers are assigned automatically top left for Stage 1 top right for Stage 2 Bottom left and bottom right OFF both contacts open If you switch the two contacts in parallel one wireless pushbutton and rocker are sufficient In this case top is ON and bottom is OFF All passive sensors such as wireless buttons and wireless transmitter modules can be taught in in rotary switch position 2 An active sensor can be taught in in any teach in position Only one sensor can be taught in When operated with an active sensor use the right rotary switch to set the switch on threshold When the threshold is reached stage is switched on Use the left rotary switch to set the addition value at which Contact 2 closes The middle rotary switch sets one of the operating modes AUTO to AUTOS AUTO for manual mode of a 2 stage fan by means of a double rocker wireless pushbutton Each contact is closed separately exclusive AUTO2 same as AUTOI Contact 2 cuts in to switch Stage 2 accumulative AUTO1 and AUTO2 cause both contacts to open in the case of passive sensors such as wireless pushbuttons and transmitter modules which are taught in as off switches As long as the control voltage is applied to
352. ottom rear Then the top is SWITCH ON DIM UP and the bottom is SWITCH OFF DIM DOWN If two actuators are controlled as universal buttons using the touch button it is recommended fo fit the touch button completely rotated through 90 degrees so that the two double rocker halves are adjacent to each other Fit using a 55mm switch box The wireless electronics device requires an installation depth of only 15mm Behind a 20cm long black blue connecting wire is routed to the outside The double rocker is snapped onto the touch module at the factory If the rocker has to be exchanged for a large rocker pull the rocker halves fo the front Do not bend them to the Flaninciccatconcan unten centre Then snap on the large rocker with two touch surfaces Before screwing remove the mounting base from the frame and the attachment frame To do this press the latches on the mounting base outwards Then screw the mounting base with the latches left and right snap on the frame with the attachment frame and snap on the set comprising the sensor module and rocker We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z6 The Eltako frame can be replaced on installation at any time by a design frame with internal dimensions 63x63 mm from numerous manufacturers Flat wireless sensor button with one touch surface Rockers and double rockers laser engraved page 1 29
353. over BL socket outlet DSS intermediate frames as well as single rockers 1 22 Wireless pushbuttons FT55R 1 27 Wireless pushbuttons FI4CH and blind cover BLA CH Swiss Design 1 28 Rockers and double rockers laser engraved or printed 1 29 Universal remote control UFB and hand held transmitters FHS 1 30 Remote control FF8 1 34 Hand held transmitters FHS8 and FHS12 1 35 Mini hand held transmitters FMH8 FMH4 and FMH2 1 37 Window door contact FTK 1 41 Wireless window handles FHF from Hoppe SecuSignal 1 42 Wireless sensor hotel key card switches FKF and FKC 1 43 Wireless sensor pull switch FZS 1 45 Wireless sensor proximity pushbutton FNT55 1 46 Compatible design frames from other manufacturers 1 47 Switching on the future Eltako The Wireless Building The Shapes and Colours of the Pushbuttons Wireless pushbuttons FT4F FT4GF FT2SF Wireless pushbuttons FT55 FT55G FT55S Wireless pushbuttons FT4 FT4G FT2S 80x80x12 mm external dimensions 80x80x12 mm external dimensions 80x80x12 mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 63x63 mm internal frame dimensions 55x55mm internal frame dimensions 55x55 mm Rocker and double rocker 63x63 mm Rocker and double rocker 55x55 mm Rocker and double rocker 50x50 mm with 3mm projecting 3mm projecting intermediate frame 3mm projecting O I by laser engraving O by laser engraving By laser engraving customised to text supplied By laser engraving customised to text suppli
354. ower requirement which they cannot generate themselves and therefore require an external power supply Eltako actuators are the backbone of the Eltako Wireless Building They only evaluate directly addressed wireless telegrams in order fo switch or control any number of consumers in the building Many have a bidirectional function This allows them to send back their switch states to the server or displays or directly initiate other functions via actuators In addition these actuators may also function as repeaters Of course there are specific actuators for either centralised or decentralised installation If the Eltako RS485 bus is installed centrally with rail mounted devices in switch cabinets a wireless antenna module FAM14 is used to communicate with the actuators The RS485 bus can also be used composite or without wireless by means of the Eltako remote switch system FTS The Eltako Wireless Building uses all Eltako wireless components in an ingenious way and can be installed even in small installations The components are all downwards compatible All sensors and actuators communicate within the Eltako wireless network by means of telegrams using the world wide standard of the EnOcean Alliance The batieryless and cordless wireless modules in the Eltako wireless pushbuttons are produced by EnOcean in Germany as well as the wireless microchips in the other sensors and actuators Eltako therefore develops and manufactures all the offered sensor
355. parts of the module cover can be fitted Housing GBAI4 is snapped onto the carrier rail to house the operating instructions Types FTR55H FTR55D FUTH55D and the thanos room control units LSR SSR and LSRQ can be used as wireless room temperature controllers FME14 4Z 24V Basic unit 4 zones 24V EAN 4010312314470 296 50 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Basic Unit 8 Zones for 24V Actuators FME14 8Z 24V Eitako ELECTRONICS FME14 82Z 24V Wireless basic unit 8 zones for 24V actuators Only 10 pitch units PU of 18mm wide 180mm Without cover 58 mm deep with cover 63mm deep Standby loss only 1 8 watts This basic unit receives setpoints and actual values in wireless telegrams from one or several wireless room temperature controllers and controls the connected actuators accordingly The actuators are equipped with PCB relays PCB with floating contacts to switch 24V actuators This basic unit has a modular design ex works and comprises a wireless antenna module FAM14 2 PUS 4 actuators FAEI4LPR each with two zones each 1 PU and a switch mode power supply unit SNT14 24V 48W 4 PUS These components are mechanically connected and provided with plugged in jumpers for the RS485 bus and the internal 12V DC power supply In addition a bus terminating resistor is fitted to the FAM14 on the left and a dummy is fitted to an FAE14 on the right A busbar SAS 6TE a housing for operating instructions GBA14 and a
356. peration Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator FSB70 230V Impulse group switch EAN 4010312303207 79 60 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Heating Cooling Relay FHK70 Eitako ELECTRONICS FHK70 230V 1 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC 2 channels Only 0 9 watt standby loss Mounting in the 230V power supply cord e g in false ceilings 100mm long 50mm wide and 25mm deep This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and two bistable relays with zero passage switching By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is x connected fo the mains This heating cooling relay assesses information about wireless temperature controllers or sensors Function rotary switches Possibly supplemented by window door contacts FTK motion detectors FBH and Hoppe window on the side handles Left rotary switch for adjustable hysteresis Left stop lowest hysteresis 0 5 Right stop largest hysteresis 4 5 Inbetween divisions in steps of 0 5 Middle rotary switch for regulation types AUTO 1 With PWM control at T 4 minutes PWM pulse width modulation suitable for valves with thermoelectric valve drive AUTO 2 With PWM control at T 15
357. phase energy meter 2 2 transmitter modules FWZ12 and FWZ61 Weather data transmitter module FWS61 2 4 Smoke alarm FRW 2 5 Motion brightness sensor FBH55 and FBH63AP 2 6 2 8 2 9 Motion brightness sensor SR MDSBAT Outdoor motion brightness sensor FABH63 and indoor brightness sensor FIH63AP Outdoor brightness sensor FAH63 and FAH6O 2 Outdoor twilight sensor FADS60 2 13 Wireless indoor humidity temperature sensor FIFT63AP and 2 14 wireless outdoor humidity temperature sensor FAFT60 Contact temperature sensor SR6E5VFG 2 16 Cable temperature sensor SR65TF251 2 17 Ea Clock thermometer FUTH55D and small actuator FKS 2 18 CEN Temperature controller FTR55H and FTR55D 2 20 Temperature sensor FTF55 2 22 CO2 sensors SRO4CO2 and SRO4CO2rHZ 2 23 fa Multifunction room control units thanos LSR SSR und LSRQ 2 24 Timer FSU55D with display 2 26 Wireless sensors temperature controller FIR55H CH FTR55D CH 2 27 energy consumption indicator FEA55D CH and timer FSU55D CH Swiss Design Teach in list wireless sensors that can be taught in in wireless actuators 2 28 Switching on the future Wireless Transmitter Modules FSM12 and F8S12 FSM12 UC FSM12 UC F8S12 12V DC ENED alee SACE e The enclosed small antenna can be replaced with a wireless antenna FA250 with magnetic base and cable F8S12 12V DC U 8 253V AC 10 230V DC Wireless 2 fold transmitter module With internal antenna No standb
358. pointing up Before screwing remove the mounting base from the frame and the attachment frame To do this press the latches on the mounting base outwards Then screw the mounting base with the latches at top and bottom snap on the frame with the attachment frame and snap on the set comprising the wireless module and rocker with the marking O on the back always pointing to the top We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 The Eltako frame can be replaced on installation at any time by a design frame with internal dimensions 63x63 mm from other manufacturers Rockers and double rockers laser engraved page 1 29 FT4E ws ye flat pushbutton without battery or wire EAN 4010312302927 37 50 pc FT4F rw e pushbutton without battery or wire EAN 4010312302941 37 50 pe Wireless flat pushbutton without battery or wire FT4F wg pure white glossy EAN 4010312302972 37 50 pc Wireless flat pushbutton without battery or wire black Faon M e pushbutton without battery or wire EAN 4010312302996 37 50 pc Wireless flat pushbutton without battery or wire EAN 4010312306697 44 70 pc coated aluminium paint Recommended retail prices excluding VAT EAN 4010312302965 37 50 pe Wireless Sensors Pushbuttons without battery or wire FT55
359. power reserve without battery The timer is set using the MODE and SET buttons and the settings can be interlocked 20 seconds affer you last press MODE or SET the program returns automatically to normal display Set language Every time the power supply is applied press SET within 10 seconds to set the language and press MODE fo confirm deutsch english francais espanol and italiano The normal display then appears weekday date and time Rapid scroll In the settings below the numbers increment rapidly when you press and hold down the input button for longer Release then press and hold down to change the scroll direction Set clock Press MODE then press SET to search for the clock function Select by pressing MODE Press SET to select the hour then press MODE to confirm Proceed in the same way to select the minutes Set date Press MODE then press SET to search for the date function Select by pressing MODE Press SET to select the year then press MODE to confirm Proceed in the same way for month and day The last setting in the sequence is the weekday Press SET to set if Set geographic position if the astro function is required Press MODE then press SET fo search for the position function select by pressing MODE At at press SET to select the latitude and press MODE to confirm Repeat this procedure to select the longitude and press MODE to confirm Then press SET to select the time zone and press MODE to confirm The last settings
360. prohibited to sell to other customers for this reason otherwise the risk passes to the seller Germany Offices and Sales Representatives International Contact Addresses and Sales Representatives Fellbach Lower Saxony Eltako Headquarter Detlef Hilker Hofener StraBe 54 31840 Hessisch Oldendort Barksen 70736 Fellbach 0711 94350000 0711 5183740 gt q info eltako de kundenservice eltako de Baden Wurttemberg West Carsten Krampe 05152 6984480 0173 3180390 bx hilker eltako de Mecklenburg Vorpommern Brandenburg North Klaus Peter Schmitz 75172 Pforzheim 18276 Sarmstorf 03843 215884 aie ao 03843 215884 krampe eltako de 0176 13582501 bx schmitz eltako de Baden Wurttemberg East Philipp Wecker 71155 Altdorf 0162 2575122 gt I wecker eltako de North Rhine Westphalia North Stefan Krause 32351 Stemwede 0162 2575119 lt krause eltako de Bavaria North Horst Rock 91126 Schwabach 09122 61179 09122 61159 gt q rock eltako de Bavaria South Elka Hugo Krischke GmbH 82024 Taufkirchen 089 3090409 0 089 3090409 50 bs krischke eltako de 0176 13582506 Q 0231 734171 Berlin Brandenburg Olaf Knobel gt lt Wwestphal eliako de 15746 Gro K ris 033766 21240 033766 21241 North Rhine Westphalia South Jorg Kleimann 53340 Meckenheim 0162 2575120 lt kleimann eltako de North Rhine Westphalia East Kay Westphal 44265 Dortmund
361. ption active power in watt W or kilowatt kW The display arrows on the left and right show the automatic change W and kW m Field 3 Cumulative value in kWh Display up to 9 999kWh with 3 decimal digits from 1OkWh with 1 deciaml digit and from 1000kWh without decimal digit Press the left button MODE to scroll down the display options which are shown in field 1 HO1 DOI MOI and YO as described above Finally press MODE to show the abbreviation of the set language e g GB for English D for German and F for French Press the right button SELECT once within the display options to increment the indicated figure by 1 The corresponding value is indicated in field 3 The last clock hour then becomes the hour before last etc lf the active language was selected with MODE press SELECT to switch to a different language Exit the new language setting by pressing MODE to activate the setting The program returns to the standard display mode automatically if MODE or SELECT are not operated for 20 seconds or if you press both buttons briefly simultaneously Reset To start saving the values to the nearest hour we recommend performing a reset at an opportune moment after installation Hold down the buttons MODE and SELECT simultaneously for a further 3 seconds until RES appears in field 1 Then press SELECT briefly to reset all memories Afterwards the program returns automatically to standard display mode Maximum current 32 A EAN 4010312
362. r brightness sensor wireless antenna module wireless antenna module with USB port outdoor wireless repeater wireless outdoor transmitter module wireless bus coupler wireless motion brightness sensor wireless energy consumption indicator wireless remote control wireless mains disconnection relay flat pushbuttons wireless gong module wireless GSM reciever wireless bus gateway wireless window handle from Hoppe wireless heating cooling relay wireless HF ground for FA250 wireless hand held transmitter indoor humidity temperature sensor FIH indoor brightness sensor 2 Fiw wireless infrared converter gt 1 FKC FKF wireless hotel key card swith 1 FKL wireless constant current LED dimmer switch 5 FKR wireless constant light controller 4 5 FkS wireless small actuator i Fle light controler S 5 FLS wireless light scene controllers 4 capacity enhancer for FUD FMD wireless master universal dimmer switch 5 FME modular wireless single room control 6 FMH_ wireless mini hand held transmitter FMS wireless multifunction impulse switch 4 5 wireless bus multifunction sensor relay 4 mini pushbuttons o 7 FNT wireless proximity pushbutton 1 FMZ wireless multifunction time relay 4 FPP wireless Poweret phase coupler 3 wireless Powernet repeater wireless Powernet connector wireless Powernet meter connector smoke alarm wireless repeater wireless socket actuators
363. r engraved page 1 29 ire z FT55S UC ws cia Wireless sensor button 55x55mm pure white Wireless sensor button 55x55mm pure white glossy Wireless sensor button 55x55mm black Wireless sensor button 55x55 mm EAN 4010312306949 60 90 pc FT55S UC rw EAN 4010312306963 60 90 pc FT55S UC wg EAN 4010312306987 60 90 pc FT55 UC sz l FT55S UC an e a button 59x55 mm EAN 4010312307014 60 90 pc EAN 4010312306970 60 90 pc Wireless sensor button 55x55 mm aan coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312306956 68 10 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Wireless Sensor Buttons FT25 FT2S UC Wireless pushbutton with sensor key 80x80 mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 55x55mm 15 15 mm high With intermediate frame Supply voltage 8 till 230V UC Only 0 03 till 0 3 watt standby loss The scope of supply comprises the frame R one intermediate frame ZR one large rocker W one double rocker DW all same colour the mounting base HP with plug in wireless transmitter module and the sensor module The wireless touch button with one rocker can only send one evaluatable signal This is achieved by teaching in the two touch surfaces behind the rocker in the actuator With the double rocker fitted at the factory two evaluatable signals can be transmitted The sensor module including the mounting plate is mounted together with the
364. r for environmental protection and sustainability in numerous countries e g in the USA All data and events are saved to a database for a predefined period A net storage capacity of up to 75 GB is available for data As protection against data loss data is stored redundantly on a hard disc partition using a special process In addition data can be stored externally e g on a USB stick 3 The GFVS Safe is a flat fanless server in industrial standard which can either be secured under a table top or to the rear of an appropriately equipped monitor using one of the VESA mounts contained in the scope of delivery The operating system is also installed as well as the Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 A FAM USB is included in the scope of supply The Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS visualises the switch positions of actuators and the consumption of connected meters for electricity gas water and heat On the other hand direct hook ups and controls can be switched using preset software links All you need to do then is click the mouse or touch the monitor screen This is not included in the scope of delivery to allow the user to select the solution according to his personal requirements A notebook can be connected to the computer at any time The connecting cable is contained in the scope of delivery 4 V 5 N The wireless LAN access points BSC BAP communicate with
365. r module URNEE in This battery powered smoke alarm is a reliable device that generates an alarm in case of fire i Aa d by visual detection based on the scattered light principle Certified to EN 14604 2005 by the VdS German independent testing institution Alarm signal produces loud tone at intervals of 0 5 second Operation indication every 40 seconds by flashing red LED Fault and battery change display by short alert tone every 40 seconds In case of an alarm the inserted wireless transmitter module transmits an NO contact tele gram to the Eltako wireless network This also takes place when the test button is pressed While the alarm sounds the telegram is repeated every 10 seconds Power consumption during an alarm is 23 pA from a fitted 9V lithium battery that powers the smoke alarm As soon as the alarm is cleared 2 button NC contact telegrams are sent at an interval of 400ms Every 20 minutes a button NC contact telegram is sent as status telegram If the battery voltage is less than 7 2V a battery status telegram is sent in addition It can be taught into an actuator in the same way as the upper NO contact of a left double switch rocker several FRW ws devices can be taught in the FZK actuators By logic linking alarm end is only signalled when all FRW ws devices send no more alarms Battery life cycle of 9V lithium approx 6 years 9V alkaline approx 3 years A lithium battery is contained in the scope of supply
366. r on furniture using an enclosed adhesive foil The mini hand held transmitter FMH4S is also prepared to attach a key ring The mini hand held transmitter is supplied with the following engraving 1 on upper part left 2 on upper part right 3 on bottom part left and 4 on bottom part right Double rockers laser engraved page 1 29 WEEE registration number DE 30298319 Here era 38 30 Eps ooo rit ta mere erie anette Se He ak Reena 38 30 pc e ie i aay pate ee ao ass 38 30 pc e We eagle 42 70 pe Nene eee ies eee 40 50 pc 10 50 hp 10 50 he 1050 ip 4 90 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensor Mini Hand held Transmitter for Calling Systems Eitako ELECTRONICS FMH2S wr Wireless mini hand held transmitter for calling systems 43x43 mm 16mm high Weighs only 48 grams The mini hand held transmitter FMH2S wr without battery for calling systems has a pure white rocker with red lettering and a grey carry strap lt transmits a wireless telegram to the Eltako wireless network each time you make a confirmation by pressing on the red button When operated by pressing on the red button it transmits the same wireless telegram as a wireless pushbutton and can therefore be taught in in actuators and the FVS software in the same way If if will be taught in in an actuator as central on as an emergency call switch the
367. r shutters as described with the infrared converters FIW55 and FIW USB WEEE registration number DE 52635780 UFB Harmony One E Logitech universal remote control EAN 4010312304266 167 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensor Infrared Converter FIW USB Eltako ELECTRONICS FIW USB Wireless infrared converter with USB port Only 0 05 watt standby loss Either connect to a device with power supply to the USB socket or use a USN charger for mains voltage USB plug Type A with 2m connecting cable The wireless infrared converter converts the predefined infrared telegrams of the universal remote control UFB Harmony One into wireless telegrams for the Eltako wireless network Otherwise it has no function of its own The downstream wireless actuators are taught in and then controlled using the keys on the universal remote control The green LED on the FIW indicates every detected infrared telegram One actuator can be controlled by each of the max 32 channels e g for lighting blinds awnings and roller shutters In as delivered state the FIW sends a message every time one of the numeric buttons on the UFB is clicked This permits the teach in of 10 rapid channels using the numeric buttons lf additional channels are required switch over to the double click function by using the key sequence 7 and 3 on the UFB within 10 seconds after switching on the FIW power supply In this function an addition
368. rams containing the momentary values are sent approx 60 seconds later At least every 10 minutes but also Brightness values West South and East each from O fo 150 kLux if a change of minimum 10 occurs Twilight values from O to 999 Lux if a change of minimum 10 occurs Wind speeds from O to 70m s From 4m s to 16m s the momentary values are sent immediately 3 times at intervals of 1 second After that further value increases are sent within 20 seconds Dropping wind speeds are sent progressively delayed by 20 seconds Rain values at the start are sent immediately 3 times After the rain stops a telegram is sent within 20 seconds Temperature values from 40 0 C to 80 0 C are sent every 10 minutes together with all the other values in a status telegram Monitoring multisensor function and line break If the weather data message from multisensor MS is not sent for 5 seconds the FWS61 immediately sends an alarm telegram which is repeated every 30 seconds The alarm telegram can be taught in as a switch telegram in an actuator to initiate further action as required In addition the two status telegrams containing the values brightness O Lux twilight O Lux temperature 40 C frost wind 70m s and rain are sent When a message is again detected from the multisensor MS the alarm stops automatically FWS61 24V DC Wireless weather data transmitter module EAN 4010312301937 58 60 pe The MS multi sensor sends the current weather details
369. ratures When the actual temperature gt reference temperature the device is switched off When the actual temperature lt reference temperature hysteresis the device is switched on The signs are the opposite in cooling mode PWM control mode The hysteresis rotary switch set the required temperature difference at which the device is switched on at 100 When the actual temperature gt reference temperature the device is switched off When the actual temperature lt reference temperature hysteresis the device is switched on at 100 If the actual temperature lies between the reference temperature hysteresis and the reference temperature the device is switched on and off with a PWM in steps of 10 depending on the temperature difference The lower the temperature difference the shorter the switch on time As a result of the settability of the 100 value the PWM can be adapted to the heater size and inertia The signs are the opposite in cooling mode In heating mode the frost protection function is always enabled As soon as the actual temperature drops below 8 C the temperature is controlled in the selected operating mode to 8 C If one or several windows are open the output remains off provided the window door contacts FTK or Hoppe window handles are taught in In heating mode however the frost protection remains enabled As long as all faught in motion detectors FBH detect no mot
370. re Apps for iPhone and iPad are undergoing certification two language system in German and English with simple switchover status feedbacks can be integrated from most actuators in Series 14 61 and 70 appealing free operating apps for smartphone and tablet PC FAM USB 5 clients included in the system scope of supply for direct control by smartphone and tablet voice control of apps over internet access direct communication over M2M via mobile radio network automatic data backup of the entire system recovery mode to restore system backups iota visualisation software with control functions for included in the scope of supply of the server GFVS Safe control and dim light on off A control roller shutters blinds awnings BSC BAP control temperature in individual rooms light scenes time controlled astro functions register and control by email evaluate electricity meters via the energy cockpit with currency selection surveillance functions with up fo 5 cameras hotline free of charge Performance features GFVS 3 0 Number of supported sensors and energy meter transmitter modules Number of supported actuators unlimited Number of supported clients Number of supported cameras resolution 1280x1024 0G Number of supported timers unlimited supports BSC BAP _ unlimited SQL database in scope of delivery sends text messages e mails Voice control supports Eltako apps 256 bit encryption unlimited
371. regulation types AUTO 1 With PWM control at T 4 minutes PWM pulse width modulation Suitable for valves with thermoelectric valve drive AUTO 2 With PWM control at T 15 minutes Suitable for valves with motor driven valve drive AUTO 3 With 2 point control Bottom rotary switch for operating modes H heating mode Contacts 1 to 4 K cooling mode Contacts 1 to 4 HK heating mode Contact 3 and 4 and cooling mode Contact 1 and 2 In heating mode the frost protection function is always enabled As soon as the actual temperature drops below 8 C the temperature is controlled in the selected operating mode to SiC If one or several windows are open the output remains off provided the window door contacts FTK or Hoppe handles are taught in In heating mode however the frost protection remains enabled As long as all taught in motion detectors FBH detect no motion the device is switched to setback mode In heating mode the reference temperature is set back by 2 in cooling mode it is raised by 2 As soon as a motion detector signals movement again the device is switched to normal mode When a wireless pushbutton FT4 is taught in the assignment of the 4 keys is assigned with the following fixed functions Top right Normal mode can also be enabled by timer Bottom right Night setback mode by 4 in cooling mode raised by 4 can also be enabled by timer Top left Setback mode by 2 in cooling mode raised by
372. relay EAN 4010312313817 39 20 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator Heating Cooling Relay FHK14 ELtako FHK14 Standard setting ex works Further settings can be made and actuators configured using the PC Tool PCT14 FHK14 ELECTRONICS Heating cooling relay 1 1 NO contacts potential free 4A 250V AC 2 channels with DX technology Bidirectional Only 0 1 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 modul 18mm wide 58mm deep Connection to the Elfako RS485 bus Bus cross wiring and power supply with jumper Patented Eltako Duplex technology allows you to switch normally potential free contacts in zero passage switching when 230V A C voltage 50Hz is switched This drastically reduces wear To achieve this simply connect the N conductor to the terminal N1 and L to 1 L and or N to N2 and L to 3 L This results in an additional standby consumption of only 0 1 watt When both relays of the FHK14 are switched on 0 4 watts are required This heating cooling relay assesses information about wireless temperature controllers or sensors Possibly supplemented by window door contacts motion detectors Hoppe window handles and wireless pushbutions As an alternative to a wireless temperature controller the temperature information on the set and actual values can be obtained from the FVS software It is also possible to specify the set temperature via FVS software and t
373. reless repeater with small antenna Only 0 6 watt standby loss If required a wireless antenna FA250 can be connected Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 modul 18mm wide 58mm deep This repeater is only needed if the building conditions prevent undisturbed reception or the distance between the wireless pushbutton and receiver is too great Antenna FA250 with a 250cm cable can be connected instead of the enclosed small antenna When positioned in the optimal location it can increase range considerably The 1 level mode is activated ex works Only the signals from sensors and actuators are received tested and retransmitted at full transmit power Wireless signals from other repeaters are ignored to reduce the data volume A rotary switch is fitted to switch over to 2 level mode The wireless signals of an additional level repeater can also be processed A signal can then be received and amplified maximum 2 times Wireless repeaters need not be taught in They receive and amplify signals from all wireless sensors within their reception area The LEDs under the rotary switch indicate all the wireless signals detected by briefly flashing The Wireless Repeater FRP14 can be installed either as a single device in a subdistributor panel It then requires a 12V power supply from a switch mode power supply unit FSNT12 12V or SNT12 12V Or it is installed together with remote Series 14 wireless actuators and cross wiring req
374. reless tele grams itself when the button is pressed therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby loss The scope of supply comprises the frame RIF a flat rocker WF a flat double rocker DWF all same colour an attachment frame BRF the mounting base HP the wireless module and one adhesive foil Wireless flat pushbutton Wireless pushbuttons with one rocker can transmit two evaluable signals press rocker up with rocker and press rocker down Wireless pushbuttons with double rocker can transmit four evaluable signals press two rockers up or down The mounting base can be screwed onto a flat surface or glued to the wall on glass or on furniture using the enclosed adhesive foil Use the sleeves in the 55mm socket box for screw mounting Then the wireless switch lighting FTB can be snapped into the mounting plate from the rear The double rocker is snapped onto the wireless module at the factory If the double rocker is replaced by the large rocker remove the rocker halves by pulling off fo the front Do not bend towards the middle Then snap the large rocker so that the markings O and I on the back line up with the same markings on the wireless module Adhesion First adhere the set comprising the mounting base frame and attachment frame Wireless flat pushbutton with the latches pointing at the top and bottom Then snap on the set comprising the wireless with double rocker module and rocker with the marking O on the back always
375. rew connections on 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z6 The Eltako frame can be replaced on installation at any time by a design frame with internal dimensions 55x55 mm from numerous manufacturers Rockers and double rockers laser engraved page 1 29 FT55G 230V ws Wireless noiseless pushbutton 55x55mm EAN 4010312307359 75 20 pe white FT55G 230V rw FT55G 230V wg FT55G 230V sz Wireless noiseless pushbutton 55x55mm pure white EAN 4010312307366 73 20 pe Wireless noiseless pushbutton 55x55mm EAN 4010312307380 75 20 pc pure white glossy i ee noiseless pushbutton 55x55mm EAN 4010312307373 75 20 pe FT55G 230V an FT55G 230V al Wireless noiseless pushbutton 55x55mm EAN 4010312307397 75 20 pe anthracite S 1 Wireless noiseless pushbutton 55x55 mm EAN 4010312307410 82 40 pc coated aluminium paint Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors noiseless Pushbuttons FT4G FT4G 230V Wireless noiseless pushbutton 80x80mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 55x55mm 15 15mm high With intermediate frame Supply voltage 230 V Only 0 1 watt standby loss With switchable pushbutton lighting The scope of supply comprises the frame R one large rocker W one double rocker DW one intermediate frame ZR with plug in wireless pushbutton module all same colour one opaque intermediate fram
376. rs Rated capacity 48 W Standby loss 0 4 watt only Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 4 modules 72mm wide 58mm deep Input voltage 230V 20 up to 10 Efficiency 86 stabilised output voltage 1 low residual ripple short circuit proof Overload protection and over temperature switch off by means of swichting off with automatic switching on after fault clearance autorecovery function The 24V DC output of these switch mode power supply units is located underneath to create a rapid link to the actuators FAEI4LPR for 24V DC actuators via the busbar SAS The SNT14 is always mounted on the far right next to the last actuator FAEI4LPR since no jumper is provided SNT14 24V 48W Switching power supply units 24V DC 48W EAN 4010312314418 66 50 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Module Cover MAI4 and Housing for Operating Instructions GBA14 ELtako ELECTRONICS MA14 Ir und MA14 2m Module covers on the left and right each 2 pitch units wide and module cover centre pieces each 2 pitch units wide These module covers are fitted as required to cover single room control units The two left and right module covers supplied in MA14 Ir are identical and are fitted next to each other rotated through 180 They then cover 4 pitch units The two module cover centre pieces supplied in MA14 2m are identical and are each 2 pitch units wide They can therefore cover 2 or 4 additional pitch units Modular unit
377. rsal pushbutton direction pushbutton or central pushbutton It can be switched on and off manually with the right button The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation January 2013 Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator Socket switching EAN 4010312314555 99 90 pc actuator with current measurement FSVA 230V Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Socket Universal Dimmer Switch FSUD Ettako ELECTRONICS FSUD 230V Universal dimmer switch 300W power MOSFET Automatic lamp detection Only 0 6 watt standby loss With adjustable minimum brightness i With switching operation for children s rooms and snooze function Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable Adapter for German fused safety socket With increased shock protection Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 300W Dimmable energy saving lamps ESL and dimmable 230V LED lamps dependent on the lamps electronics muh oo Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect lamps Siwy wr No minimum load eo d This dimmer switch is activated by wireless pushbuttons FT and FFT handheld wireless A transmitters FHS and FMH and remote controls FF8 and UFB The set brightness level is stored when switched off memory but can be switched off for ESL lamps In case of a power failure the switch posi
378. rt flickering during operation The maximum load can be used from a delay time or clock cycle of 5 minutes The maximum load is reduced for shorter times as follows up to 2 minutes 30 up to 5 minutes 60 Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator FMZ61 230V Multifunction time relay EAN 4010312302293 73 30 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Heating Cooling Relay FHK61 230V Eltako ELECTRONICS FHK61 230V 1 NO contact potential free 10A 250V AC Only 0 6 watt standby loss Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep supply voltage 230V This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics with a bistable relay By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected to the mains This heating cooling relay evaluates the information from wireless temperature controllers or sensors Possibly supplemented by window door contacts motion detector Hoppe window handles and wireless pushbuttons Valves will be controlled with the potential free contact From production week 02 2013 bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched on Each function change by a wireless te
379. ry 20 minutes Measurement accuracy is approx 1 C The wireless sensor can be taughi in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software F2L61 F2L70 FAL12 FHK12 14 FHK61 FHK70 FTF55 ws FTF55 rw FTF55 an FTF55 sz FTF55 wg FTF55 al Temperature sensor white Temperature sensor pure white Temperature sensor anthracite Temperature sensor black Temperature sensor pure white glossy Temperature sensor coated aluminium paint The bottom of the housing is matt EAN 4010312302521 EAN 4010312302545 EAN 4010312302590 EAN 4010312302569 EAN 4010312302576 EAN 4010312305423 92 90 pc 92 90 pc 92 90 pc 92 90 pc 92 90 pc 101 70 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors CO Sensors SRO4CO2 Eitako ELECTRONICS SRO4CO2 Wireless indoor CO2 temperature sensor thermokon for surface mounting LxWxH 85x85x25mm The sensor measures the CO content of the air and the temperature in rooms For COs measurement the NDIR technology non Dispersivee InfraRed is used with automatic self calibration Measurement range from O to 2550 ppm and O fo 51 C supply voltage of 24V with a below the SRO4 mounted FSNT61 24V 6W in a flush mounted box Power consumption approx 1 5 W After 100 seconds the current CO and temperature values are determined and compared with the last wireless telegram Relating to a deviation a wireless telegram is sent
380. ry mounting plate and an adhesive foil For mounting in frame with 55 or 63 neckline also an intermediate frame ZR and ZRF in the same color and a mounting plate In the as delivered condition the energy storage is empty and needs to be charged before use Either via the red black 12V DC power cable for about 5 minutes or via the solar cell in broad daylight for about 5 hours or from 49 2012 by inserting two pieces AAA batteries not included in delivery for about 5 minutes In normal operation the power supply is either through the cable with a 12V DC power supply unit FSNT61 12V 6W in a flush mounted box under the sensor or from 49 2012 with AAA batteries supported by the solar cell or only with the solar cell under normal ambient light in a daily average of at least 200 lux If only the solar cell is available the energy storage must first be charged for several days with daylight lf the connecting cable is not needed it can be cut off This means the sensor requires no installation depth behind the mounting plate If can be screwed or affixed fo any flat surface An adhesive foil is supplied We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25 mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 If the ambient brightness is insufficient power is supplied by the connecting cable from a switch mode power supply unit FSNT61 12 V 6 W fitted below it in a switch box The
381. s module and rocker with the marking O on the back always pointing up Wireless pushbutton with Before screwing remove the mounting base from the frame and the attachment frame double rocker without frame To do this press the latches on the mounting base outwards Then screw the mounting base with the latches at top and bottom snap on the frame with the attachment frame and snap on the set comprising the wireless module and rocker with the marking O on the back always pointing to the top We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 Wireless pushbutton with rocker without frame i ___ Wireless pushbutton without battery or wire without frame EAN 4010312313985 f 40 70 pc FT55R alpine white Wireless pushbutton without battery or wire without frame EAN 4010312313992 40 70 pe FT55R LGI Wireless pushbutton internal frame dimensions 55x55mm with radius 15mm high Generates the power for wireless telegrams itself when the button is pressed therefore there is no connecting wire and no standby loss Individual laser engraving LGI with text according to customer specifications For Busch Reflex and Duro cover frames The scope of supply comprises a rocker a double rocker an attachment frame a mounting base all same colour the wireless module a
382. s doors roller shutters shading elements and lights as well as for room surveillance with FBH Either with window door contacts Hoppe window handles relay outputs motion detectors or the new bidirectional actuators with switch position feedback In addition wireless pushbuttons and hand held transmitters can be taughi in A light sensor controls the brightness of the LEDs depending on the ambient brightness In addition the small rotary switch underneath the LEDs influence the automatic brightness control starting from middle position turn to the left darker turn to the right brighter Automatic control is switched off in the end positions Call signals with all LEDs Two different call signals can be taught in all LEDs blinking simultaneously and all LEDs flowing in a circle If both light alerts occur simultaneously then the two semicircles blink alternately Either an off delay e g that a short doorbell contact is displayed for a longer time or an acknowledge ment pushbutton can be taught in for this light calls Acknowledge light call signals If a call is initiated via a wireless transmitter FMH2S wr on the carry strap the call can be cleared by a wireless pushbutton taughi in as an acknowledgement button FUA55LED ws Universal display with LED white EAN 4010312303689 72 30 pe FUAS5LED rw Universal display with LED pure white EAN 4010312303696 72 30 pe FUA55LED an Uni
383. s and actuators with the Elfako logo These are of course compatible with all products made by other manufacturers within the enormous international EnOcean family A small selection of our wireless sensors and actuators from the Wireless Building catalogue FT4F az FT2SF UFB Harmony One E Flat pushbutton Flat wireless sensor a Universal remote without battery or pushbutton with S EA control from wire l two touch surfaces Nae LOGITECH FMH2S wr Mini hand held poo FBH63AP Ee FTR55H i transmitter for JB Motion brightness Temperature calling systems i sensor controller v FSR1I4 2x FUD14 FSR6EINP ee FUD61NP Remote Impulse switch Dimming actuator oan switching Dimming actuator control 400W ctuator _ without N ae FF8 Eltako The Wireless Building for all ELtako ELECTRONICS You can start small with Eltako Wireless Building An actuator with two batteryless and wireless pushbuttons is already a very elegant solution fo the problem of missing pushbutions The old light switch is replaced by a wireless actuator preceded by a wireless pushbutton and any number of other wireless pushbutions can be fitted Then of course the wireless actuator can also be a wireless dimming actuator At the other end of the unlimited and wide spectrum of possibilities with the Eltako Wireless Building there are networked skyscrapers with hundreds of wireless sensors and wireless actuators in groups or grouped floor by floor monitore
384. s drastically reduces wear To achieve this simply connect the N conductor to the terminal N and L to K L This results in an additional standby consumption of only 0 1 watt When all 4 relays of the FSRI4 4x are switched on a power of 0 7 watts is required If a power failure occurs the device is switched off in a defined sequence The channels can be taught in as ES and or ER channel separately from each other Scene control several channels of one or several FSR14 4x devices can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the four signals of a pushbutton with double rocker taught in as a scene button Central commands on PC are sent using the FVS Wireless Visualisation and Control Software To do this teach in one or several FSR14 4x devices Use the rotary switches to teach in the buttons and test the 4 channels as required For normal mode the middle and lower rotary switches are then set to AUTO With the upper rotary switch the EW time 0 120 seconds is directly set for relays or the RV time 0 120 minutes for impulse switches for all channels if necessary When wireless motion detector and brightness sensors FBH are taught in define the switching threshold separately for each channel using the top rotary switch The switching threshold switches the lighting on or off depending on the brightness also motion from approx 301ux in position O to approx 300 lux in position 90 If the FBH is taught in in position 120 it is onl
385. s for 230V Actuators FME14 6Z230V FME14 62Z 230V Wireless basic unit 6 zones for 230V actuators Only 6 pitch units PU of 18mm wide 108mm Without cover 58 mm deep with cover 63mm deep Standby loss only 1 3 watts This basic unit receives setpoints and actual values in wireless telegrams from one or several wireless room temperature controllers and controls the connected actuators accordingly The actuators are fitted with solid state relays SSR and are therefore subject to almost no wear This is a highly important advantage for the service life of this basic unit since PWM control involves high switching frequencies which are offen too much for normal PCBs to handle This basic unit has a modular design ex works and comprises a wireless antenna module FAM14 2 PUs 3 actuators FAE14SSR each with two zones each 1 PU and a 230V power input STE14 1 PU These components are mechanically connected and provided with plugged in jumpers for the RS485 bus and the internal 12V DC power supply In addition a bus terminating resistor is fitted to the FAM14 on the left and a dummy is fitted to an FAE14 on the right A busbar SAS 4TE a housing for operating instructions GBA14 and a jumper installation tool are also part of the scope of supply The module cover 3 parts is plugged Before mounting the base unit into the mounting rail of the heating circuit distributor the module cover is removed the locking slides are opened until it snaps in
386. s module as the wireless pushbuttons FT4 and has 8 pushbuttons It can transmit 8 evaluable wireless telegrams The housing is laser engraved with the numerals 1 to 8 WEEE registration number DE 30298319 Wireless mini hand held transmitter 45x85 mm 18mm high Weighs only 60 grams Individual laser engraving LGI with text according to customer request The batteryless mini hand held transmitter FMH8 contains the same wireless module as the wireless pushbuttons FT4 and has 8 pushbuttons It can transmit 8 evaluable wireless telegrams The housing is engraved by laser to customer specifications WEEE registration number DE 30298319 Wireless mini hand held transmitter pure white EAN 4010312311714 69 50 pe 8 signals Emio Te hand held transmitter anthracite EAN 4010312311707 69 50 pc Wireless mini hand held transmitter the top is painted in FMH8 al an aluminum and the bottom and the pushbuttons have an EAN 4010312313282 76 00 pc anthracite soft paint 8 signals Wireless mini hand held transmitter pure white FMH8 LGI rw 8 signals laser engraved EAN 4010312311721 76 50 pc Wireless mini hand held transmitter anthracite FMH8 LGl an 8 signals laser engraved EAN 4010312311752 76 50 pc Wireless mini hand held transmitter the top is painted in FMH8 LGI al an aluminum and the bottom and the pushbuttons have an EAN 4010312313299 83 70 pc anthracite soft paint 8 signals laser engraved Recommended retail pri
387. s or by pressing the pushbutton If the switch off early warning LI is switched on the light starts to flicker approx 30 seconds before time out This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals If both switch off early warning and pushbutton permanent light LI are switched on switch off early warning is activated before automatic switch off of the permanent light The function ESV on the bottom rotary switch sets the off delay from 2 to 120 minutes In setting CO normal impulse switch function ES without off delay without pushbutton permanent light and without switch off early warning In setting ER switching relay of the other rotary switch this 2nd rotary switch fulfils a safety and power saving function in the settings except Oo If the switch off command is not recognised e g since the pushbutton is jammed or it was pressed too quickly the relay switches off automatically on expiry of a time adjustable between 2 and 120 seconds When a FTK is taught in this time function is turned off Twilight switch with taught in wireless outdoor brightness sensor FAH and then in function setting ESV In time setting 120 the contact opens with a delay of 4 minutes if the brightness level is sufficient In time setting Co the contact opens instantly The local and central push button control is still possible Motion detection with taught in wireless motion detector FBH in function setting ER The device switches on when motion is detected If no
388. s taught in the assignment of the 4 keys is assigned with the following fixed functions Top right Normal mode can also be enabled by timer Bottom right Night setback mode by 4 in cooling mode raised by 4 can also be enabled by timer Top left Setback mode by 2 in cooling mode raised by 2 Bottom left Off Gin heating mode frost protection enabled in cooling mode permanent off If the motion detector and wireless pushbutton are taught in at the same time the last telegram received is always the one that is valid A motion detector therefore switches off a setback mode selected by wireless pushbutton when a movement is detected The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach in process according to the operating instructions If shows control commands by short flickering during operation Connection example page 4 28 Technical data see page 4 30 Housing for operating instructions GBAI4 page 4 26 RS485 bus actuator HK EAN 4010312313824 43 40 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator 4 channel Heating Cooling Relay F4HK14 F4HK14 K 2 1 5 1 0 5 AUTO 2 AUTO 3 AUTO 1 LRA CLR LRN PCT standard setting ex works Further settings can be made and actuators configured using the PC Tool PCT14 Connection example page 4 28 Technical data see page 4 30 Heating cooling relay with 4 channels 1 NO contact per channel 4A 250V AC
389. s the range Elfako repeaters are switchable to 2 level function and allow more than two repeaters to be cascaded 7 Field strength measuring instrument The field strength measuring instrument EPM300 Gee page Z 6 helps to find the best position for transmitter and receiver Moreover it can be used fo test link interferences in installed devices and even identify an interfering transmitter 8 Installation in residential buildings Here there is no real necessity to overcome large radio links If necessary a central wireless repeater can be installed to amplify the signal 9 Installation in industrial buildings To cover large premises a wireless gateway is typically used as an automation bus TCP IP EIB KNX LON etc Planning with a range radius of 10 12 m offers sufficient security even if there are the usual changes to the environmental conditions later Contents of Eltako Wireless Telegrams Eitako ELECTRONICS Communication within Eltako Wireless Building All Elfako wireless sensors and Eltako wireless actuators communicate within the Eltako wireless network by means of wireless telegrams that are formatted using the world wide standard of EnOcean Alliance These are the EEPs as described below some of them are partly modified to a certain extent The feedback from the bidirectional actuators to confirm the switch position correspond to those of the PTM200 wireless modules but without the telegram sent when the button is re
390. s to be covered are safe fo touch according to DIN EN 50274 To increase safety and for visual reasons the module covers should always be fitted if the control units are located in heating circuit distributors These parts are included in the scope of supply of basic unit FME14 Module cover MA14 Ir left and right EAN 4010312314449 1 00 pc Module cover MA14 2m 2 centre pieces EAN 4010312314456 1 00 pc Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 55mm deep Housing without front panel to insert operating instructions The scope of supply of basic unit FME14 includes a housing for operating instructions GBAI4 GBA14 Housing for operating instructions EAN 4010312906422 1 50 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Smart Metering Eltalo ELECTRONICS Ly ANANA N vaa 1 D ioe ram eat a ee A F i i PNAS z i Ra A e NUNN TNT A NAVA 3 k Smart Metering with the Eltako Wireless Building 7 0 Wireless energy consumption indicator FEA5SLED with LED 7 1 ail Wireless energy consumption indicator FEA55D with display 7 2 ial Wireless Visualisation and Control Software GFVS Energy 71 3 Energy consumption indicator EVAI2 1 4 Wireless three phase energy meter DSZ14DRS 3x65A with MID 7 5 tai Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module FWZ14 71 5 Wireless CT operated three phase energy meter DSZ14WDRS 3x5A with MID 7 6 Wireless single phase
391. scanning pulse down Without priority because this function can be overridden by other control signals Central control dynamic with priority A control signal of min 2 seconds from a pushbutton which was taught in as a central control push button with priority directly activates the switch position Up press top and the switch position Down press bottom With priority because these control signals cannot be overridden by other local control signals until the central control signal is cancelled by pressing again the central control pushbutton Up or Down The switch position up or down and the priority are specifically activated with a control signal e g from a FSM61 faught in with priority as a central pushbutton With priority because these control signals cannot be overridden by other control signals until the central command is cancelled by the termination of the control signal Shading scene control With a control signal of a pushbutton with double rocker taught in as a scene pushbutton or from the PC using the FVS software or automatically by an additional taught in wireless outdoor brightness sensor FAH6O up to 4 previously filed elapse times can be accessed Function rotary switch below AUTO 1 In this position the local advanced automatic reversing system for Venetian blinds is activated When a universal pushbutton or a direction pushbutton are used for control a double impulse activates a slow rotation in
392. shbuttons The required function of this multifunction impulse switch can then be selected Switching will be visualised by flashing of the LED 2XS 2fold impulse switch each with 1 NO contact 2S impulse switch with 2 NO contacts WS impulse switch with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact SS1 impulse multicircuit switch 1 1 NO contact with switching sequence SS2 impulse multicircuit switch 1 1 NO contact with switching sequence 2 switching sequence SSI O contact 1 contact 2 contacts 1 2 switching sequence S82 O contact 1 contacts 1 2 contact 2 The bottom rotary switch is only required to teach in the transmitters The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation Standard setting ex works Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator Multifunction impulse switch EAN 4010312300268 74 10 pe FMS61NP 230V Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Light Controller FLC61INP FLC61NP 230V 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps 2000 watts 5 selectable operating modes Bidirectional wireless and with repeater function Only 0 7 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep switching voltage and control voltage local 230V This wireless actuator features state of the art hybrid technology that we developed we comb
393. splay anthracite EAN 4010312302743 84 90 pc FEA55D wg Energy consumption indicator with display pure white glossy EAN 4010312302729 84 90 pc FEA55D al Energy consumption indicator with display coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312310809 93 70 pe The bottom of the housing is mott Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Visualisation and Control Software GFVS Energy Eitako ELECTRONICS With the Wireless Visualisation and Control Software GFVS Energy and the USB receiver FAM USB the wire less telegrams of the wireless energy meter transmitter module FSS12 or the two and three phase energy meters and the transmitter modules can be received or displayed on the PC Caution The software GFVS Energy is contained in the Wireless Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 and need not be installed separately GFVS Energy 3 0 Wireless Visualisation and Control Software for up to 100 electricity meters with SO interface with FSS12 energy meter transmitter modules as well as wireless two way energy meter wireless three phase energy meter and wireless energy meter transmitter modules The software comes on a stick The wireless receiver FAM USB with USB port is required for PC reception and if required for transmitting wireless telegrams from a PC to load shedding relay and is included in the scope of supply It must be licenced via web with FAM USB GFVS Energy with wireless receiver FAM USB EAN 40103
394. ss Sensors Infrared Converters FIW 55 FIW 55 Wireless infrared converter for individual fitting or integration in the 55x55mm and 63x63mm switch system Only 0 4 watt standby loss Power supply 230V The scope of supply includes a frame R an intermediate frame ZR in the same colour and a mounting plate In addition an intermediate frame ZRF in the same colour is supplied for installation in an existing frame RIF R2F or R F for flat pushbuttons A 20cm long wire is located at the rear for the 230V power connection black L and blue N Otherwise no further installation depth is required behind the mounting plate We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z6 The wireless infrared converter converts the predefined infrared telegrams of the universal remote control UFB Harmony One into wireless telegrams for the Eltako wireless network Otherwise it has no function of its own The downstream wireless actuators are taught in and then controlled using the keys on the universal remote control The green LED on the FIW indicates every detected infrared telegram One actuator can be controlled by each of the max 32 channels e g for lighting blinds awnings and roller shutters In as delivered state the FIW sends a message every time one of the numeric buttons on the UFB is clicked This permits the teach in of 10 rapid channels using the
395. ss telegram can be taught in in other actuators like the FSR61NP 230V in the FVS software and in FUA55 universal displays The wireless pushbuttons can be taught in either as direction switches or universal switches When installed as a direction switch one side is then switch on and dim up and the other side is switch off and dim down A double click on the switch on side activates automatic dim up to full brightness at dim speed A double click on the switch off side activates the snooze function The children s room function is implemented on the switch on side As a universal switch change the direction by briefly releasing the pushbutton short control commands switch on off Switching operation for children s rooms universal switch or direction switch on the switch on Side If the light is switched on by holding down the pushbutton it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down The last saved brightness level is not modified Snooze function universal switch or direction switch on the switch off side With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time max 60 minutes which can be reduced as required It can be switched off at any time by short time control comman
396. stalled centrally the three phase electricity meters DSZ14DRS 3x65A and DSZ14WDRS 3x5A with MID as well as the single phase energy meter transmitter module FWZ14 65A can be directly connected to the RS485 bus The data is displayed evaluated and stored using the Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 of the server GFVS Safe This can also be performed by energy consumption displays FEA55 in individual homes departments or machine locations TE m Direct display with the Wireless Energy Consumption Indicator FEAS55LED Eitako ELECTRONICS Smart Metering is so cost effective and incurs no follow on costs The Energy Consumption Indicator EVAI2 page 7 4 displays the current active current consumption in the control cabinet or distributor They save the consumption figures in non volatile memories that are viewable at any time The Wireless Energy Consumption Indicators FEA55LED and FEA55D show directly the wireless readings of an Energy Meter Transmitter Module FSS12 pages 7 3 FWZ12 pages 7 7 or FWZ61 pages 7 8 The Energy Consumption Indicator with Display FEA55D saves the values in the same way as the EVAI2 Only the Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Software GFVS 3 0 on a GFVS Safe can evaluate several meters GFVS Energy can evaluate up to 100 meters and GFVS 3 0 up to 250 meters FEA55LED Wirless energy consumption indicator with 10 red LEDs for individual fitting and i
397. standby loss The wireless outdoor brightness sensor FAH60 powered by a solar module covers the range from O to 30000 Lux From approx 300 Lux it transmits a wireless telegram to the Eltako wireless network every time there is a brightness change of more than approx 500 Lux within approx 10 seconds If the brightness does not change a control signal is sent approx every 100 seconds New actuators FSR and FSB can cover the range from 0 to approx 30 Lux using the twilight switch function A wireless telegram is sent about every 100 seconds within this range starting in production week 28 2011 To teach in in an actuator in teach in mode hold the supplied blue magnet or any other magnet at hand below the point on the side panel of the sensor marked by This sends a teach in telegram Solar powered energy accumulator Before startup the energy accumulator must be charged The charge time is approx 5 hours at 400 Lux Keep the cover of the solar cell clean The protection class is IP54 the allowable ambient temperature is 20 C to 55 C For screw mounting or attachment with adhesive The scope of supply comprises an adhesive foil shading elements may not cover brightness sensors Keep the cover of the solar cells clean 60 0 E The wireless sensor can be taught in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software FKR12 14 FKR70 FLC61 FSB12 14 FSB61 FSB70 FSR12 14 FSR61 FSR70 FUD61
398. stro function and solstice time changes Only 0 2 watt standby loss For Swiss cover frames from ABB Normelec Feller and Hager The scope of supply comprises the FSU55D and one intermediate frame with the mounting base in white 61 Description see FSU55D Also available in light grey hg 65 and black sz 60 without frame FSU55D CH w Timer with display white 61 FAN 4010312305096 84 90 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Caridi Wireless Sensors that can be taught in in Wireless Actuators Temperature Control from controller a PC using sensors software FTR55H GFVS FTR55D FTF55 FUT55D Pushbuttons Trans Card switch Window Hoppe Motion and hand held mitter pull switch and door window brightness transmitters modules smoke alarm contact handle sensors FIZS FI4F FSM12 FKF FTK FHF FBH63 Brightness sensors FAH60 FT4 FFIS5Q F8S12 FKC FABH63 FMT55 FHS4 FSM61 FZS SR MDSBAT FHS6 FHS8 FTS12EM FRW FHS12 FMH2 FTS12FA FMH4 FMH8 FSU55D FSU14 e ee Ce eee Cove a eee FAH63 FIH63AP FUTH55D FAFT60 FIFT63 thanos FAEIALPR XK KKK Ch Sa eS SSE aS aS SS ae FeR KX G S S ooo oe a ey a a es a FMS S KKK CUE E T TT EE aS ee ee S a sa sB o a xa a S aa S S a GESTON EES EEN E EE S FSR14 2x KKK KKK Se el ey eel a ee ee eS ee ee a ee ee ee ee FSRIASSR KKK KK KK fe as ae ae FTN14 FUDI4 BOOW X X KK KK yax NN ia as
399. switch box and screw the mounting base to the switch box The red plug socket has to be at top right and the straps of the mounting base at top and bottom After that pull the connecting wire of the wireless pushbutton module through the frame and press the red plug into the red plug socket Place Wireless pushbutton with intermediate frame and rocker frame on mounting base and snap pushbutton module and intermediate frame in latches on mounting base The marking O of the wireless pushbutton module is at the top Snap on the double rocker or rocker The marking O on the back line of the rocker has to be at the top We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25 mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z6 The Eltako frame can be replaced on installation at any time by a design frame with internal dimensions 55x55mm from numerous manufacturers Rockers and double rockers laser engraved page 1 29 a FT4G 230V ws i noiseless pushbutton FAN 4010312304532 75 20 pe FTAG 230V rw Wireless noiseless pushbutton FAN 4010312304778 75 20 pc pure white i Wireless noiseless pushbutton FT4G 230V wg e FAN 4010312304785 75 20 pc FT4G 230V sz ee noiseless pushbutton EAN 4010312304815 75 20 pc Wireless noiseless pushbutton FT4G 230V an CIE EAN 4010312304808 75 20 pc p off nirmal lipni ca al III a Wireless noiseless pushbutton FT4G
400. switches Starting in production week 21 2012 with bidirectional wireless in addition a repeater on the side function can be switched in Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are confirmed by a wireless telegram This wireless telegram can be taught in in other actuators EX ET en OS in the FVS software and in FUA55 universal displays rN 1 ni EM A cs With the middle rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be A Rv 60 40 wa 9 5 0 3 s assigned of which one ore more central pushbuttons Then the automatic turning system WA is set using the same rotary switch The required function of the actuator can then be selected with the right rotary switch GS1 Group switch with pushbutton control and off delay in seconds Both a wireless push button with the function Up Hold Down Hold as well as the local pushbutton can be taught in or a wireless pushbutton like a roller Venetian blind double pushbutton with pressing above Up and pressing below Down Tap briefly to interrupt the movement immediately Dynamic central control with and without priority can be implemented GS2 Group switch same as GSI central switch always without priority GS3 Group switch same as G82 in addition with double click reverse function for a wire less pushbutton as universal switch taught in appropriately After double clicking the Venetian blind moves in the opposite direction until it is stopped by
401. switching to protect contacts The brightness level is stored on switch off memory In case of a power failure the switch position and the brightness stage are stored and may be switched on when the power supply is restored By using a bistable relay coil power loss and heating is avoided even in the on mode After installation wait for short automatic synchronisation before the switched consumer is connected fo the mains Function of FLS70 1 10V All FLS70 s in a room can be switched in series to obtain light scenes The brightness of each lamp group is manually adjustable and the entire light scene can then be taughi in Up to 40 light scenes are programmable Up fo 10 light scenes are retrievable sequentially with only one pushbutton Up to 30 additional light scenes are directly retrievable with single assigned pushbuttons Each FLS70 or FLS70 groups can also be switched and dimmed individually with direction switches There are a total of 35 inputs on each FLS 0O for light scene and individual push buttons Retrieving a light scene overrides an individual setting The same function as a light scene pushbutton has an associated taught in wireless transmitter module FSM12 or FSM61 Specific light scenes can then be retrieved with event dependent or time dependent control Motion detection with taught in wireless motion detector FBH The light switches off auto matically after 15 minutes provided no more motion is detected Light scenes
402. t by a double knot Independent of position The pull switch functions in any position even when attached to the ceiling Matching actuators The wireless pull switch transmits the same wireless telegrams when operated as a wireless pushbutton and can therefore be taught in in actuators and the FVS software in the same way If it will be faught in in an actuator as central on as an emergency call switch the emergency can only be received with another taughi in switch with central off For display we recommend use of a universal indicator FUA55LED with 10 LEDs FZS rw The wireless sensor can be taughi in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software FGM FLC61 FMS12 FMZ12 FMZ61 FSRI2 FSR61 FSR70 FZK12 FZK61 FZK70 Pull switch white switch white EAN TE ae 60 40 pc Pull switch pure white EAN EAN 4010312313060 60 40 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Proximity Pushbuttons FNT55 Eitako ELECTRONICS FNT55 Wireless proximity pushbutton for surface mounting 84x84x30mm or mounting in Q Design frames QRE QRA or QRR Power supply with batteries The scope of supply includes a frame QRRI an attachment frame a battery mounting plate and an adhesive foil In as delivered state the energy buffer is empty and has to be charged with two pieces of AAA batteries not included in scope of delivery for about 10 minutes before startup The
403. tch on time As a result of the settability of the 100 value the PWM can be adapted to the heater size and inertia The signs are the opposite in cooling mode In heating mode the frost protection function is always enabled As soon as the actual temperature drops below 8 C the temperature is controlled in the selected operating mode to 8 C If one or several windows are open the output remains off provided the window door contacts FTK or Hoppe handles are taught in In heating mode however the frost protection remains enabled As long as all taught in motion detectors FBH detect no motion the device is switched to setback mode In heating mode the reference temperature is set back by 2 in cooling mode it is raised by 2 AS soon as a motion detector signals movement again the device is switched to normal mode When a wireless pushbutton is taught in the assignment of the 4 keys is assigned with the following fixed functions Top right Normal mode can also be enabled by timer Bottom right Night setback mode by 4 in cooling mode raised by 4 can also be enabled by timer Top left Setback mode by 2 in cooling mode raised by 2 Bottom left Off cin heating mode frost protection enabled in cooling mode permanent off If the motion detector and wireless pushbutton are taught in at the same time the last telegram received is always the one that is valid A motion detector therefore switches off a setback mode selected by wir
404. tched on the function can be activated by pressing the pushbutton for longer than 1 second This function switches off automatically after 2 hours or by pressing the pushbutton If the switch off early warning I is switched on the light starts to flicker approx 30 seconds before time out This is repeated three times at decreasing time intervals lf both switch off early warning and pushbutton permanent light L are switched on switch off early warning is activated before automatic switch off of the permanent light The function ESV on the bottom rotary switch sets the off delay from 2 to 120 minutes In setting CO normal impulse switch function ES without off delay without pushbutton permanent light and without switch off early warning In setting ER switching relay of the other rotary switch this 2nd rotary switch fulfils a safety and power saving function in the settings except OO If the switch off command is not recognised e g since the pushbutton is jammed or it was pressed too quickly the relay switches off automatically on expiry of a time adjustable between 2 and 120 seconds When a FTK is taughti in this time function is turned off Twilight switch with taught in wireless outdoor brightness sensor FAH and then in function setting ESV In time setting 120 the contact opens with a delay of 4 minutes if the brightness level is sufficient In time setting CO the contact opens instantly The local and central pushbutton control is s
405. te of the art hybrid technology that we developed we combined the wear free receiver and evaluation electronics and a bistable relay Apparent power is measured by the integrated current measurement from approx 1OVA to 2300VA when the contact is closed A wireless telegram is transmitted into the Eltako wireless network within 30 seconds after switching on the load or after a change in power by min 5 ESV t min and cyclically every 10 minutes Signal evaluated by the Wireless Visualisation and Control ER t s Software FVS or the energy consumption indicators FEA5S Evaluation on the computer with Eltako Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Soft ware GFVS or with energy consumption indicators FEASSLED or FEA55D GFVS Energy supports up to 100 transmitter modules and GFVS 3 0 up to 250 transmitter modules From production week 03 2013 bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched Typical connection on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are confirmed by a wire less telegram This wireless telegram can be taughi in in other actuators in the GFVS software and in FUA55 universal displays Scene control several FSR6Is can be switched on or off in a scene by one of the four control signals of a double rocker pushbutton taught in as scene pushbutton With the top rotary switch in the setting LRN up to 35 wireless pushbuttons can be assigned therefrom one ore more central control pushbuttons In addition wirel
406. tection function is always enabled As soon as the actual temperature drops below 8 C the temperature is controlled in the selected operating mode to 8 C If one or several windows are open the output remains off provided the window door contacts FTK or Hoppe window handles are taught in In heating mode however the frost protection remains enabled As long as all faught in motion detectors FBH detect no motion the device is switched to setback mode In heating mode the reference temperature is set back by 2 in cooling mode it is raised by 2 As soon as a motion detector signals movement again the device is switched to normal mode When a wireless pushbutton FT4 is taught in the assignment of the 4 keys is assigned with the following fixed functions Top right Normal mode can also be enabled by timer Bottom right Night setback mode by 4 in cooling mode raised by 4 can also be enabled by timer Top left Setoack mode by 2 in cooling mode raised by 2 Bottom left Off in heating mode frost protection enabled in cooling mode permanent off If the motion detector and wireless pushbutton are taught in at the same time the last telegram received is always the one that is valid A motion detector therefore switches off a setback mode selected by wireless pushbutton when a movement is detected The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering
407. ted on the display Important Before working on the current transformers disconnect the voltage paths of the energy meters Three phase energy meter MID approval EAN 4010312 501450 289 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Single phase Energy Meter Transmitter Modules FWZ12 Eftako FW Z12 16A FWZ12 16A FW Z12 65A FWZ12 65A ELECTRONICS Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module maximum current 16A Only 0 5 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep This single phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and output and transmits the consumption and meter reading over the Elfako wireless network Accuracy class B 1 Evaluation on the computer with Eltako Wireless Building Visualisation and Control Soft ware GFVS or with energy consumption indicators FEASSLED or FEA55D GFVS Energy supports up fo 100 transmitter modules and GFVS 3 0 up to 250 transmitter modules The internal power consumption of max 0 5 watt active power is neither metered nor indicated Like all meters without PTB or MID approval in Germany not approved to levy electricity charges 1 phase conductor with a max current up to 16A can be connected The inrush current is 20mA The consumption is saved to a non volatile memory and is immediately available again after a power failure Wireless telegrams A telegram is transm
408. tel key card switch pure white glossy EAN EAN 4010312302644 Recommended retail prices excluding VAT 43 60 pe 43 60 43 60 pe Wireless Sensors Hotel Key Card Switches FKC Eitako ELECTRONICS FKC Wireless card switch with encoding 80x80 mm external dimensions with internal frame dimensions 63x63 mm 27 mm high When the encoded key card in standard bank card format 86x54 mm is inserted and removed a wireless telegram is sent over the Elfako wireless network The scope of supply comprises the two part card guide in the same colour as frame RIF and an attachment frame BRF one mounting base HP KS one wireless module and one adhesive foil Only guest cards KCG with 2 cut outs and 2 coding slits can be inserted in the card reader slot Please refer fo Drawing A below Normal cheque cards do not emit a wireless FKC rw telegram since they cannot be inserted deep enough In addition a second card can be encoded as service card KCS as shown in Drawing B The wireless telegram deviates from the normal card and can therefore be evaluated by the FVS Software accordingly For example it detects and visualises the attendance of a service employee We deliver blank white cards encoded as KCG or KCS Cards supplied printed can be provided by us with coding slits at the full price of the KCG or KCS Mounting secure the mounting plate by screwing or bonding Engage the frame with the hook in recesses at fop with the attachme
409. ternal computer the software GFVS 3 0 or GFVS Energy and also fo the wireless network via FAM14 To be displayed also with FEA55D and FEAD5LED Power consumption is indicated using a LED lf the L input and the L output were interchanged when hooked up a normal rate CHT off peak NT switchover telegram is transmitted to indicate the hook up error Wireless single phase energy meter FWZ14 65A transmitter module 65A EAN 4010312501511 59 90 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Wireless CT Operated Three phase Energy Meter DSZ14W DRS 3X5A with MID Typical connection A wire connection 3x230 400V JUMPER DSZI2WDRS 3x5A Two way three phase energy meter with settable CT ratio and MID Maximum current 3x5A Standby loss 0 4 watt per path only Modulair device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting in distribution cabinets with IP51 protection class 4 modules 70mm wide and 58mm deep Accuracy class B 1 With RS485 interface This three phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and output The internal power consumption of 0 4 watt active power per path is neither metered nor indicated 1 2 or 3 phase conductors with max currents up to 5A can be connected The inrush current is 10 mA The terminals tL and N must alw
410. th Middle Representative Patrick Savinainen S 69332 Degerfors 46 070 9596906 lt patrick eltako com Sweden West East South Representative Dan Koril S 57010 Korsberga 46 070 3201102 bx dan eltako com Switzerland Demelectric AG CH 8954 Geroldswil 41 43 4554400 gt lt info demelectric ch Spain Representative Thomas Klassmann E 08397 PINEDA Poble Nou 34 93 7692419 34 650 959702 q klassmann eltako com South Africa Innomatic Pty Ltd Franz Marktl ZA Midrand 27 11 8400840 gt lt sales innomatic co za D enocean alliance P MEMBER
411. the relay switches off automatically on expiry of a time adjustable between 2 and 120 seconds When a FTK is taught in this time function is turned off Twilight switch with taught in wireless outdoor brightness sensor FAH and then in function setting ESV In time setting 120 the contact opens with a delay of 4 minutes if the brightness level is sufficient In time setting CO the contact opens instantly The local and central push button control is still possible Motion detection with taught in wireless motion detector FBH in function setting ER The device switches on when motion is detected If no more motion is detected the contact opens after the time delay setting t 2 to 255 seconds Position O Outdoor brightness sensor and motion detector can be used together with function setting ER to evaluate motion only in darkness If the FAH detects brightness the contact opens immediately When teaching in the switching threshold is also taught in between break of twilight and complete darkness The LED on the side below the left rotary switch accompanies the teach in process as described in the operation manual It indicates control commands by short flickering during operation Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator FI Impulse switch with integr relay function BAIN GrOUSI ZS i TRS ay Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Impulse Switch with integr relay function with active power measureme
412. the bottom rear Then the top is SWITCH ON DIM UP and the bottom is SWITCH OFF DIM DOWN If two actuators are controlled as universal buttons using the touch button it is recommended fo fit the touch button completely rotated through 90 degrees so that the two double rocker halves are adjacent to each other Fit using a 55mm switch box The wireless electronics device requires an installation depth of only 15mm Behind a 20cm long black blue connecting wire is routed to the outside The double rocker is snapped onto the touch module at the factory If the rocker has to be exchanged for a large rocker pull the rocker halves fo the front Do not bend them to the Flat wireless sensor button centre Then snap on the large rocker with two touch surfaces Before screwing remove the mounting base from the frame and the attachment frame To do this press the latches on the mounting base outwards Then screw the mounting base with the latches left and right snap on the frame with the attachment frame and snap on the set comprising the sensor module and rocker We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 The Eltako frame can be replaced on installation at any time by a design frame with internal dimensions 55x55mm from numerous manufacturers Flat wireless sensor button with one touch surface Rockers and double rockers lase
413. the last telegram received is always the one that is valid An FBH therefore switches off a setback mode selected by means of the wireless pushbutton when motion is detected When a wireless pushbutton is taught in the 4 keys are assigned the following functions Top right Normal mode can also be enabled by timer with the function ON Bottom right Night setback mode by 4 in cooling mode increase by 4 can also be enabled by timer with the function OFF Top left Standby setback mode by 2 in cooling mode increase by 2 Bottom left Off in heating mode frost protection enabled in cooling mode permanent off If no telegram is received from the temperature sensor for longer than 60 minutes the device switches to fault mode In heating function the device switches on for 2 7 5 minutes and off for 2 7 5 minutes Since no other actual temperature is known it is not possible to switch to frost protection here In cooling function the output remains off In both cases the LED on the device flashes at a constant low rate When telegrams are received again control continues in the selected mode and the LED goes out The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach in process according to the operating instructions It shows control commands by short flickering during operation FAE14SSR RS485 bus actuator with SR EAN 4010312314173 57 90 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485
414. the opposite direction which can be stopped with a further impulse AUTO 2 In this position the local advanced automatic reversing system for Venetian blinds is completely switched off AUTO 3 In this position the local pushbuttons act static at first thus allow reversal of Venetian blinds by operating pushbuttons They only switch to dynamic after 0 7 seconds continuous operation AUTO 4 In this position the local pushbuttons act only static ER function The time delay RV wiping time of the upper rotary switch is active Central control is not possible AV A UP and W DOWN of the lower rotary switch are the positions for manual control Manual conirol has priority over all other control commands WA Automatic reversal for Venetian blinds and awnings is controlled by the middle rotary switch O OFF otherwise from 0 3 to 5 seconds ON with the selected reversal time In this case if is only for DOWN that the direction is reversed on time out of the time lag selected by the top rotary switch e g to extend awnings or set Venetian blinds to a defined position A LED is located behind the RV rotary switch to show the reversal time RV The time delay delay time RV is set by the top rotary switch If the FSB14 is in the UP or DOWN position the selected delay time runs lapses at time out the device changes automatically to STOP Therefore the time delay must be chosen at least as long as the shading element or roller shutter wi
415. the settability of the 100 value the PWM can be adapted to the radiator size and inertia The signs are the opposite in cooling mode In heating mode the frost protection function is always enabled As soon as the actual temperature drops below 8 C the temperature is controlled in the selected operating mode to 8 C Two point control mode The upper rotary switch sets the required difference between the Standard setting ex works switch on and switch off temperatures When the actual temperature gt reference temperature the device is switched off When the actual temperature lt reference temperature hysteresis the device is switched on The signs are the opposite in cooling mode The type of connected actuators will be selected with the lower rotary switch SANC for actuator NC normally closed or SANO for actuator NO normally open When wireless window door contacts FTK or Hoppe window handles are taught in they are OR linked If one or more windows are open the output remains off In heating mode however the frost protection remains enabled When motion detectors FBH are taughi in they are AND linked If all FBHs signal No motion the device switches to standby setback mode In heating mode the reference temperature is set back by 2 in cooling mode if is raised by 2 As soon as a motion detector signals movement again the device is switched to normal mode When the FBHs and wireless pushbuttons are taught in
416. till possible Motion detection with taught in wireless motion detector FBH in function setting ER The device switches on when motion is detected If no more motion is detected the contact opens after the time delay setting t 2 to 255 seconds Position CO Outdoor brightness sensor and motion detector can be used together with function setting ER to evaluate motion only in darkness If the FAH detects brightness the contact opens immediately When teaching in the switching threshold is also taught in between break of twilight and complete darkness The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator FSR61LN 230V Impulse switch with integr relay function EAN 4010312313190 70 50 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Impulse Switch with integr relay function with current measurement FSR61VA 10 A FSR61VA 10A 1 NO contact not potential free 10A 250V AC incandescent lamps up to 2000 watts off delay with switch off early warning and switchable push button permanent light With integrated current measurement up to 10A Bidirectional wireless and repeater function are switchable Only 0 7 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep supply voltage 230 V This wireless actuator features sta
417. tion and the brightness stage are stored and may be switched on when the power supply is restored Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch off Bidirectional wireless and repeater function can be switched on Every change in state and incoming central command telegrams are then confirmed by a wireless telegram This wire less telegram can be taught into other actuators the software GFVS 3 0 and universal displays FUA55 The current dimming value is also displayed in in the software GFVS Up to 35 wireless pushbuttons are assigned with the left button LRN either as a universal pushbutton direction pushbutton or central pushbutton It can be switched on and off manually with the right button The pushbuttons can be either taught in as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuttons As direction button switch on and dim up is on one side and switch off and dim down on the other side A double click on the switch on side triggers the automatic dimming up fo full brightness A double click on the switch off side triggers the snooze function The children s room function is triggered on the switch on side As a universal pushbutton the direction change is made by briefly releasing the pushbutton For children s room circuit and sleep timer refer to the operator manual The LED performs during the teach in process accord ing to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during
418. tion angle The angle at which the transmitted signal impinges on the wall plays a special role Signals should penetrate masonry as vertically as possible Wall niches must be avoided 4 Antenna installation The receive antenna or a receiver with an integrated antenna should not be installed on the same side of the wall as the transmitter It is better fo install the antenna on adjacent or opposite walls The antennas should be spaced from the room corner at a distance of gt l0cm as far as possible The ideal installation location for the receive antenna is a central position in the room A magnet foot antenna e g Elfako FA200 or FA250 must adhere on a metallic surface that is as large as possible in order to create a sufficient opposite pole For example the simplest installation can be on a ventilation pipe 5 Spacings between receiver and other interference sources The spacing between the receiver and other transmitters e g GSM DECT Wireless LAN and high frequency interference sources computer audio and video systems should be gt 50cm Eltako transmitters on the other hand can be installed without any problem next fo other transmitters and interference sources 6 Use of repeaters In case of problems with reception quality it may be helpful to use a wireless repeater The Eltako Repeater FRP61 See page Z 0 requires no configuration only a mains connection If receives the wireless signal and passes it on This almost double
419. titude and press MODE to confirm Repeat this procedure for LON to select the longitude and press MODE to confirm Select the time zone at GMT with SET and confirm with MODE If desired a time lag of up to 2 hours for all channels can now be entered at WS winter solstice and SS summer solstice Summer winter time changeover Press MODE and search for the function SWT with SET and select with MODE Now press SET to switch between ON and OFF If you select ON changeover is automatic Switch random mode on off Press MODE and search for the function RND with SET and select with MODE Press SET to set to ON RND or OFF RND and press MODE to confirm When random mode is switched on all switch on time points of all channels are shifted at random by up to 15 minutes Switch on times are switched earlier and switch off times are switched later Lock settings Briefly press MODE and SET together and at LCK press SET to lock This is displayed by an arrow next to the lock symbol Unlock settings Press MODE and SET together for 2 seconds and at UNL press SET to unlock Wired central control At the terminals T1 T2 and T3 T2 switches can be connected for central control Set operation mode press MODE and search for the function INT with SET and select with MODE Select the channel at CH with SET and confirm with MODE SET can be used to switch over AUT automatic ON with priority OFF with priority or ZEA See the operating instructions for more infor
420. to retrieve brightness settings carried out during teach in A faught in FAH can be used to implement a twilight switch Switch on can take place using up to 4 FBHs depending on motion and brightness The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operating instructions It shows control commands by short flickering during operation RS485 bus universal dimmer switch EAN 4010312313749 56 50 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator Universal Dimmer Switch FUD14 800 W Ettako ELECTRONICS FUD14 800 W Universal dimmer switch Power MOSFET up to 800W ESL and LED up to 400W Automatic lamp detection Only 0 3 watt standby loss With adjustable minimum brightness or maximum brightness and dimming speed With switching operation for light alarm clocks children s rooms and snooze function Also with light scene control and constant light regulation Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 2 modules 36mm wide 58mm deep The delivery includes a spacer DS14 2 short jumpers 1 module up to 400 W load and 1 long jumper 1 5 modules from 400 W load with DS14 on the left side Universal dimmer switch for lamps up to 800 W depending on ventilation conditions dimmable energy saving lamps ESL and dimmable 230V LED lamps are also dependent on the lamp electronics Up to 3400W with capacity enhancers LUD14 at terminals X1 and X2 Zero passage switching with soft ON and soft OFF to protect
421. to 30 server networks up to 30 FPZI2USBs for 30 meters can be connected to form one group Every FPZ12USB sends only telegrams whose authorisation is saved in the input FPZ12S0 For power supply and cable length see the FPV12 12V DC description Wireless Powernet meter connector EAN 4010312311400 199 80 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Powernet Repeater FPR12 Wireless Powernet Phase Coupler FPP12 FPR12 12V DC Wireless Powernet repeater for the Powernet connectors FPV12 and the Powernet meter connectors FPZ12 Only 0 7 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 2 modules 36mm wide 58mm deep The 12V DC power supply is provided by a switching power supply unit FSNT12 12V that is only 1 or 2 modules wide With a power consumption of 12W or 24 W it can also power actuators as a rail mounted device The length of the 230 V transmission line between the input Powernet connector and the repeater can be up to 300 metres It is dependent on the contact resistance of the intermediate connections and the cable layout The repeater also lengthens the distance by up to 300 metres Up to 10 FPZ12S0 devices can be taught in for up to 30 meters Two connected FPV12 devices require no teach in since the rotary switch settings are sufficient for this Up to 24 consecutive incoming wireless telegrams are buffered and pushbutton signals are transferred as first priority Transmission takes place
422. to place and after mounting closed again until it slots into place Only then can the busbars be inserted in the lower L and N terminals of the actuators which are opened ex works in the power input and secured by tightening the terminal screws This means the 230V connection is only required once at the top of the power input STE14 One or two 230V actuators can be connected to each of the 6 zone connections above the busbar After the room temperature controller s is are taught in as described in the operating instructions the parts of the module cover can be fitted Housing GBA14 is snapped onto the carrier rail fo house the operating instructions Types FTR55H FTR55D FUTH55D and the thanos room control units LSR SSR and LSRQ can be used as wireless room temperature controllers FME14 6Z 230V Basic unit 6 zones 230V EAN 4010312314463 297 50 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Basic Unit 8 Zones for 230V Actuators FME14 82230V Eitako ELECTRONICS FME14 82 230V Wireless basic unit 8 zones for 230V actuators Only 8 pitch units PU of 18mm wide 144mm Without cover 58 mm deep with cover 63mm deep Standby loss only 1 4 watts Wireless basic unit 8 zones for 230V actuators Only 8 pitch units PU of 18mm wide 144mm Without cover 58mm deep with cover 62mm deep Standby loss only 1 4 watts This basic unit receives setpoints and actual values in wireless telegrams from one or several wireless
423. to set the language german or english and press MODE to confirm The normal display then appears Weekday date time actual temperature from 0 C to 40 C to one decimal point and relative humidity Through self heating the correct actual temperature will only be displayed 30 minutes after connecting of the supply voltage To adapt the sensor to the ambient conditions the internal sensor can be adjusted to the actual room temperature and humidity If the settings are locked the reference temperature sef femp can be displayed and changed here from 8 C to 40 C in steps of 0 5 C by pressing MODE followed by SET Rapid scroll In the following settings the numerals scroll rapidly when you press and hold down Enter Release then press and hold down to change the scroll direction Set clock Press MODE then press SET to search for the clock function Press MODE to set Press SET to select the hour and press MODE to confirm Proceed in the same way to set the minute Set date Press MODE then press SET to search for the date function Press MODE to select Press SET to select the year and press MODE to confirm Proceed in the same way to set the month and the day The last setting in the sequence the weekday is following Press SET to set it Summer winter time changeover Press MODE then press SET to search for the automatic summer winterfime function and press MODE to select Now press SET to switch between activ and inactiv If you select activ cha
424. too quickly the relay switches off automatically on expiry of a time adjustable between 2 and 120 seconds When a FTK is taughi in this time function is turned off Twilight switch with taught in wireless outdoor brightness sensor FAH and then in function setting ESV In time setting 120 the contact opens with a delay of 4 minutes if the brightness level is sufficient In time setting 4 the contact openys instantly The local and central pushbutton control is still possible Motion detection with taught in wireless motion detector FBH in function setting ER The device switches on when motion is detected If no more motion is detected the contact opens after the time delay setting t 2 to 255 seconds Position Oo Outdoor brightness sensor and motion detector can be used together with function setting ER to evaluate motion only in darkness If the FAH detects brightness the contact opens immediately When teaching in the switching threshold is also taught in between break of twilight and complete darkness The LED performs during the teach in process according to the operation manual It shows wireless control commands by short flickering during operation standard setting ex works Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator Impulse switch with integr FSRGIVA 10A relay function with current measurement EAN 4010312311462 73 10 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Multifunction Impulse
425. top and bottom halves of a double rocker to produce a direction button for an actuator The connecting wire exits at the bottom rear Then the top is SWITCH ON DIM UP and the bottom is SWITCH OFF DIM DOWN If two actuators are controlled as universal buttons using the touch button it is recommended fo fit the touch button completely rotated through 90 degrees so that the two double rocker halves are adjacent to each other Fit using a 55mm switch box The wireless electronics device requires an installation depth of only 15mm Behind a 20cm long black blue connecting wire is routed to the outside The double rocker is snapped onto the touch module at the factory If the rocker has to be exchanged for a large rocker pull the rocker halves fo the front Do not bend them to the centre Then snap on the large rocker l i Before screwing remove the mounting base from the frame and the attachment frame To do Wireless sensor button with this press the latches on the mounting base outwards Then screw the mounting base with intermediate frame and the latches left and right snap on the frame with the attachment frame and snap on the set two touch surfaces comprising the sensor module and rocker We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25 mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 The Eltako frame can be replaced on installation at any time by a design frame with internal dimensions 55x55 mm fr
426. tor in teach in mode hold the supplied blue magnet or any other magnet at hand below the point on the side panel of the sensor marked by W This sends a teach in telegram The slide switch should be on normal mode then The temperature controller sends a message into the Elfako wireless network within 100 seconds when there is a change in the actual or reference temperature of min 0 8 C lf there is no change a status report is sent every 20 minutes Measurement accuracy is approx 1 C The day reference temperature that ranges from 12 C to 28 C is changed using the hand wheel A night reduction can be activated by the slide switch This makes the night reference temperature 4 C lower than the day reference temperature The slide switch is for function selection 3 normal mode day O temperature control off the actual temperature continues to be sent however night reduction active The wireless sensor can be taught in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software F2L61 F2L70 FAH12 F4L12 FAKI FHK61 FHK70 FME14 FTR55H ws Temperature controller with hand wheel white EAN 4010312311189 90 80 pce FTR55H rw Temperature controller with hand wheel pure white EAN 4010312311929 90 80 pc FTR55H an Temperature controller with hand wheel anthracite EAN 4010312311950 90 80 pc FTR55H sz Temperature controller with hand wheel black EAN 4010312311936 90 80 pce FTR55H
427. transmitter modules or a window monitored by an FTK or Hoppe window handle is open the contacts are open and can not be switched on manually AUTOS Activating with wireless CO sensor The switch on thresholds are set by the rotary switches on the right and left The contacts close exclusively AUTO4 Same as AUTOS but activated by the wireless humidity sensor AUTO5 Same as AUTOS but activated by the wireless temperature sensor AUTO6 Same as AUTO3 but the contacts close adding AUTO7 Same as AUTO4 but the contacts close adding AUTO8 Same as AUTOS but the contacts close adding The right and left rotary switches are used in conjunction with sensor activation AUTOS to AUTO8 fo set the switch on thresholds for Contact 1 and to set accumulative values at which Contact 2 closes Overview of switch on thresholds right rotary switch CO ppm 700 ppm 2 800ppm 3 900 ppm 4 1000 ppm 5 1200 ppm 6 1400 ppm 7 1600 ppm 8 1800 ppm 9 2000 ppm and 10 2200 ppm Humidity 1 10 2 20 10 100 Temperature C 1 20 C 2 22 C 3 24 C 10 38 C Overview of addition values left rotary switch CO difference 1 50ppm 2 100 ppm 3 150 ppm 10 500 ppm Fixed hysteresis 50 ppm Humidity difference 1 5 2 10 3 15 10 50 Fixed hysteresis 5 Temperature difference K 1 1K 2 2K 3 3K 10 10K Fixed hysteresis 1K
428. ts an EnOcean wireless telegram Radio Link Test transmits an individual EnOcean wireless telegram every 2 seconds whose quality at the receiving station can be measured with a second EPM300 WEEE Reg Nr DE 30298319 EPM300 Level meter EAN 4010312313039 99 20 pc 25 pcs screws and rawl plugs to fit the mounting plate for wireless pushbuttons Screws also for fitting on UP boxes Contents 25 pcs countersunk sheet metal screws with cross head 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C Stainless steel A2 and 25 pcs Fischer rawl plugs with lip SX5 25mm long The screw head fits exactly in height and diameter between the mounting plate of the wireless pushbutton and the Eltako frame Moreover the screws are also suitable for fixing devices on UP switch boxes in the screw Sleeves there 25 screws and rawl plugs 25mm EAN 4010312906231 4 10 pc Housing for operating instructions GBA14 Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 55mm deep Housing without front panel to insert operating instructions GBAI4 Housing for operating instructions EAN 4010312906422 1 50 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Short stroke Pushbuttons KT4F Eltako ELECTRONICS KT4F Flat short stroke pushbutton 4 NO contacts 8A 250V AC contact gap 0 5mm 80x80 mm external dimensions internal frame dimensions 63x63 mm 15mm high The scope of supply comprises the frame RIF a flat rocker WF a flat double ro
429. ttachment frame BRE one mounting base HP KS one wireless module with rocker and one adhesive foil Mounting secure the mounting plate by screwing or bonding Engage the frame with the hook in FKF rw recesses at top with the attachment frame and snap in the transmitter module with the mark O pointing up Insert the assembled card guide in the hook in recesses of the frame and screw tight in the bottom of the mounting plate using the supplied screw Worn card guides can be easily replaced without changing the transmitter module We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 Fitting actuators The wireless timers for card switches FZK12 14 FZK61NP and FZK70 were specially developed to activate the wireless card switch FKF A release delay and a response delay are adjustable on these switching relays To switch higher loads than specified in the technical data the actuator must switch a contactor In this case do not activate the zero crossing circuit on the FZK12 14 The wireless sensor can be taughi in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software FGM FLC61 FMS12 14 FMZ12 14 FMZ61 FSR12 14 FSR61 FSR70 FZK12 14 FZK61 FZK70 FKF ws Hotel key card switch white EAN 4010312302606 T ERT 43 60 pc FKF rw Hotel key card switch pure white EAN 4010312302613 FKF wgo Ho
430. udes a frame R an intermediate frame ZR in the same colour and a mounting plate In addition an intermediate frame ZRF in the same colour is supplied for installation in an existing frame RIF R2F or R3F for flat pushbuttons Power supply 12V DC A 20cm long red black connecting wire is routed to the rear Before screwing on remove the frame and intermediate frame from the mounting plate To do this press out the catches on the mounting plate Then screw on the mounting plate with the catches at the top and bottom snap on the frame and the intermediate frame and connect and snap on the energy consumption indicator We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections on 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z6 The energy consumption indicator evaluates the parameters of the wireless single phase energy meters FWZ12 and FWZ6 1 the RS485 single phase energy meter transmitter module FWZ14 65A the RS485 three phase energy meters DSZI4DRS and DSZI4WDRS as well as the wireless energy meter transmitter module FSS12 The last energy meter selected is displayed from EMO to EM20 the accumulated energy consumption meter reading in KWh with 7 digits of which one digit is a decimal point and the currently consumed active power momentary capacity from 15 watts to 65 000 watts The data of one energy meter transmitter module FSS12 and one RS485 three phase energy meter DSZ14DRS also contains separate val
431. uding VAT Power Input STE14 and Fy j f Bus Bars SAS SAS 4TE SAS 5TE SAS 6TE SAS 7TE ELECTRONICS Power input for 230V actuators Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep Cross wiring bus and power supply via jumper The power input STE14 is connected to the 230V power supply of the actuators on the upper input side A busbar SAS is plugged and screwed to the lower output side The SAS 4TE is provided for a STE14 and 3 actuators FAEI4SSR or FAEI4LPR 6 zones Correspondingly the versions 5TE 6TE and TE are for more actuators and zones The STE14 can be mounted left right or between the actuators A connection with the bus and the 12V power supply does not take place They will only be looped with the jumper Power input EAN 4010312314029 16 50 pe Bus bars for cross connecting power input STE14 or switch mode power supply unit FSNT14 to actuators FAEI4SSR and FAE14LPR Bus bars 4PU EAN 4010312314036 9 20 pc Bus bars SPU EAN 4010312314043 9 20 pc Bus bars 6PU EAN 4010312314050 9 90 pc Bus bars 7PU EAN 4010312314067 9 90 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Switching Power Supply Units SNT14 SNT14 24V 12W Power input for 24V actuators Rated capacity 12 W Standby loss 0 2 watt only Modular devices for DIN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep Input voltage 230V C20 up to 10 Efficiency 86 Stabilise
432. ues for normal rate HT and off peak NT both of which are displayed Momentary capacity is also identified accordingly If you press MODE for longer than two seconds the display goes to energy meter EMOI For energy meter EMOI an additional statistic can be displayed for total energy consumption over the last hours days months and years This is obtainable by briefly pressing MODE statistic appears in the display Press MODE to browse through all the possible displays consump total hour day month and year Press the button SET within the display options Each press of the button increments the number displayed by 1 and the actual value is indicated in the display The last full hour then becomes the last hour but one etc Hour Ol Displays consumption over the last full hour fo 24 24 hours ago Day 01 Displays consumption of the last full day up to day 31 31 days ago Month Ol Displays consumption of the last full month up to month 12 12 months ago Year Ol Displays consumption of the last full year up to year 24 24 years ago 20 seconds after last pressing MODE or SET and if you press and hold down MODE for longer than 2 seconds the program revert automatically back to normal display FEA55D ws Energy consumption indicator with display white EAN 4010312302675 84 90 pc FEA55D rw Energy consumption indicator with display pure white EAN 4010312302699 84 90 pc FEA55D an Energy consumption indicator with di
433. uires a jumper There is no connection to the bus It is only looped through Wireless repeater EAN 4010312313879 80 80 pc 1 2 module wide 9mm to produce and maintain a ventilation clearance for modular devices dissipating much heat e g dimmers and switching power supply units EAN 4010312907016 1 00 pe Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 55mm deep Housing without front panel to insert operating instructions GBA14 Housing for operating instructions EAN 4010312906422 1 50 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT ma ys Ed i 2 ee a4 io vV gt w oD 3 S GS po or a e Q D A om jad D U ve 5 Z sS C 0 Os J D c 7 my O C vie QW gt 2 ELECTRONICS 14 JIO lol Ol ely zi zis 4 o VGXE SYGMPLZSG V GOXE SUAVLZSA er ae e ie Aclt gt Qd leindwios saysow lt P Manes e0S Shd zezsy LAA E sna gt N T ET l gt ae sng aa Je Oe Je an Je aa e SJOJDNJID ZL S911 S an r z aoa 5 aie 5 Ww jaa Ww faa Ww aD A WM A p iddns Jou 7 QSL Sido 01499 JSD 3U JO SJOUILUE WSA GSY y o p q snu JOJSISEJ Buou o JO CYLWY 4 3U Jo Ajddns jo edoos eu Ul pepnjoul JOJONJOO JSD y OJUI PEHHnjd q snw JO sISe Buou o yim JeduuN p WZ uoy JeHUO a10 SNG GYS 3y JO saul SUL JI QUI SNG D JO PUS BU
434. ultifunction room control unit black EAN 4010312303640 533 pc thanos S SR white Multifunction room control unit white EAN 4010312313633 499 pc thanos S SR black Multifunction room control unit black EAN 4010312303640 499 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Multifunction Room Control Units thanos L SRO thanos L SRO Wireless multifunction room control unit thermokon horizontal for fitting to a flush mounted box Standby loss only 4 watts The multifunction room control unit with a 3 5 touch display detects the temperature and humidity at the place of installation It transmits these parameters to the wireless network as well as key commands on the touch display The aluminium function brace contains a further touch sensor which is parameterisable using a wireless function In addition there are another 8 touch buttons which are user definable A labelling foil can be printed and inserted here The front panel is made of glass The housing behind it is made of ABS plastic white or black It is 82mm high 197 mm wide and 18 5 mm deep to the wall the connection part projects 34mm into the flush mounted box The 24V DC source is a switch mode power supply unit FSNT61 24 V 6W in a deep flush mounted box behind the room control unit or in a second flush mounted box The actual temperature is measured in a range from O to 50 C 0 5K Relative humidity is measured in a range from
435. un A ddns Jamod pow Yo IMs pe OJHeJUl UM YLAY4 8INDOLW DUUAJUD ssam y JNOUJIM p1 do JsNW SNg SEES U4 J Tan Er ae wer oe m xpos e e Te WaAzLSLd WadclSld Od Acl CLINS ed E erd E erd C erd CE S104 0N430 pL Seles T Ajddns 1 mod AZL Technical Data Switching Actuators and Dimming Actuators for the Eltako RS485 bus FSR14 2x FMS14 FTN14 FSR14 4x FSB14 FUD14 FSG14 1 10V FUD14 800W FFR14 FMZ14 FZK14 Contact material contact gap Agsn02 0 5mm Power MOSFET Agsn02 0 5mm Agsn02 0 56mm Opto Triac 2000V 4000V 16A 250V AC FMZI4 10A 250V ac UP fo 400W 2000W lon lt 7OA 1Oms Test voltage control connections contact Rated switching capacity each contact 4A 250V AC i 6OOVA 5 up to 400W FUD14 800 W up to 800W 8 4 Fluorescent lamp load with KVG ae 500VA in lead lag circuit or non compensated Fluorescent lamp load with KVG 250VA shunt compensated or with EVG _ lon lt 10A 1Oms Compact fluorescent lamps with EVG 9 9 1 and energy saving lamps ESL up to 200W up to 400W 1 Inductive load cos 0 6 230V AC 8 inrush current lt 35A 650W 230V LED lamps up to 200W 9 up to 400W 9 1 Max switching current DC1 12V 24V DC incandescent lamps and halogen lamp load 1000W up to 400W 8 230V 2 lon lt 10A 10ms 6OOVA 5 up to 400VA up to 400W 6 9 up to 400W 9 up t
436. unction room control unit with a 3 5 touch display detects the temperature and humidity at the place of installation It transmits these parameters to the wireless network as well as key commands on the touch display The aluminium function brace contains a further touch sensor which is parameterisable using a wireless function The L types also have an additional 8 touch buttons which are user definable A labelling foil can be printed and inserted here The front panel is made of glass The housing behind it is made of ABS plastic white or black The S types are 126mm and the L types 197 mm high They are 82 mm deep and 18 5 mm deep to the wall The connection part projects 34mm into the flush mounted box The 24V DC source is a switch mode power supply unit FSNT61 24 V 6W in a deep flush mounted box behind the room control unit or in a second flush mounted box The actual temperature is measured in a range from O to 50 C 0 5K Relative humidity is measured in a range from O to 100 rh or 3 rh in the range 20 to 80 rh The reference temperature is directly set on the display Startup and parameterisation are carried out using the thanos software which is downloadable from thermokon de thanos S SR The wireless sensor can be taught in into all actuators and the wireless visualization and control software thanos L SR white Multifunction room control unit white EAN 4010312303657 533 pc thanos L SR black M
437. undisturbed reception or the distance between the wireless pushbutton and receiver is too great Antenna FA250 with 250cm cable is connectable instead of the enclosed antenna The range can be extended considerably by placing it in the optimum position The 1 level mode is activated ex works Only the signals from sensors and actuators are received tested and retransmitted at full transmit power Wireless signals from other repeaters are ignored to reduce the data volume The rotary switch on the side is for changing over to 2 level mode In this setting wireless signals from other I level repeaters are also processed A signal may therefore be received and amplified twice Wireless repeaters need not be taught in They receive and amplify signals from all wireless sensors within their reception area The LED under the rotary switch blinks briefly to indicate all the wireless signals detected Wireless repeater EAN 4010312306482 80 80 pc Wireless antenna with 250cm cable EAN 4010312300244 19 90 pc Outside wireless repeater 1 and 2 levels 60x46 mm 30 mm deep Only 0 7 watt standby loss supply voltage 230V This repeater is only needed if the building conditions prevent undisturbed reception or the distance between the wireless pushbutton and receiver is too great The 1 level mode is activated ex works Only the signals from sensors and actuators are received tested and retransmitted at full transmit power Wireless signals fr
438. up to 6 years With each change in status of any movement fo movement a wireless telegram will be sent including brightness value Without movement changes in brightness from 10 lux are sent every 100 seconds If nothing changes about every 16 minutes a status message is sent Ceiling mounting Ceiling The wireless sensor can be taughi in into the following actuators and the wireless visualization and control software FADS60 FGM FHK12 FHK61 FHK70 FARI2 FAR7O FLC61 FLS12 FLS70 FSAI2 FSR12 FSR61 FSR7O FTN12 FTN61 FUA55LED FUD61 FZK12 FZK61 FZK70 SR MDSBAT Motion brightness sensor pure white EAN 4010312313626 249 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Outdoor Motion Brightness Sensors FABH63 Eitako ELECTRONICS FABH63 Wireless outdoor motion brightness sensor LxWxH 80x80x39 mm protection class IP51 In as delivered state the energy accumulators are empty and must be charged in bright daylight for about 5 hours In normal ambient brightness at least a daily average of 200 Lux the energy of the integrated solar module is sufficient to power the FABH63 The power reserve stored in capacitors supplies the power requirement for the night The sensor requires no installation depth behind the mounting plate and can be screwed or stuck to any flat surface An adhesive film is supplied We recommend sheet metal countersunk screws 2 9x25 mm DIN 7982 C for s
439. urrent up to 65A can be connected The inrush current is 40mA The consumption is saved to a non volatile memory and is immediately available again after a power failure Wireless telegrams A telegram is transmitted within 60 seconds if the power status changes by min 10 percent A change in meter reading is transmitted immediately A full telegram comprising meter reading and power status is transmitted every 10 minutes When the power supply is switched on a teach in telegram is sent fo teach in the associated energy consumption indicator If the L input and the L output were interchanged when hooked up a normal rate HT off peak NT switchover telegram is transmitted to indicate the hook up error Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module 65A EAN 4010312311059 80 80 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Single phase Energy Meter Transmitter Module FW 26 Wireless Actuator Impulse Switch with integr relay function FSR7OW FY Z61 16A nfl n a FWZ61 16A FSR7OW 16A Function rotary switches on the side Standard setting ex works FSR70W 16A Wireless single phase energy meter transmitter module maximum current 16A Only 0 5 watt standby loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 35mm deep Accuracy class B 1 This single phase energy meter measures active energy by means of the current between input and output and transmits the consumption and meter reading over the Elf
440. vement is detected FSR70S 230 V an If no movement is detected the contact opens after a 4 minute delay A wireless switch can only be taught in additionally to activate or deactivate presence simulation Function rotary switch ER Switching relay on the side When FAH is taught in the device switches on at twilight The contact opens after a 4 minute delay when brightness is detected AS Presence simulation The AS starts with a random pause time of 20 to 40 minutes followed by a random switch on time of 30 to 120 minutes When the rotary switch is turned to AS or when the line voltage is switched on in AS position the light switches on for 5 seconds after 1 second When the FAH is taught in the AS only starts when twilight commences After the FAH detects brightness the AS ends after 4 minutes The LED on the side below the left rotary switch accompanies the teach in process as described in the operation manual It indicates control commands by short flickering during operation standard setting ex works Technical data page T 1 FSR70S 230V rw Impulse switch with integr relay function pure white EAN 4010312301487 70 30 pc FSR70S 230V sz Impulse switch with integr relay function black EAN 4010312301494 70 30 pc FSR70S 230V an Impulse switch with integr relay function anthracite EAN 4010312301500 70 30 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Universal Dimmer Switch FU
441. versal display with LED anthracite EAN 4010312303726 72 30 pc FUA55LED sz Universal display with LED black EAN 4010312303702 72 30 pe FUAD55LED wg Universal display with LED pure white glossy EAN 4010312303719 72 30 pe FUA55LED al Universal display with LED coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312310755 81 10 pc The bottom of the housing is mott Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Actuator Wireless Module FGM Ettako ELECTRONICS FGM FSNT61 12V 6W FSNT61 12V 6W Wireless module for fitting in the 3xAA battery compartment of gongs or any other plastic housing Only 0 5 watt standby loss 52mm long 42mm wide and 16mm deep This wireless module is suitable for all gongs that can be powered with 3 pieces AA batteries or with 8 to 12V UC transformer connection and activated by one contact The gong module FGM also fits in the much larger battery compartment for 3 or 4 pieces baby cells The gong module is placed in the battery compartment in accordance with the operating instructions and connected to the gong terminals The gong and the wireless module is powered by a switch mode power supply unit FSNT61 230V 12V DC which is fitted in a flush mounted wall socket behind the gong and requires a 230V connection Normal switches can also be connected to the appropriate gong terminals For teaching in a rotary switch is located on the board Then it is set to AUTO clockwise In addition to
442. voltage 1 low residual ripple Short circuit proof Overload protection and over femperature switch off by means of swichting off with automatic switching on after fault clearance autorecovery function Switching power supply unit EAN 4010312313145 30 00 pe Rated capacity 6 W Standby loss 0 1 watt only For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 33mm deep Input voltage 230V 20 up to 10 Efficiency 82 Stabilised output voltage 1 low residual ripple short circuit proof Overload protection and over temperature switch off by means of swichting off with automatic switching on after fault clearance autorecovery function switching power supply unit EAN 4010312313169 30 00 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Accessories Wireless Antennas FA250 FHM175 and FA200 Wireless antenna FA250 with magnetic base and 250cm cable The small enclosed wireless antenna of the wireless antenna modules and several wireless transmitter modules are replaceable by this larger antenna to receive and transmit wireless signals to or from metal control cabinets It is mounted on the magnetic base externally and the 250cm cable is routed inside the cabinet The best performance is achieve by attaching the magnetic foot on a metal surface The transmit and receive ranges are almost spherical around this antenna Antenna height only 9 6cm With SMA screw terminal Extension by 5m using wireless antenna extension FAV5
443. wer failure the switch position and the brightness stage are stored and may be Typical connection switched on when the power supply is restored Automatic electronic overload protection and overtemperature switch off Bidirectional wireless and or a repeater function can be switched on The minimum brightness fully dimmed is adjustable with the upper amp rotary switch In the setting LRN up to 35 pushbuttons can be assigned of which one or more central push standard setting ex works F 8 230V UC buttons Ww The dimming speed can be adjusted with the lower dimming speed rotary switch i In addition to the wireless control input via an internal antenna this universal dimmer switch can also be controlled locally by a conventional 230V control switch if fitted previously A short interruption of control changes the direction of dimming Short control commands switch on off The pushbuttons can be either taught in as direction pushbuttons or universal pushbuftons As direction pushbutton swiich on and dim up is on one side and swiich off and dim down on the other side A double click on the switch on side triggers the automatic dimming up fo full brightness with dim speed time A double click on the switch off side triggers the snooze func tion The children s room function is triggered on the switch on side As a universal pushbutton the direction change is made by briefly releasing the pushbutton
444. wer input STE14 One or two 230 V actuators can be connected to each of the 8 zone connections above the busbar After the room temperature controller s is are taught in as described in the operating instructions the parts of the module cover can be fitted The housing GBAI4 is provided to store the operating instructions Types FTR55H FTR55D FUTH55D and the thanos room control units LSR SSR and LSRQ can be used as wireless room temperature controllers FME14 8Z 230V Basic unit 8 zones 230V EAN 4010312314487 399 00 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Basic Unit 10 Zones for 230 V Actuators FME14 10Z 230V FME14 10Z 230V Wireless basic unit 10 zones for 230 V actuators Only 8 pitch units PU of 18mm wide 144mm Without cover 58mm deep with cover 63mm deep Standby loss only 1 5 watts This basic unit receives setpoints and actual values in wireless telegrams from one or several wireless room temperature controllers and controls the connected actuators accordingly The actuators are fitted with solid state relays SSR and are therefore subject to almost no wear This is a highly important advantage for the service life of this basic unit since PWM control involves high switching frequencies which are offen too much for normal PCBs to handle This basic unit has a modular design ex works and comprises a wireless antenna module FAM14 2 PUs 5 actuators FAE 4SSR each with two zones each 1 PU and a 230V
445. wer supply unit From production week 48 2012 also with batteries From 48 2012 the scope of supply includes a frame in Q Design QRR an attachment frame a battery mounting plate and an adhesive foil For mounting in frame with 55 or 63 neckline also an intermediate frame ZR in the same color and a mounting plate In the as delivered condition the energy storage is empty and needs to be charged before use Either via the red black 12V DC power cable for about 10 minutes or via the solar cell in broad daylight for about 5 hours or from 48 2012 by inserting two pieces AAA batteries not included in delivery for about 1 minute In normal operation the power supply is either through the cable with a 12V DC power supply unit FSNT61 12V 6W in a flush mounted box under the sensor or from 48 2012 with AAA batteries supported by the solar cell or only with the solar cell under normal ambient light in a daily average of at least 200 lux If only the solar cell is available the energy storage must first be charged for several days with daylight If the connecting cable is not needed it can be cut off This means the sensor requires no installation depth behind the mounting plate If can be screwed or affixed fo any flat surface An adhesive foil is supplied We recommend sheet metal countersink screws 2 9x25mm DIN 7982 C for screw connections Both with rawl plugs 5x25mm and with 55mm switch boxes See Accessories on page Z 6 To teach in in an actua
446. wg Temperature controller with hand wheel pure white glossy EAN 4010312311943 90 80 pc FTR55H al Temperature controller with hand wheel coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312311981 99 60 pc The bottom of the housing is mott Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Temperature Controllers FT R55D Eitako ELECTRONICS FTR55D Wireless temperature controller with display for surface mounting or integration in the 55x55mm and 63x63 mm switch system Power supply with the integrated solar cell or a 12V DC power supply unit From production week 49 2012 also with batteries From 49 2012 the scope of supply includes a frame in Q Design QRR an attachment frame a battery mounting plate and an adhesive foil For mounting in frame with 55 or 63 neckline also an intermediate frame ZR and ZRF in the same color and a mounting plate In the as delivered condition the energy storage is empty and needs to be charged before use Either via the red black 12V DC power cable for about 5 minutes or via the solar cell in broad daylight for about 5 hours or from 49 2012 by inserting two pieces AAA batteries not included in delivery for about 5 minutes In normal operation the power supply is either through the cable with a 12V DC power supply unit FSNT61 12V 6W in a flush mounted box under the sensor or from 49 2012 with AAA batteries supported by the solar cell or only with the solar cell under normal ambient light in a d
447. white EAN 4010312311431 82 50 pc FIH63AP rw Brightness sensor pure white EAN 4010312311783 82 50 pc FIH63AP an Brightness sensor anthracite EAN 4010312311813 82 50 pc FIH63AP sz Brightness sensor black EAN 4010312311790 82 50 pc FIH63AP al Brightness sensor coated aluminium paint EAN 4010312311776 89 70 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Sensors Outdoor Brightness Sensors FAH63 Eitako ELECTRONICS Wireless outdoor brightness sensor LXWXH 80x80x30mm Protection degree IP51 The electronic requires no intrinsic power supply so there is no standby loss The wireless outdoor brightness sensor FAH63 powered by a solar module covers the range from O to 30000 Lux From approx 300 Lux it transmits a wireless telegram to the Eltako wireless network every time there is a brightness change of more than approx 500 Lux within approx 10 seconds If the brightness does not change a control signal is sent approx every 100 seconds New actuators FSR and FSB can cover the range from 0 to approx 30 Lux using the twilight switch function A wireless telegram is sent about every 100 seconds within this range In as delivered state the energy accumulators are empty and must therefore be charged in bright daylight for approx 5 hours The power reserve stored in capacitors supplies the power requirement for the night In normal ambient brightness at least a daily average of 200 Lux the energy of the
448. wireless pushbuttons are taught in the last telegram received is always the one that is valid An FBH therefore switches off a setback mode selected by means of the wireless pushbutton when motion is detected When a wireless pushbutton is taught in the 4 keys are assigned the following functions Top right Normal mode can also be enabled by timer with the function ON Bottom right Night setback mode by 4 in cooling mode increase by 4 can also be enabled by timer with the function OFF Top left Standby setback mode by 2 in cooling mode increase by 2 Bottom left Off in heating mode frost protection enabled in cooling mode permanent off If no telegram is received from the temperature sensor for longer than 60 minutes the device switches to fault mode In heating function the device switches on for 2 7 5 minutes and off for 2 7 5 minutes Since no other actual temperature is known it is not possible to switch to frost protection here In cooling function the output remains off In both cases the LED on the device flashes at a constant low rate When telegrams are received again control continues in the selected mode and the LED goes out The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach in process according to the operating instructions It shows control commands by short flickering during operation RS485 bus actuator with LPR EAN 4010312314234 51 90 pc Recommended retail prices excl
449. wly until the maximum level is reached Dependent on the set dim speed the wake up time is between 30 and 60 minutes The dimming process is stopped by tapping briefly e g on a hand held transmitter Switching operation for children s rooms when activated If the light is switched on by holding down the pushbutton universal switch or direction switch above it starts at the lowest brightness level after approx 1 second and dims up slowly as long as the pushbutton is held down The last saved brightness level is not modified Snooze function when activated universal switch or direction switch below With a double impulse the lighting is dimmed down from the current dimming position to the minimum brightness level and switched off The current dimming position as well as the adjustable minimum brightness level determine the dimming time max 60 minutes which can be reduced as required It can be switched off at any time by short time control commands during the lighting is dimmed down The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach in process according to the operating instructions If shows control commands by short flickering during operation Connection example page 4 28 Technical data see page 4 30 Housing for operating instructions GBAI4 page 4 26 RS485 bus dimmer switch controller EAN 4010312313770 53 70 pe Recommended retail prices excluding VAT RS485 Bus Actuator Multifunction Time Re
450. y evaluated as a motion detector A off delay of 1 minutes is a fixed setting in the FBH An additionally set RV time is not taken into account When wireless brightness sensors FAH60 are faught in define the switching threshold separately for each channel using the top rotary switch The switching threshold switches the lighting on or off depending on the brightness from approx Olux in position O to approx 50 lux in position 120 A hysteresis of approx 300 lux is permanently set for switch on off An additionally set RV time is not taken into account Only one FBH or FAH is taught in per channel However one FBH or FAH can be taughi in in several channels When wireless window door contacts FTK oder Hoppe window handles are taughi in different functions can be set with the middle rotary switch in position AUTO 1 to AUTO 4 and linked to maximum 116 FTKs AUTO 1 window closed then output active AUTO 2 window open then output active In settings AUTO 3 and AUTO 4 the FTKs taught in to a single channel are linked automatically With AUTO 3 all FTKs must be closed so that the N O contact closes e g for climate control With AUTO 4 one open FTK is sufficient to close the N O contact e g for an alarm signal or to switch on the power supply for an extractor hood One or several FTKs can be taughi in in several channels to allow several simultaneous functions in each FTK After a power failure the link is restored by a new signal fo
451. y glossy white body Q frame double white glass white glossy body EAN 4010312313305 25 50 pc Q frame double black glass white glossy body EAN 4010312313312 25 50 pc Q frame double black glass black body EAN 4010312313329 25 50 pc 1 1 1 1 QR2Gw gw QR2Gs gw QR2E gw QR2K gw QR2K an QR2K as Q frame double brushed stainless steel white glossy body EAN 4010312313336 41 90 pc Q frame double white glossy plastic EAN 4010312313343 4 10 pc Q frame double anthracite plastic EAN 4010312313350 4 80 pc Q frame double aluminium silver plastic EAN 4010312313367 7 90 pc Q Design triple frames Dimensions 84x227 mm usually like the 1 fold frame QR JBB White glass frame Black glass frame Black glass frame Brushed stainless White glossy Anthracite plastic Aluminium silver with white glossy with white glossy with black body steel frame with plastic frame frame plastic frame body body glossy white body Q frame triple brushed stainless steel white glossy body 58 40 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT The New O Design Single Frames ORE ORA and ORR Eitako ELECTRONICS Q Design single frames positioned vertically square These Q Design frames with outer dimensions of 84x84 mm and a height of 12mm are placed on the wall and therefore have no floating front panel Both cableless and batteryless EnOcean transmitter modules can be combined as well as noiseless wirel
452. y loss For installation 45mm long 55mm wide 18mm deep The wireless transmitter module FSM61 UC has two channels and can transmit wireless push bution telegrams to the Eltako building wireless system Al initiates a wireless telegram such as Press top rocker for a wireless pushbutton with one rocker and A3 such as Press bottom rocker The telegram on opening the two control contacts is identical to Release wireless pushbutton severel wireless transmitter modules must not be switched at the same time If the terminals Al and AS are connected with a bridge the wireless telegram is transmitted once per minute by A3 provided the control voltage is applied e g for central commands with priority The universal control voltage processes control commands of 8 to 253V AC or 10 to 230V DC with periods lasting min 0 2 seconds Max parallel capacitance approx length of control lead at 230V 0 5nF This correspond to a length of approx 2 meters No permanent power supply required therefore no standby losses FSM61 UC Wireless transmitter module EAN 4010312300152 49 60 pc Recommended retail prices excluding VAT Wireless Energy Meter Transmitter Module FSS12 FSS12 12 V DC Smart Metering see chapter 7 Wireless energy meter transmitter module for connection to SO interface of lel many single phase energy meters and three phase energy meters Only 0 5 watt standby loss With load shedding relay 1
453. y loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 1 module 18mm wide 58mm deep The wireless transmitter module FSM12 UC has two channels and like a wireless pushbutton it can transmit wireless telegrams into the Eltako wireless building Al initiates a wireless telegram like press rocker above of a wireless pushbutton with one rocker and A3 like press rocker below The telegram on opening the two control contacts is identical like release wireless pushbutton severel wireless transmitter modules must not be switched at the same time lf the terminals Al and A3 are connected with a bridge the wireless telegram is transmitted from A3 as long as the conrol voltage is applied e g for central commands with priority The universal control voltage processes control commands of 8 to 253V AC or 10 to 230V DC with periods lasting min 0 2 seconds Max parallel capacitance approx length of control lead at 230V O0 06uF This corresponds to a length of approx 200 meters No permanent power supply required therefore no standby losses Wireless transmitter module EAN 4010312300886 51 30 pe Wireless 8 fold transmitter module 8 control inputs for universal control voltage With replaceable transmit antenna If required a wireless antenna FA250 can be connected Only 0 5 watt standby loss Modular device for DIN EN 60715 TH35 rail mounting 2 modules 36mm wide 58mm deep The wireless transmitter module F8S12 UC h
454. y switch The switching threshold switches the lighting on or off depending on the brightness from approx Olux in position O to approx 50 lux in position 120 A hysteresis of approx 300 ux is permanently set for switch on off An additionally set RV time is not taken into account Only one FBH or FAH is taught in per channel However one FBH or FAH can be taughi in in several channels When wireless window door contacts FTK oder Hoppe window handles are taught in different functions can be set with the middle rotary switch in position AUTO 1 to AUTO 4 and linked to maximum 116 FTKs AUTO 1 window closed then output active AUTO 2 window open then output active In settings AUTO 3 and AUTO 4 the FTKs taught in to a single channel are linked automatically With AUTO 3 all FTKs must be closed so that the N O contact closes e g for climate control With AUTO 4 one open FTK is sufficient to close the N O contact e g for an alarm signal or to switch on the power supply for an extractor hood One or several FTKs can be taughi in in several channels to allow several simultaneous functions in each FTK After a power failure the link is restored by a new signal fo the FTK and a signal on the next status message 15 minutes later An additionally set RV time is not taken into account The LED below the upper function rotary switch performs during the teach in process according to the operating instructions It shows control commands by s
455. ype inductive or capacitive is detected automatically The setting ESL considers the special conditions regarding dimmable energy saving lamps The starting operation is optimized and adapted to the dimming curve In this setting no wound inductive transformer must be dimmed The position LEDs take account of special conditions with dimmable 230V LED lamps A number of different dimming curves are available In these settings no wound inductive trans former must be dimmed Motion detection with taught in wireless motion detector FBH The light switches off automatically after 15 minutes provided no more motion is detected Light scenes on the PC are set and retrieved using the Wireless Visualisation and Control software FVS One or several FLS70UD devices must be taught in on the PC as dimming switches with percentage brightness values Lights scenes with wireless pushbuttons are taught in on the FLS7OUD device Either four sequentially retrievable brightness values press up next light scene press down previous light scene and or up to four brightness values taught in a light scene pushbutton with double rocker The LED on the side below the left rotary switch accompanies the teach in process as described in the operation manual It indicates control commands by short flickering during operation Technical data page T 1 Wireless actuator Light scene controller FLS70UD 230V with universal dimmer switch EAN 401031230

Sw itch To To tal Freed o m

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents